Southside Bancshares, Inc.

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT
2024

A LETTER FROM OUR CEO
2024 CONNECTIONS
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
SOUTHSIDE BANK LOCATION MAP
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
FORM 10-K
3
6
7
8 
10
12
16
Table of Contents
ANNUAL REPORT
2

3
ANNUAL REPORT 2024 | SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Dear Fellow Shareholders, 
I am proud to report on a successful year in our 
2024 Annual Report. As I reflect on the past 12 
months, I would like to give credit to our outstanding 
team members, whose contributions made the 
results below possible. We strongly believe that our 
workplace culture is the cornerstone of our success. 
This strong culture fosters collaboration, innovation, 
and, most importantly, a sense of belonging. 
Our team members are not just employees; 
they are the heart and soul of our institution.
2024 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDED: 
•	
An increase in net income of 2.1%, to 
$88.5 million; 
•	
Earnings per common share increasing 
3.2%, to $2.91; 
•	
A return on average tangible common 
equity of 14.92%; 
•	
Continued strong credit metrics and 
capital levels; and 
•	
An increase in the cash dividend per  
common share.
The inverted yield curve along with increasing 
regulatory burden continued to provide headwinds 
for the banking industry during most of 2024. 
Since the Federal Reserve’s third federal funds 
rate cut in December the yield curve is significantly 
less inverted and at times has been flat to slightly 
positive. With the new presidential administration, 
we are seeing a positive shift in attitude towards 
the banking industry regulatory burden that is 
resulting in constructive changes in this area.
OUR GROWTH AND EXPANSION
In early 2024, we opened a loan production 
office (LPO) in Dallas' Preston Center to 
further expand our growing Dallas customer 
base. In addition, we opened an LPO in The 
Woodlands to further facilitate the growth we 
are experiencing in the greater Houston area. 
We are confident in the long-term growth 
potential as both locations have been staffed 
with experienced and well-connected bankers.
During 2025, we will complete construction 
of a new, modern branch in Cleveland, Texas, 
replacing the existing facility. Additionally, we will 
construct a new branch on the west side of Tyler 
A Letter From 
Our CEO
LEE R. GIBSON

4
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
in a rapidly expanding area. In Granbury, we 
will replace our current location with a newly 
constructed branch providing better visibility and 
customer convenience. Over the next several 
years, we expect a portion of our organic growth 
will be achieved by continuing to expand our 
branch footprint in high growth areas of Texas. 
Additionally, we anticipate merger and acquisition 
activity in Texas will increase, which may lead to 
additional growth opportunities for Southside.
OUR EXPERIENCED LEADERSHIP 
In May 2024, the Southside Board appointed Keith 
Donahoe to serve as the President of Southside 
Bank and Southside Bancshares, Inc. Keith brings 
an extensive wealth of knowledge, experience, and 
expertise to this position, having demonstrated 
exceptional leadership and dedication in his role 
as Regional President of Central Texas over the 
prior three years, and serving in leadership roles 
at a large Texas bank for two and-a-half decades 
prior to joining Southside. His deep understanding 
of our industry, coupled with his focus on building 
new relationships, made him the ideal candidate 
to fill this important role. Keith offices at our 
headquarters in Tyler, working closely with me 
and the senior management team developing 
and implementing strategic initiatives designed 
to grow and enhance the Southside franchise. 
OUR RELATIONSHIP-BASED CULTURE
Southside was once again recognized by 
American Banker as a “Best Bank to Work For 
in 2024.” We are proud of this recognition, but 
more importantly, we are proud of our team 
members for supporting their fellow colleagues 
and creating a work environment worthy of 
this award. By putting them first, we empower 
them to build lasting relationships with our 
customers and the communities we serve. These 
relationships are essential to our mission, as they 
allow us to understand our customers’ needs 
better and tailor our services accordingly.
Our intentional focus on relationship building 
is woven into the fabric of our daily operations. 
Throughout 2024, we implemented several 
initiatives that emphasize the importance 
of personal connections, encouraging our 
team members to engage genuinely with 
customers. Whether it’s through community 
outreach, networking, mentoring, financial 
Keith Donahoe
President
Southside Bank and 
Southside Bancshares, Inc.

5
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
empowerment workshops, volunteer efforts, 
or simply being present in the communities 
we serve, our team members are committed 
to fostering trust and loyalty. We recognize 
that when our team members feel valued and 
connected, they are better equipped to create 
positive experiences for those we serve.
OUR TECHNOLOGY
Looking ahead, we continue to innovate our 
product offerings while embracing digital banking 
solutions that meet the evolving needs of our 
customers. Our investment in technology over 
the years has allowed us to enhance efficiency 
and accessibility, ensuring that we remain 
competitive in an increasingly digital world. 
OUR BOARD MEMBERS
At our shareholders meeting on May 14, three 
of our directors, Tony Morgan, John Sammons, 
and Don Thedford will be retiring. In addition, 
Trey Henderson is not standing for re-election. 
These dear friends and valued colleagues have 
demonstrated a deep appreciation and devotion 
for the work we do together as directors. Their 
integrity, hard work, and exceptional judgment 
have contributed to the success and future of 
Southside. We thank them for their service and 
wish them all the best in their future endeavors. 
IN CONCLUSION
As we move forward, I am optimistic about the 
future of Southside and our strong position within 
the growing Texas economy. We will continue to 
prioritize our team members, cultivating a culture 
that encourages growth, collaboration, respect, 
and excellence, while delivering the best results for 
our shareholders, customers, and communities. 
Thank you for your continued support and trust 
in Southside.
LEE R. GIBSON
Chief Executive Officer
Whether it’s through community outreach, 
networking, mentoring, financial empowerment 
workshops, volunteer efforts, or simply being present 
in the communities we serve, our team members are 
committed to fostering trust and loyalty. 

2024
Connecting to 
our customers, 
our communities, 
and our culture.
Card 
Controls
Southside Works Program
Retail Summit 2024
Grand Re-opening at Gun Barrel City Location
Best Banks to Work for 2024 
by American Banker
ABA's Women in Banking Webinar
TBA LiFE Award  Financial 
Empowerment Program
Branching Out Newsletter
6
ANNUAL REPORT 2024

7
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
*A non-GAAP measure. See "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for more 
information and a reconciliation to GAAP in our Form 10-K.
2024
2023
NET INCOME
$88,494
$86,692
PER SHARE DATA
Earnings per common share - basic
$ 2.92
$ 2.82
Earnings per common share - diluted
$ 2.91
$ 2.82
Cash dividends paid per common share
$ 1.44
$ 1.42
Book value per common share
$ 26.73
$ 25.56
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on average assets
1.06 %
1.11 %
Return on average shareholders' equity
11.03 %
11.50 %
Dividend payout ratio - basic
49.32 %
50.35 %
Dividend payout ratio - diluted
49.48 %
50.35 %
Net interest margin
2.74 %
2.92 %
Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)*
2.88 %
3.09 %
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Loans
$ 4,661,597
$ 4,524,510
Securities
$ 2,813,128
$ 2,603,347
Total assets
$ 8,517,448
$ 8,284,914
Noninterest bearing deposits
$ 1,357,152
$ 1,390,407
Interest bearing deposits
$ 5,297,096
$ 5,159,274
Total deposits
$ 6,654,248
$ 6,549,681
Other borrowings
$ 808,352
$ 722,468
Long-term debt
$ 152,316
$ 154,147
Total shareholders' equity
$ 811,942
$ 773,288
Financial Highlights
Dollars in thousands except per share amounts

8
Our Home
is Texas
ON THE MAP
Southside currently operates 53 branches, two 
loan production offices, and a network of 72 
ATMs/ITMs throughout East Texas, Southeast 
Texas, and the greater Dallas/Fort Worth, Austin, 
and Houston areas. Additionally, Southside is 
affiliated with over 60,000 ATMs across the nation. 
Serving customers since 1960, Southside Bank 
is a community-focused financial institution 
that offers a full range of financial products and 
services to individuals and businesses. 

Austin
35
183
183
29
Fort Worth
30
20
35W
35W
820
ARKANSAS
69
20
20
Tyler
Lindale
Tyler
Austin
Fort Worth
Dallas
Lufkin
Houston
OKLAHOMA
LOUISIANA

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Board of Directors
10
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
H. J. Shands, III
Chairman of the Board
John R. (Bob) Garrett
Vice Chairman of the Board

11
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Lawrence L.
Anderson, MD
George H. (Trey)
Henderson, III
Donald W.
Thedford
Patricia A.
Callan
S. Elaine
Anderson, CPA
Tony K.
Morgan, CPA
Shannon
Dacus
Michael J.
Bosworth
John F.
Sammons, Jr.
Alton L.
Frailey
Lee R. Gibson, CPA
CEO
William Sheehy
Director Emeritus
Herbert C. Buie
Director Emeritus
Kirk A.
Calhoun, MD
Preston L.
Smith

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Officers
12
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Lee R. Gibson, CPA
Chief Executive Officer
Keith Donahoe
President
Julie N. Shamburger, CPA
Chief Financial Officer
T. L. Arnold
Chief Credit Officer
Curtis Burchard
Chief Lending Officer
Vonna Crowley, CRCM
Chief Compliance Officer
Suni Davis, CPA, CERP
Chief Treasury Officer
Sandi Hegwood, CPA, CIA
Chief Audit Executive
Anne Martinez
Chief Risk Officer
Brian K. McCabe
Chief Operations Officer
April Pinkley, CPA
Chief Accounting Officer
Erin Byers
Senior Vice President
and Loan Review Officer
Brooke Mott, CRCM
Senior Vice President and 
Fair and Responsible
Banking Officer
Lindsey Bailes, CPA
Vice President and 
Investor Relations Officer
Katherine Clover, CPA, CIA, CISA
Vice President and 
Internal Audit Manager
Misty de Wet, CPA, CIA
Vice President and 
Internal Audit Manager
Roxanne Reynolds, CPA
Vice President and 
Internal Audit Manager
Trent Wilson
Vice President and 
Loan Review Officer
Austin Fleet, CPA
Assistant Vice President and 
Internal Auditor
Adam McElroy, CPA, CIA
Assistant Vice President and 
Internal Auditor
Erika Morales
Assistant Vice President and 
Senior Compliance Analyst
Petra Herbert
Banking Officer and 
Loan Review Analyst
Mary McLarry
Corporate Secretary

SOUTHSIDE BANK
Directors
13
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Lawrence L.
Anderson, MD
Retired Physician
S. Elaine
Anderson, CPA
Retired Healthcare Executive
Healthcare Consultant
T. L. Arnold*
Chief Credit Officer
Michael J. Bosworth
President
Bosworth & Associates
Kirk A. Calhoun, MD
Retired President
University of Texas at Tyler
Herbert C. Buie
Director Emeritus
Retired CEO
and Business Owner
Curtis Burchard*
Chief Lending Officer
Patricia A. Callan
Principal
Callan Consulting
Shannon Dacus
President and Owner
The Dacus Firm
Alton L. Frailey
President
Alton L. Frailey & Associates, LLC
John R. (Bob) Garrett
Vice Chairman of the Board
President 
Fair Oil Company
Lee R. Gibson, CPA
Chief Executive Officer
George H. (Trey)
Henderson, III
Owner
Henderson Mineral, Inc.
Brian K. McCabe*
Chief Operations Officer
Tony K. Morgan, CPA
Retired Accounting Partner
John F. Sammons, Jr.
Chairman and CEO
Mid-States Services, Inc.
Julie N. Shamburger, CPA*
Chief Financial Officer 
H. J. Shands, III
Chairman of the Board
Retired Banker
William Sheehy
Director Emeritus
Retired Attorney 
Preston L. Smith
President
PSI Production, Inc.
Donald W. Thedford
President 
Don's TV & Appliance, Inc.
Lonny R. Uzzell*
Chief Business Development Officer 
*Advisory Directors

SOUTHSIDE BANK
Officers
14
ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Regional President
Jared Green, East Texas
Associate Chief 
Operating Officer
Mitchell Craddock
Market Presidents
Charles Colley, Austin
Mark Drennan, Fort Worth 
Michael Goode, Nacogdoches
Codie Jenkins, Southeast Texas
Amos McDonald, Houston
Brian Turner, East Texas
Executive Vice Presidents
Brad Browder, CFA
Mark Cundiff
Pam Cunningham
Joe (Trey) Denman, III
Jonathan Hilley
Vicki Jennings
Christopher Katri
Keith Leonhardt, CISA, CDPSE
Phyllis Milstead 
Emily Moore, CPA, SHRM-SCP
Chris Phelps
Leigh Anne Rozell, CAMS
Keith Donahoe
President
Julie N. Shamburger, CPA
Chief Financial Officer
T. L. Arnold
Chief Credit Officer
Curtis Burchard
Chief Lending Officer
Sherri Anthony
Chief Banking Officer
Faye Bond
Chief Innovation Officer
Vonna Crowley, CRCM
Chief Compliance Officer
Suni Davis, CPA, CERP
Chief Treasury Officer
Anne Martinez
Chief Risk Officer
Brian K. McCabe
Chief Operations Officer
Gary Mills
Chief Technology Officer
April Pinkley, CPA
Chief Accounting Officer
Carlos Renteria, CISA, CISM, CDPSE
Chief Information Security Officer
James Schafer
Chief Information Officer
Lonny Uzzell
Chief Business Development Officer
Lee R. Gibson, CPA
Chief Executive Officer
SOUTHSIDE INVESTMENT SERVICES
WEALTH MANAGEMENT & TRUST
President
Joel Adams
President
Bill Newburn, CFP,  CTFA, 
CWS 
Regional President
Hilary Haglund Walker, JD 
Market President
Emily Corbett, Southeast 
Texas, AAMS 
Executive Vice President
Kim Christie, CPA, CTFA

15
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
15

Form
10-K
2024
16
16

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K 
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 
or 
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period From _______ to _______
Commission file number 000-12247  
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Texas
 
75-1848732
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
 Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
 Identification No.)
1201 S. Beckham Avenue, Tyler Texas
75701
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (903) 531-7111 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.25 par value
SBSI
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes ☒     No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No ☒ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒    No  ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒    No  ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and 
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large Accelerated Filer
☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  
☒  
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant 
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.       ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based 
compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).      ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ☒  
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2024, was approximately $785.9 
million (based upon the closing price of $27.61 per share as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2024, the last 
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter).
As of February 24, 2025, there were 30,389,659 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the Registrant’s Proxy statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 14, 2025 are 
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Other than those portions of the proxy statement specifically 
incorporated by reference pursuant to Items 10-14 of Part III hereof, no other portions of the proxy statement shall be deemed so incorporated.

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
Glossary of Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
The acronyms, abbreviations and terms listed below are used in various sections of this Form 10-K, including "Item 7. 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data."
Entities:
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Bank holding company for Southside Bank
Southside Bank
Texas state bank and wholly owned subsidiary of Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Company
Combined entities of Southside Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Southside 
Bank
Bank
Southside Bank
Omni
OmniAmerican Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, 
OmniAmerican Bank, acquired by Southside on December 17, 2014
Southside
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Other  Acronyms, 
Abbreviations and Terms:
2017 Incentive Plan
Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Incentive Plan
2023 Form 10-K
Southside Bancshares, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 
27, 2024
401(k) Plan
401(k) Defined Contribution Plan
Acquired Retirement Plan
OmniAmerican Bank defined benefit pension plan
AFS
Available for sale
AI
Artificial intelligence
ALCO
Asset/Liability Committee
AML
Anti-money laundering
AOCI
Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss 
ASC
Accounting Standards Codification
ASU
Accounting Standards Update issued by the FASB
ATM
Automated teller machines
BTFP
The Federal Reserve’s Bank Term Funding Program
Basel Committee
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
BHCA
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
Board
Board of directors
BOLI
Bank owned life insurance
CARES Act
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act
CBCA
Change in Bank Control Act
CBLR
Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework
CDs
Certificates of deposit
CECL
ASC 326, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses, also known as Current Expected Credit 
Losses
CET1
Common Equity Tier 1
CFPB
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CISO
Chief Information Security Officer
CMOs
Collateralized mortgage obligations
CRE
Commercial real estate
CRE Guidance
Collectively, the Final Interagency Policy Statement on Prudent Commercial Real Estate 
Loan Accommodations and Workouts and the Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk 
Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending released in December 2015.
COVID-19
Novel strain of coronavirus
CRA
Community Reinvestment Act
1

DEI
Diversity, equity and inclusion
DIF
FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund
Dodd-Frank Act
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
DRIP
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
DRR
Designated reserve ratio established by the Dodd-Frank Act
Economic Aid Act
Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Business, Nonprofits and Venues Act
ESG
Environmental, social and governance
ESOP
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
ETR
Effective tax rate
Exchange Act
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Fannie Mae
Federal National Mortgage Association
FFIEC
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
FASB
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIA
Federal Deposit Insurance Act 
FDIC
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FDICIA
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
Federal Reserve
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
FHLB
Federal Home Loan Bank
FinCEN
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
Fintech
Financial technology
FRA
Federal Reserve Act
FRBNY
Federal Reserve Bank of New York
FRDW
Federal Reserve Discount Window
Freddie Mac
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FTE
Fully-taxable equivalents measurements
GAAP
United States generally accepted accounting principles
GLBA
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 
GNMA
Government National Mortgage Association
GSEs
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
HTM
Held to maturity
IBA
ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR
ITM
Interactive teller machines
LIBOR
London Interbank Offered Rate
LIBOR Act
Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act
MBS
Mortgage-backed securities
MVPE
Market value of portfolio equity 
NPI
Nonpublic personal information
NQSO
Nonqualified stock options
NYSE
New York Stock Exchange
OFAC
The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control
OREO
Other real estate owned
PCAOB
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
PSU
Performance-based restrictive stock units
REIT
Real estate investment trust
Repurchase agreements
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
RESPA
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act
Restoration Plan
Nonfunded supplemental retirement plan
Retirement Plan
Defined benefit pension plan
ROATCE
Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
2

ROU
Right-of-use
RSU
Restricted stock units
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission
SOFR
Secured Overnight Financing Rate provided by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
TDB
Texas Department of Banking
TDR
Troubled debt restructurings prior to implementation of ASU 2022-02  “Financial 
Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage 
Disclosures”
TILA
Truth in Lending Act
U.S.
United States
USA PATRIOT Act
Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept 
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
VIE
Variable interest entity
Volcker Rule
Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act
3

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS REPORT
In this report, the words “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the combined entities of Southside Bancshares, Inc. and 
its subsidiaries, including Southside Bank.  The words “Southside” and “Southside Bancshares” refer to Southside Bancshares, 
Inc.  The words “Southside Bank” and “the Bank” refer to Southside Bank.  
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by the section captioned “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements” in “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.
GENERAL
Southside Bancshares, Inc., incorporated in Texas in 1982, is a bank holding company for Southside Bank, a Texas state 
bank headquartered in Tyler, Texas that was formed in 1960.  We operate through 53 branches, 12 of which are located in 
grocery stores, in addition to wealth management and trust services, and/or loan production, brokerage or other financial 
services offices.  
At December 31, 2024, our total assets were $8.52 billion, total loans were $4.66 billion, total deposits were $6.65 
billion and total equity was $811.9 million.  For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our net income was $88.5 
million and $86.7 million, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, diluted earnings per common share 
was $2.91 and $2.82, respectively.  We have paid a cash dividend to shareholders every year since 1970 (including dividends 
paid by Southside Bank prior to the incorporation of Southside Bancshares).
We are a community-focused financial institution that offers a full range of financial services to individuals, businesses, 
municipal entities and nonprofit organizations in the communities that we serve.  These services include consumer and 
commercial loans, deposit accounts, wealth management, trust and brokerage services.
Our consumer loan services include 1-4 family residential loans, home equity loans, home improvement loans, 
automobile loans and other consumer related loans.  Commercial loan services include short-term working capital loans for 
inventory and accounts receivable, short- and medium-term loans for equipment or other business capital expansion, 
commercial real estate loans and municipal loans.  We also offer construction loans for 1-4 family residential and commercial 
real estate.
We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a wide range of interest rates and terms, including savings, money market, 
interest and noninterest bearing checking accounts and CDs.  
Our trust and wealth management services include investment management, administration of irrevocable, revocable and 
testamentary trusts, estate administration, and custodian services, primarily for individuals and, to a lesser extent, partnerships 
and corporations.  Additionally, we offer retirement and employee benefit accounts, including but not limited to, IRAs, 401(k) 
plans and profit-sharing plans.  At December 31, 2024, our wealth management and trust assets under management were 
approximately $1.44 billion.
Our business strategy includes evaluating expansion opportunities through acquisitions of financial institutions in market 
areas that could complement our existing franchise.  We generally seek merger partners that are culturally similar, have 
experienced management teams and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability 
through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. 
We and our subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation, examination and supervision by the SEC, the Federal 
Reserve, the TDB and the FDIC and are subject to numerous laws and regulations relating to internal controls, the extension of 
credit, making of loans to individuals, deposits and all other facets of our operations.
Our primary executive offices are located at 1201 South Beckham Avenue, Tyler, Texas 75701 and our telephone 
number is 903-531-7111.  Our website can be found at www.southside.com.  Our public filings with the SEC may be obtained 
free of charge on either our website, https://investors.southside.com/ under the topic Financials, or the SEC’s website, 
www.sec.gov, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC. We include our website address throughout the filing 
only as textual references. The information contained on our website is not incorporated in this document by reference.
4 

MARKET AREA
We are headquartered in Tyler, Texas.  The Tyler metropolitan area has an estimated population of 245,000 and is 
located approximately 90 miles east of Dallas, Texas and 90 miles west of Shreveport, Louisiana.
We consider our primary market areas to be East Texas, Southeast Texas, as well as the greater Dallas-Fort Worth, 
Austin and Houston, Texas areas.  Our expectation is that our presence in all of the market areas we serve should grow in the 
future.  In addition, we continue to explore new markets in which we believe we can successfully expand.  
The principal economic activities in our market areas include medical services, retail, education, financial services, 
technology, distribution, manufacturing, government and to a lesser extent, oil and gas industries.  These economic activities 
support a growing regional system of medical service, retail and education centers.  Tyler, Dallas-Fort Worth, Austin and 
Houston are home to several nationally recognized health care systems that represent all major specialties.
Our 53 branches and 37 drive-thru facilities are located in and around Arlington, Austin, Bullard, Chandler, Cleburne, 
Cleveland, Dallas, Diboll, Euless, Fort Worth, Frisco, Granbury, Grapevine, Gresham, Gun Barrel City, Hawkins, Hemphill, 
Houston, Irving, Jacksonville, Jasper, Lindale, Longview, Lufkin, Nacogdoches, Palestine, Pineland, San Augustine, Splendora, 
The Woodlands, Tyler, Watauga, Weatherford and Whitehouse.  Our advertising is designed to target the market areas we 
serve.  The type and amount of advertising in each location is determined based on our market share in that area, combined with 
overall cost by market.
Additionally, our customers may access various banking services through a wide network of ATMs, ITMs, automated 
telephone, internet and mobile banking products. Customers can apply for loans, open deposit accounts, access account 
information and conduct various other transactions online from their smart phones or computers.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we closed a traditional branch location in Jasper due to close proximity to 
another Southside Bank branch, and a grocery store branch location in Kingwood.  During 2024, we also opened loan 
production offices in Dallas, Texas and The Woodlands, Texas.
THE BANKING INDUSTRY IN TEXAS
The banking industry is affected by general economic conditions such as interest rates, inflation, recession, 
unemployment and other factors beyond our control.  During the last 30 years the Texas economy has continued to diversify, 
decreasing the overall impact of fluctuations in oil and gas prices; however, the oil and gas industry is still a significant 
component of the Texas economy.  The economic conditions and growth prospects for our markets continue to reflect a solid 
and positive overall outlook. Higher inflation levels and elevated interest rates could have a negative impact on both our 
consumer and commercial borrowers.  Currently, the Texas markets we serve continue to remain healthy due to both job and 
population growth.  
COMPETITION
The activities we are engaged in are highly competitive.  Financial institutions such as credit unions, fintech companies, 
consumer finance companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies and other financial institutions with varying degrees 
of regulatory restrictions compete vigorously for a share of the financial services market. Fintech, brokerage and insurance 
companies continue to become more competitive in the financial services arena and pose an ever-increasing challenge to 
banks.  Legislative changes also greatly affect the level of competition we face.  Federal legislation allows credit unions to use 
their expanded membership capabilities, combined with tax-free status, to compete more openly for traditional bank 
business.  The tax-free status granted to credit unions provides them with a significant competitive advantage.  Many of the 
largest banks operating in Texas, including some of the largest banks in the country, have offices in our market areas with 
capital resources, broader geographic markets and legal lending limits substantially in excess of those available to us.  We face 
competition from institutions that offer products and services we do not or cannot currently offer.  Some institutions we 
compete with offer interest rate levels on loan and deposit products that we are unwilling to offer due to interest rate risk and 
overall profitability concerns.  We expect the level of competition in the financial services market to continue to increase.
HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES
At December 31, 2024, we employed approximately 778 full time equivalent persons.  None of our employees are 
represented by any unions or similar groups.  We consider the relationship with our employees to be good, which we believe to 
be reflected in the average tenure of our employees exceeding eight years, with the tenure of 33% of our employees exceeding 
5 

ten years. As of December 31, 2024, women and ethnic minorities represented approximately 69% and 40% of our workforce, 
respectively. 
During 2024, Southside was awarded “Best Banks to Work For” by American Banker for the third consecutive year 
and “Best Companies to Work For in Fort Worth” for the second consecutive year.  These awards identify organizations that 
excel at creating positive and supportive workplaces for employees. We continuously work toward an outstanding workplace 
with competitive benefits for employees through our initiatives outlined below. 
The health, safety and wellness of our employees is a top priority.  In 2024, we continued to focus on the health and 
wellness of our employees through several company-wide efforts including: a wellness program that allows employees to earn 
cash rewards; a wellness challenge to encourage healthy habits; as well as wellness communications and webinars throughout 
the year.  We maintain a comprehensive employee handbook, code of business conduct, as well as other policies, including a 
harassment policy, whistleblower policy and a human rights policy statement, to promote a safe and supportive workplace 
culture. 
We believe employees to be our greatest asset and that our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain and 
develop employees.  Professional development is a key priority, which is facilitated through our many corporate initiatives 
including extensive training programs, corporate mentoring, leadership programs, educational reimbursement and corporate and 
personal development coaching.  We recognize and award employees through several different initiatives centered around 
service to Southside and initiatives that will impact their communities.
Effective communication is critical to supporting our employees and is carried out through our weekly newsletters, 
executive announcements, quarterly Town Hall meetings and our intranet. 
As part of our effort to attract and retain employees, we offer a broad range of benefits, including, but not limited to, 
15-30 days of annual paid time off based on length of employment, sick leave, participation in our ESOP, 401(k) match for 
eligible employees and up to 20 hours of paid time off annually to volunteer.  We believe our compensation packages and 
benefits are competitive with others in our industry.  For additional information regarding our employee benefit plans, see 
“Note 10 - Employee Benefits” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.  
6 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
Banking is a complex, highly regulated industry.  As a bank holding company under federal law, the Company is subject 
to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve.  In addition, under state law, as the parent company of a 
Texas-chartered state bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve, the Company is subject to supervision and examination 
by the TDB.  As a Texas-chartered state bank, Southside Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the 
TDB, as its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, as its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer.  This system of 
regulation and supervision provides a comprehensive legal framework for our operations and is intended primarily for the 
protection of bank depositors, the FDIC’s DIF and the public, rather than our shareholders and creditors.
In addition to the system of regulation and supervision outlined above, the CFPB has authority to supervise and examine 
depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets for compliance with these federal consumer laws. The CFPB also 
has rulemaking authority for a range of consumer financial protection laws (such as TILA, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act 
and RESPA, among others). The authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with $10 billion or less in assets 
(such as Southside Bank) for compliance with federal consumer laws remains largely with those institutions’ primary 
regulators.  However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of these smaller institutions on a “sampling basis” and may 
refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary regulators.  Accordingly, the CFPB may participate 
in examinations of Southside Bank, and could supervise and examine other direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company that 
offer consumer financial products or services. On February 9, 2025, the presidential administration ordered the CFPB to halt 
substantially all of its operations. The next day, dozens of CFPB employees were terminated. However, the administration has 
agreed to temporarily pause its actions pending lawsuits in response to the employment terminations. At this time, the scope 
and continued existence of the CFPB remain unknown.
The earnings of Southside Bank and, therefore, the earnings of the Company, are affected by general economic 
conditions, changes in federal and state laws and regulations and actions of various regulatory authorities, including those 
referenced above.  
Significant changes to federal and state laws, changes in the interpretation or application of such laws by regulators, and/
or the enactment of new legislation or adoption of new regulations could (i) materially impact the profitability of our business, 
the value of assets we hold, or the value of collateral available for our loans; (ii)  require changes to our business practices; (iii) 
force us to discontinue certain business lines; and/or (iv) otherwise expose us to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement 
actions and reputational risk.  The likelihood, timing and scope of any such change of law, and the impact that any such change 
may have on us, are impossible to determine with any certainty. However, a change in Presidential administration, as occurred 
January 20, 2025, increases the likelihood of such changes. In particular, the Trump administration has signaled in its first 
weeks that it will continue to focus on the level of government oversight of financial institutions.
Set forth below are brief descriptions of the significant federal and state laws and regulations to which we are currently 
subject.  These descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular 
statutory or regulatory provisions.
Holding Company Regulation
As a bank holding company regulated under the BHCA, as amended, the Company is registered with and subject to 
regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve.  The Company is required to file annual and other reports with, 
and furnish information to, the Federal Reserve, which makes periodic inspections of the Company.  The Federal Reserve may 
also examine our nonbank subsidiaries.  
Permitted Activities. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company is limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing 
services to or performing services for our subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by 
regulation or order to be the business of banking, managing, or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services 
for its subsidiaries and certain other activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking. In 
determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an 
activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits 
include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue 
concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest and unsound banking practices. Examples of 
activities the Federal Reserve has previously determined are closely related to banking include:
◦
factoring accounts receivable;
◦
making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;
◦
leasing personal or real property;
7 

◦
operating a nonbank depository institution, such as a savings association;
◦
performing trust company functions;
◦
conducting financial and investment advisory activities;
◦
conducting discount securities brokerage activities;
◦
underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;
◦
providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;
◦
performing selected data processing services and support services;
◦
acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit 
transactions;
◦
performing selected insurance underwriting activities;
◦
providing certain community development activities (such as making investments in projects designed 
primarily to promote community welfare); and
◦
issuing and selling money orders and similar consumer-type payment instruments.
The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these 
activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe 
that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, 
soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.
Under the BHCA, a bank holding company meeting certain eligibility requirements may elect to become a “financial 
holding company.”  A financial holding company and companies under its control may engage in activities that are “financial in 
nature,” as defined by the GLBA and Federal Reserve interpretations, and therefore may engage in a broader range of activities 
than those permitted for bank holding companies and their subsidiaries.  Financial activities include insurance brokerage and 
underwriting, securities underwriting and dealing, merchant banking, investment advisory and lending activities.  Financial 
holding companies and their subsidiaries also may engage in additional activities that are determined by the Federal Reserve, in 
consultation with the U.S. Department of the Treasury, to be “financial in nature or incidental to” a financial activity or are 
determined by the Federal Reserve unilaterally to be “complementary” to financial activities.
The Company has elected to become a financial holding company. Our election was declared effective based in part 
upon a finding by the Federal Reserve that all of our depository institution subsidiaries satisfy the Federal Reserve’s 
“well capitalized” and “well managed” standards and have at least a satisfactory rating under the CRA.  We do not currently 
engage in financial activities beyond those permissible for a bank holding company.  However, if we undertake expanded 
financial activities (i.e., those that are not permissible for a bank holding company) and we subsequently fail to continue to meet 
any of the prerequisites for “financial holding company” status, including those described above, we would be required to enter 
into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to restore our compliance with all applicable requirements, including specifically 
the “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” standards.  If we do not return to compliance within 180 days of such an agreement, 
the Federal Reserve may order the Company to divest its Bank, or the Company may discontinue (or divest investments in 
companies engaged in) those expanded activities that are only permissible for financial holding companies.  
Capital Adequacy. Each of the federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, has issued 
substantially similar risk-based and minimum leverage capital guidelines applicable to the banking organizations they 
supervise.  
Under existing capital standards, a banking organization is required to continually monitor the ratio of its assets against 
its capital so as to gauge its ability to absorb unexpected losses in an economic downturn.  The federal banking agencies may 
determine that a banking organization based on its size, complexity, or risk profile must maintain a higher level of capital in 
order to operate in a safe and sound manner. Risks such as concentration of credit risks and the risk arising from nontraditional 
activities, as well as the institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates, 
and an institution’s ability to manage those risks, are important factors in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. 
The following is a brief description of the relevant provisions of these capital rules and their potential impact on our capital 
levels.
The Company and the Bank are subject to the following risk-based capital ratios: a Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based 
capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, which includes CET1 and additional Tier 1 capital, and a total risk-based capital 
ratio, which includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 is primarily comprised of the sum of common stock instruments and 
related surplus net of treasury stock plus retained earnings less certain adjustments and deductions, including with respect to 
8 

goodwill, intangible assets, mortgage servicing assets, and deferred tax assets subject to temporary timing differences. 
Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. Tier 2 capital consists of 
instruments disqualified from Tier 1 capital, including qualifying subordinated debt and a limited amount of loan loss reserves 
up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, subject to certain eligibility criteria. The capital rules also define the risk-
weights assigned to assets and off-balance sheet items to determine the risk-weighted asset components of the risk-based capital 
rules, including, for example, certain “high volatility” commercial real estate, past due assets, structured securities, and equity 
holdings.
The leverage capital ratio, which serves as a minimum capital standard, is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average 
total consolidated assets, net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and certain required deduction items. The required 
minimum leverage ratio for all banks and bank holding companies is 4%.  
In addition, the capital rules required a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above each of the minimum risk-based 
capital ratio requirements (CET1, Tier 1, and total capital), which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic 
stress. These buffer requirements must be met for a bank or bank holding company to be able to pay dividends, engage in share 
buybacks, or make discretionary bonus payments to executive management without restriction. The capital rules provide for a 
number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1, which include the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred 
tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant 
investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% 
of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1 .  
In addition to the minimum leverage ratio and the capital conversion buffer discussed above, the Company and the Bank 
are also subject to the following minimum capital ratios: 4.5% CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets; 6% Tier 1 capital to risk-
weighted assets; and 8% total capital to risk-weighted assets.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, among other things, requires the federal bank 
regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital 
requirements. The FDICIA establishes five regulatory capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will 
depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by 
regulation. The FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of 
a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be 
undercapitalized. The FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive restraints on operations, management, and capital 
distributions depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject 
to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions may not accept 
brokered deposits absent a waiver from the FDIC, are subject to growth limitations, and are required to submit capital 
restoration plans for regulatory approval. A depository institution's holding company must guarantee any required capital 
restoration plan up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5 percent of the depository institution's assets at the time it becomes 
undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. Federal banking 
agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions 
and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable 
plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. 
To be well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain at least the following capital ratios:
•  6.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
•  8% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets;
•  10% Total capital to risk-weighted assets; and
•  5% leverage ratio.
The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for bank holding companies to reflect the higher 
capital requirements imposed under the current capital rules applicable to banks. For purposes of the Federal Reserve’s 
Regulation Y, including determining whether a bank holding company meets the requirements to be a financial holding 
company, bank holding companies, such as the Company, must maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater and a 
total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater to be well-capitalized. Also, the Federal Reserve may require bank holding 
companies, including the Company, to maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels depending 
upon general economic conditions and a bank holding company’s particular condition, risk profile, and growth plans.
Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible 
additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our operations or 
financial condition. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could also result in restrictions on the Company’s or the 
9 

Bank’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise distribute capital or to receive regulatory approval of applications or other 
restrictions on its growth.
In 2024, the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above the applicable well-capitalized standards 
and met the capital conservation buffer. Based on current estimates, we believe that the Company and the Bank will continue to 
exceed all applicable well-capitalized regulatory capital requirements and the capital conservation buffer in 2025.
Certain regulatory capital ratios of the Company and Southside Bank, as of December 31, 2024, are shown in the 
following table.
Capital Adequacy Ratios
Regulatory
Minimums
Regulatory
Minimums
to be Well
Capitalized
Southside
Bancshares,
Inc.
Southside
Bank
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio    .................................
 4.50 %
 6.50 %
 13.04 %
 15.35 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  ...........................................................
 6.00 %
 8.00 %
 14.07 %
 15.35 %
Total risk-based capital ratio    ............................................................
 8.00 %
 10.00 %
 16.49 %
 16.15 %
Leverage ratio    ...................................................................................
 4.00 %
 5.00 %
 9.67 %
 10.55 %
On March 27, 2020, the federal bank agencies announced a final rule that permits banks that have adopted the CECL 
standard to defer recognition of the estimated impact of credit losses on regulatory capital by permitting a three-year “phase-in” 
approach commencing in 2022.  We elected to adopt the transition option.
Eligible community banks and holding companies with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets may opt into the 
CBLR framework. A “qualifying community banking organization” is one that has (i) less than $10 billion in total consolidated 
assets; (ii) a leverage ratio greater than 9%; (iii) off-balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of total consolidated assets; and (iv) 
trading assets and liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets.  Qualifying banks that meet these thresholds and elect the 
CBLR framework, are exempt from the agencies’ current capital framework, including the risk-based capital requirements and 
capital conservation buffer, and are deemed well-capitalized under the agencies’ prompt corrective action regulations.  The 
Bank has not elected to use the CBLR framework at this time.  
Source of Strength.  A bank holding company, such as us, is required to act as a source of financial and managerial 
strength to its subsidiary banks.  As a result, a bank holding company may be required to contribute additional capital to its 
subsidiaries in the form of capital notes or other instruments which qualify as capital under regulatory rules. The appropriate 
federal banking agency for the depository institution (in the case of the Bank, the FDIC) may require reports from us to assess 
our ability to serve as a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source of strength requirements by requiring us to 
provide financial assistance to the Bank in the event of financial distress. Any loans from the holding company to its subsidiary 
banks likely will be unsecured and subordinated to the bank’s depositors and perhaps to other creditors of the bank.  In addition 
to the foregoing requirements, the Federal Reserve and other federal banking regulators are authorized to require a company 
that directly or indirectly controls a bank to submit reports that are designed both to assess the ability of such company to 
comply with its source of strength obligations and to enforce the company’s compliance with these obligations.  As of 
December 31, 2024, the Federal Reserve and other federal banking regulators have not issued rules implementing this 
requirement.
In addition, if a bank holding company enters into bankruptcy or becomes subject to the orderly liquidation process 
established by the Dodd-Frank Act, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to 
maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee or the FDIC, as appropriate, and entitled 
to a priority of payment.  Furthermore, the FDIA provides that any insured depository institution generally will be liable for any 
loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or any assistance provided by the FDIC to, a commonly controlled 
insured depository institution.  The Bank is an FDIC-insured depository institution and thus subject to these requirements. See 
also Bank Regulation - Prompt Corrective Action and Undercapitalization.
Safety and Soundness. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their 
subsidiary banks by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository 
institutions and the DIF in the event of a depository institution default. For example, under the FDICIA, to avoid receivership of 
an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any subsidiary 
bank that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its 
appropriate federal bank regulatory agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the 
time the institution became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the 
10 

institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital 
restoration plan.
Dividends.  The principal source of our liquidity at the parent company level is dividends from the Bank.  The Bank is 
subject to federal and state restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company.  We must pay essentially all of our 
operating expenses from funds we receive from the Bank.  Therefore, shareholders may receive dividends from us only to the 
extent that funds are available after payment of our operating expenses.  Under a Federal Reserve policy adopted in 2009, the 
board of directors of a bank holding company must consider certain factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative 
to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that 
could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has 
indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or 
significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if: 
•  its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, 
is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; 
•  its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective 
financial condition; or 
•  it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
The ability of the Company or the Bank to pay dividends, and the contents of their respective dividend policies, is 
subject to changes of law, as well as possible supervisory restrictions imposed by the TDB, FDIC or Federal Reserve.  See also 
Bank Regulation - Dividends for additional information.
Incentive Compensation. The Dodd-Frank Act required the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint rules 
or guidelines for financial institutions with more than $1 billion in assets, such as the Company and the Bank, which prohibit 
incentive compensation arrangements that the agencies determine to encourage inappropriate risks by the institution. In 2016, 
the federal banking agencies and the SEC proposed rules that would, depending upon the assets of the institution, directly 
regulate incentive compensation arrangements and would require enhanced oversight and recordkeeping. As of December 31, 
2024, these rules have not been implemented, although the SEC did adopt final rules implementing the clawback provisions of 
the Dodd-Frank Act in 2022 and the NYSE did adopt corresponding listing standards for clawback policies in 2023. We and the 
Bank have undertaken efforts to ensure that our incentive compensation plans do not encourage inappropriate risks, consistent 
with three key principles: incentive compensation arrangements should appropriately balance risk and financial rewards, be 
compatible with effective controls and risk management, and be supported by strong corporate governance.
Change in Control.  Subject to certain exceptions, under the BHCA, the CBCA and the regulations promulgated 
thereunder, persons who intend to acquire direct or indirect control of a depository institution or a bank holding company are 
required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  With respect to the Company, “control” is conclusively presumed 
to exist where an acquiring party directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote at least 25% of our voting 
securities.  Under the Federal Reserve’s CBCA regulations, a rebuttable presumption of control would arise with respect to an 
acquisition where, after the transaction, the acquiring party owns, controls or has the power to vote at least 10% (but less than 
25%) of our voting securities.  Under the Federal Reserve’s “Tiered Presumptions” framework, promulgated in 2010, the 
Federal Reserve will consider the nature and extent of “controlling influences” that exist between a party and a banking 
organization at different levels of voting security ownership (i.e., between 0% and 4.99%, or between 5% and 9.99%).  The 
Federal Reserve will presume that no control exists when a company owns 9.99% or less of another company, and no other 
indicators of control exists.
Acquisitions.  The BHCA provides that a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve to 
(i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting 
securities of any bank or bank holding company, (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding 
company or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. The Federal Reserve, with the input of the 
Department of Justice, may not approve any such transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any 
combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, 
or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, 
or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are 
clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the 
community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider (i) the financial and managerial resources of the 
companies involved, including pro forma capital ratios, (ii) the risk to the stability of the United States banking or financial 
system, (iii) the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including performance under the CRA and (iv) the 
effectiveness of the company in combatting money laundering.
11 

Regulatory Examination.  Federal and state banking agencies require the Company and the Bank to prepare annual 
reports on financial condition and to conduct an annual audit of financial affairs in compliance with minimum standards and 
procedures.  The Bank, and in some cases the Company and any nonbank affiliates, must undergo regular on-site examinations 
by the appropriate regulatory agency, which will examine for adherence to a range of legal and regulatory compliance 
responsibilities.  A bank regulator conducting an examination has complete access to the books and records of the examined 
institution, and the results of the examination are confidential.  The cost of examinations may be assessed against the examined 
organization as the agency deems necessary or appropriate.  The FDIC has developed a method for insured depository 
institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and 
practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report.  
Enforcement Authority.  The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their 
nonbank subsidiaries, as well as “institution-affiliated parties,” including management, employees, agents, independent 
contractors and consultants, such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the institution’s 
affairs, and has authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute knowing or 
reckless violations of laws or regulations.  These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, civil 
money penalties or other actions.  Civil money penalties can be as high as $1,000,000 for each day the activity continues and 
criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes may include imprisonment for 20 years.  Regulators have flexibility to 
commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties, and the FDIC has the authority to terminate 
deposit insurance.  When issued by a banking agency, cease-and-desist and similar orders may, among other things, require 
affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, 
indemnifications or guarantees against loss.  A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain 
assets, rescind agreements or contracts, refrain from declaring or paying dividends, or take other actions determined to be 
appropriate by the ordering agency.  The federal banking agencies also may remove a director or officer from an insured 
depository institution (or bar them from the industry) if a violation is willful or reckless.
Bank Regulation
The Bank is a Texas-chartered commercial bank, the deposits of which are insured up to the applicable limits by the 
FDIC.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and 
supervision by the TDB, as its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, as its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer.  In 
addition, the CFPB could participate in examinations of the Bank (as described above) regarding the Bank’s offering of 
consumer financial products and services.  The federal and state laws applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the 
scope of their activities and investments, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of retained earnings 
and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings and payment of dividends.
Broadly, regulations applicable to the Bank include limitations on loans to a single borrower and to its directors, officers 
and employees, restrictions on the opening and closing of branch offices, the maintenance of required capital ratios, the granting 
of credit under equal and fair conditions, the disclosure of the costs and terms of such credit, requirements to maintain reserves 
against deposits and loans, limitations on the types of investment that may be made by the Bank and requirements governing 
risk management practices. Certain of these laws and regulations are referenced above under “Supervision and Regulation – 
Holding Company Regulation.”
Permitted Activities and Investments.  Under the FDIA, the activities and investments of state nonmember banks are 
generally limited to those permissible for national banks, notwithstanding state law.  With FDIC approval, a state nonmember 
bank may engage in activities not permissible for a national bank if the FDIC determines that the activity does not pose a 
significant risk to the DIF and that the bank meets its minimum capital requirements.  Similarly, under Texas law, a state bank 
may engage in those activities permissible for national banks domiciled in Texas.  The TDB may permit a Texas state bank to 
engage in additional activities so long as the performance of the activity by the bank would not adversely affect the safety and 
soundness of the bank.
Volcker Rule Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits insured depository institutions and their affiliates from 
proprietary trading and acquiring certain interests in hedge or private equity funds.  The Volker Rule contains certain 
exemptions from the prohibition and permit the retention of certain ownership interests.  Subsequent amendments to the 
Volcker Rule exempt from coverage those banks with (i) total consolidated assets equal to $10 billion or less; and (ii) total 
trading assets and liabilities equal to 5 percent or less of total consolidated assets. Based on this amendment, the Bank is exempt 
from the Volcker Rule’s restrictions and prohibitions.
Brokered Deposits.  The Bank also may be restricted in its ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, 
depending on its capital classification.  Subject to certain exceptions, deposits are “brokered” if they are placed at a bank 
through the intervention of a third party in the business of facilitating the placement of deposits with FDIC-insured banks.  Only 
“well-capitalized” banks are permitted to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits.  The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis, 
permit banks that are adequately capitalized to accept brokered deposits if the FDIC determines that acceptance of such deposits 
12 

would not constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice with respect to the bank.  Undercapitalized banks generally may not 
accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits.  On December 15, 2020, the FDIC approved a final rule, effective April 1, 2021, 
setting forth a new framework for determining when deposits accepted by an insured depository institution qualify as “brokered 
deposits.”  The new rule also clarifies when a third party may qualify as a “deposit broker,” and identifies several business 
relationships between banks and third parties that are exempt from the brokered deposit restrictions.  On July 15, 2022, the 
FDIC released guidance regarding how banks should treat the placement of deposits by third parties under “sweep 
arrangements” with broker-dealers. However, on July 30, 2024, the FDIC approved a notice of proposed rulemaking relating to 
the agency’s brokered deposit rules which would inter alia rollback certain aspects and exceptions to the brokered deposit rules 
originally introduced by the 2020 rule.  As of December 31, 2024, the notice of proposed rulemaking had not been finalized.  
Loans to One Borrower.  Under Texas law, without the approval of the TDB and subject to certain limited exceptions for 
loans secured by livestock, stored agricultural products, or readily marketable collateral, the maximum aggregate amount of 
loans that the Bank is permitted to make to any one borrower is 25% of Tier 1 capital. For purposes of applying this limit, loans 
to one borrower may be combined with loans to another borrower (i) when proceeds of the loan are to be used for the direct 
benefit of the other borrower, to the extent of the proceeds so used, or (ii) when a “common enterprise” is deemed to exist 
between the borrowers.
Insider Loans.  Under Regulation O of the Federal Reserve, as made applicable to state nonmember banks by section 
18(j)(2) of the FDIA, the Bank is subject to quantitative restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers and 
directors, the executive officers and directors of the Company, any owner of 10% or more of its stock or the stock of the 
Company and certain entities affiliated with any such persons.  In general, any such extensions of credit must (i) not exceed 
certain dollar limitations, (ii) be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing 
at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (iii) not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present 
other unfavorable features.  Additional restrictions are imposed on extensions of credit to executive officers.  Certain extensions 
of credit also require the approval of a bank’s board of directors.  On December 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued 
an Interagency Statement clarifying that they will not apply the quantitative and qualitative restrictions of Regulation O to 
investors in large funds (e.g., mutual funds) that may hold an investment position in banks, and therefore could qualify as an 
“insider” under current Regulation O definitions.  On December 22, 2022, the agencies extended this relief to January 1, 2024, 
on December 15, 2023, the agencies extended this relief to January 1, 2025 and on December 27, 2024, the agencies extended 
this relief to January 1, 2026.
Deposit Insurance and Assessments.  As an FDIC-insured bank, the Bank must pay deposit insurance assessments to the 
FDIC based on the Bank’s average total consolidated assets minus its average tangible equity during the assessment period. 
Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United 
States Government. The coverage limit of $250,000 is per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account 
ownership category. Banks must maintain a minimum DIF reserve ratio equal to 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits. 
Based on circumstances related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the DRR dropped below the statutory minimum in 2020, and the 
FDIC adopted a restoration plan to return the DRR to 1.35 percent by September 30, 2028.  To that end, on October 24, 2022, 
the FDIC adopted a final rule raising the DIF assessment rate on all insured depository institutions, including the Bank, by two 
basis points.  This assessment rate became effective January 1, 2023, with the first quarterly assessment due June 30, 2023.  As 
a result of bank failures in March and May 2023, the DRR fell to 1.10 percent as of June 30, 2023. However, the FDIC 
projected that the reserve ratio will still reach the statutory minimum of 1.35 percent by the statutory deadline of September 30, 
2028 as a result of the FDIC’s prior assessment rate adjustment. On November 16, 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to 
implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the DIF associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the 
closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The special assessment is targeted primarily at larger banks with 
significant uninsured deposit levels. Specifically, the assessment base for the special assessment is equal to a bank’s estimated 
uninsured deposits reported as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion. As of December 31, 2022, the 
Bank had less than $5 billion in estimated uninsured deposits. 
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe and 
unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, 
rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC.
Capital Adequacy.
See Holding Company Regulation - Capital Adequacy.
Prompt Corrective Action and Undercapitalization.  The FDICIA established a system of prompt corrective action to 
resolve the problems of undercapitalized insured depository institutions.  Under this system, the federal banking regulators are 
required to rate insured depository institutions based on five capital categories as described below.  The federal banking 
regulators are also required to take mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with 
respect to insured depository institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the severity of which will depend upon the 
13 

capital category in which the insured depository institution is assigned.  Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDICIA 
requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured depository institution that is critically 
undercapitalized.  The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category.
Under the regulations, all insured depository institutions are assigned to one of the following capital categories:
•
Well Capitalized - The insured depository institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital 
measure.  A well-capitalized insured depository institution is one (1) having a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or 
greater, (2) having a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (3) having a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or 
greater, (4) having a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater and (5) that is not subject to any order or written directive 
to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
•
Adequately Capitalized - The insured depository institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant 
capital measure.  An adequately-capitalized depository institution is one having (1) a total risk based capital ratio of 
8% or more, (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or more, (3) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or more and (4) a leverage ratio 
of 4% or more.
•
Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital 
measure.  An undercapitalized depository institution is one having (1) a total capital ratio of less than 8%, (2) a Tier 1 
capital ratio of less than 6%, (3) a CET1 capital ratio of less than 4.5% or (4) a leverage ratio of less than 4%.
•
Significantly Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution is significantly below the required minimum level 
for any relevant capital measure.  A significantly undercapitalized institution is one having (1) a total risk-based 
capital ratio of less than 6% (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4%, (3) a CET1 ratio of less than 3% or (4) a 
leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.
•
Critically Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the 
appropriate federal banking agency.  A critically undercapitalized institution is one having a ratio of tangible equity to 
total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.
The prompt corrective action regulations permit the appropriate federal banking regulator to downgrade an institution to 
the next lower category if the regulator determines after notice and opportunity for hearing or response that (1) the institution is 
in an unsafe or unsound condition or (2) that the institution has received and not corrected a less-than-satisfactory rating for any 
of the categories of asset quality, management, earnings or liquidity in its most recent examination.  Supervisory actions by the 
appropriate federal banking regulator depend upon an institution’s classification within the five capital categories.  As 
previously noted, our management believes that we and our Bank subsidiary have the requisite capital levels to qualify as well-
capitalized institutions under the FDICIA regulations.
If an institution fails to remain well capitalized, it will be subject to a variety of enforcement remedies that increase as the 
capital condition worsens.  For instance, the FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital 
distribution, including payment of a dividend, or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository 
institution would thereafter be undercapitalized as a result.  Undercapitalized depository institutions are also subject to 
restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve, may not accept brokered deposits, are subject to growth limitations and are 
required to submit capital restoration plans for regulatory approval.  A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee 
any required capital restoration plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time 
it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan.  Federal 
banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic 
assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital.  If a depository institution fails to submit an 
acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized.
Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, 
including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and 
cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. In addition to the “prompt corrective action” directives, failure to 
meet capital guidelines may subject a banking organization to a variety of other enforcement remedies, including additional 
substantial restrictions on its operations and activities, termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and, under certain 
conditions, the appointment of a conservator or receiver.
Standards for Safety and Soundness.  The FDIA requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to prescribe, by 
regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (i) internal 
controls; (ii) information systems and internal audit systems; (iii) loan documentation; (iv) credit underwriting; (v) interest rate 
risk exposure; and (vi) asset quality.  The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation, 
as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits.  The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and 
Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards.  These 
14 

guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at 
insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired.  If the FDIC determines that the Bank fails to meet any 
standards prescribed by the guidelines, it may require the Bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent 
with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.  Notably, in June 2020, the 
federal financial regulators issued the Interagency Examiner Guidance for Assessing Safety and Soundness Considering the 
Effect of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Institutions.  The guidance directs bank examiners to focus specifically on how 
challenges created by the COVID-19 pandemic are being addressed by the institution, particularly with respect to credit risk and 
asset quality.  
In addition, on May 8, 2020, the federal banking regulators published Interagency Guidance on Risk Systems, applicable 
to all regulated depository institutions regardless of asset size, to be used in creating an appropriate “credit risk review system” 
consistent with the existing guidelines.  The guidance encourages banks to consider (i) the qualification of the bank’s reviewing 
personnel; (ii) the frequency, scope and depth of credit reviews; and (iii) appropriate internal distribution of credit review 
results.  
Incentive Compensation. 
See “Holding Company Regulation – Incentive Compensation.” 
Dividends.  All dividends paid by the Bank are paid to the Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank.  The ability of 
the Bank, as a Texas state bank, to pay dividends is restricted under federal and state law and regulations. The FDICIA and the 
regulations of the FDIC generally prohibit an insured depository institution from making a capital distribution (including 
payment of dividend) if, thereafter, the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized.  Under Texas law, the Bank 
generally may not pay a dividend reducing its capital and surplus without the prior approval of the Texas Banking 
Commissioner.  All dividends must be paid out of net profits then on hand, after deducting expenses, including losses and 
provisions for loan losses.
The Bank’s general dividend policy is to pay dividends at levels consistent with maintaining liquidity and preserving 
applicable capital ratios and servicing obligations.  The Bank’s dividend policies are subject to the discretion of its board of 
directors and will depend upon such factors as future earnings, financial conditions, cash needs, capital adequacy, compliance 
with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and general business conditions.  The exact amount of future dividends 
paid by the Bank will be a function of its general profitability (which cannot be accurately estimated or assured), applicable tax 
rates in effect from year to year and the discretion of its board of directors.
Transactions with Affiliates.  The Bank is subject to sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and the Federal Reserve’s 
Regulation W, as made applicable to state nonmember banks by section 18(j) of the FDIA.  Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA 
restrict a bank’s ability to engage in certain transactions with its affiliates.  An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that 
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank.  In a holding company context, the parent bank holding 
company and any companies controlled by such parent bank holding company are generally affiliates of the bank.
Specifically, section 23A places limits on the amount of “covered transactions” between a bank and its affiliates, 
including loans or extensions of credit to, investments in or certain other transactions with, affiliates.  It also limits the amount 
of any advances to third parties that are collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates.  The aggregate of all covered 
transactions is limited to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus for any one affiliate and 20% for all affiliates.  Additionally, 
within the foregoing limitations, each credit transaction with an affiliate must meet specified collateral requirements ranging 
from 100 to 130% of the loan amount, depending on the type of collateral.  Further, banks are prohibited from purchasing low 
quality assets from an affiliate. The definition of “covered transactions” has been broadened to include derivative transactions 
and the borrowing or lending of securities if the transaction will cause a bank to have credit exposure to an affiliate.  The 
revised definition also includes the acceptance of debt obligations of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to 
a third party.  Furthermore, reverse repurchase transactions are viewed as extensions of credit (instead of asset purchases) and 
thus become subject to collateral requirements.  
Section 23B, among other things, prohibits a bank from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the 
transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for 
comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.  Except for limitations on low quality asset purchases and transactions 
that are deemed to be unsafe or unsound, Regulation W generally excludes affiliated depository institutions from treatment as 
affiliates.
Anti-Tying Regulations.  Under the BHCA and the Federal Reserve’s regulations, a bank is prohibited from engaging in 
certain tying or reciprocity arrangements with its customers.  In general, a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or 
furnish any services or fix or vary the consideration for these products or services on the condition that either: (i) the customer 
obtain or provide some additional credit, property, or services from or to the bank, the bank holding company or subsidiaries 
thereof or (ii) the customer not obtain credit, property, or service from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions 
15 

are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended.  A bank may, however, offer combined-balance products and may 
otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products.  The law also expressly 
permits banks to engage in other forms of tying and authorizes the Federal Reserve Board to grant additional exceptions by 
regulation or order.  Also, certain foreign transactions are exempt from the general rule.
Community Reinvestment Act.  Under the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with 
safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the needs of our entire community, including low- and moderate-income 
neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for banks, nor does it limit a bank’s 
discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community.
On a periodic basis, the FDIC is charged with preparing a written evaluation of our record of meeting the credit needs of 
the entire community and assigning a rating - outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve or substantial noncompliance.  Banks 
are rated based on their actual performance in meeting community credit needs.  The FDIC will take that rating into account in 
its evaluation of any application made by the bank for, among other things, approval of the acquisition or establishment of a 
branch or other deposit facility, an office relocation, a merger or the acquisition of shares of capital stock of another financial 
institution.  A bank’s CRA rating may be used as the basis to deny or condition an application.  In addition, as discussed above, 
a bank holding company may not become a financial holding company unless each of its subsidiary banks has a CRA rating of 
at least “satisfactory.”  As of September 30, 2024, the most recent exam date, the Bank has a CRA rating of “satisfactory.”
On October 24, 2023, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule modernizing and overhauling the prior CRA 
regulations. Key elements of the final rule include (i) encouragement of expanded access to credit, investment, and basic 
banking services in low- and moderate-income communities; (ii) updated CRA assessment areas by including activities 
associated with online and mobile banking, branchless banking, and hybrid models; (iii) greater clarity and consistency in the 
application of CRA regulations; and (iv) better tailoring CRA evaluations and data collection requirements by bank size and 
type. Most of the final rule’s requirements will be applicable beginning January 1, 2026. The remaining requirements, including 
new data reporting requirements, will be applicable on January 1, 2027.  The final rule is likely to make it more challenging 
and/or costly for the Bank to receive a rating of at least “Satisfactory” on its CRA exam. However, the CRA modernization 
rules were subsequently challenged in court, and the impact of these challenges on the Bank therefore remain uncertain.
Branch Banking.  Pursuant to the Texas Finance Code, all banks located in Texas are authorized to branch 
statewide.  Accordingly, a bank located anywhere in Texas has the ability, subject to regulatory approval, to establish branch 
facilities near any of our facilities and within our market area.  Similarly, under applicable Federal law, out-of-state banks are 
permitted to establish branches in Texas.  If other banks were to establish branch facilities near our facilities, it is uncertain 
whether these branch facilities would have a material adverse effect on our business.
De novo interstate branching by the Bank is also subject to the Federal interstate branching rules.  All branching in which 
the Bank may engage remains subject to regulatory approval and adherence to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Consumer Protection Regulation.  The activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed 
to protect consumers.  Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by banks are subject to state usury laws and federal 
laws concerning interest rates.  Loan operations are also subject to federal laws and regulations applicable to credit transactions, 
such as:
•
the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
•
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, requiring financial institutions to provide information to 
enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help 
meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
•
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other 
prohibited factors in extending credit;
•
the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V, governing the use and provision of information to consumer 
reporting agencies;
•
the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection 
agencies; and
•
the guidance of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
Deposit and other operations also are subject to:
•
the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD, governing disclosure of deposit account terms to consumers;
•
the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records 
and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and
16 

•
the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from 
deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of ATMs and other electronic banking 
services, which the CFPB has expanded to include a new compliance regime that governs consumer-initiated cross 
border electronic transfers.
The foregoing laws and regulations are amended periodically. We cannot predict the extent to which new or modified 
regulations focused on consumer financial protection, whether adopted by the TDB, the CFPB, or the federal banking agencies 
will have on our businesses. Any such new laws may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of 
operations. 
Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Lending operations that involve a significant concentration of commercial real estate 
loans are subject to enhanced scrutiny by federal banking regulators. CRE loans generally include land development, 
construction loans, land and lot loans to individuals, loans secured by multi-family property and nonfarm nonresidential real 
property where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property.  The guidance 
prescribes the following guidelines for examiners to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to concentration risk 
and may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:
•
total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100 percent or more of the 
institution’s total capital, or
•
total CRE loans represent 300 percent or more of the institution’s total capital and the outstanding balance of the 
institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50 percent or more during the prior 36 months.
In addition, Federal regulations requiring risk retention of assets may impact our business by reducing the amount of our 
CRE lending and increasing the cost of borrowing. A loan originator or a securitizer of asset-backed securities is required to 
retain a percentage of the credit risk of securitized assets.  On June 29, 2023, in response to the increased risks on CRE loans 
created by the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal banking regulators published a “Final Interagency Policy Statement on Prudent 
Commercial Real Estate Loan Accommodations and Workouts.” It builds on the “Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk 
Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending” released in December 2015, and reaffirms risk management practices that 
financial institutions should exercise when entering into a loan agreement with a borrower. In the CRE Guidance, the federal 
banking regulators (i) expressed concerns with institutions that ease commercial real estate underwriting standards, (ii) directed 
financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and 
monitor lending risks, and (iii) indicated that they will continue to pay special attention to commercial real estate lending 
activities and concentrations going forward.   On December 18, 2023, the FDIC issued an advisory on Managing Commercial 
Real Estate Concentrations in a Challenging Economic Environment.
Anti-Money Laundering.  The Bank is subject to the regulations of the FinCEN, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the 
Treasury, which implements the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act and the Anti-Money Laundering 
Act of 2020.  The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government the power to address terrorist threats through enhanced 
domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money 
laundering requirements.  Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act includes measures intended to encourage information sharing 
among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies.  Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative 
obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including state-chartered banks like the Bank.  The Anti-Money 
Laundering Act of 2020 expanded the coverage of the Bank Secrecy Act to include new categories of “financial institutions,” 
expanding the types of monetary transactions that must be monitored and reported, and increasing the enforcement authority of 
the U.S. Department of Justice with respect to federal anti-money laundering laws.
The Bank Secrecy Act, USA PATRIOT Act, and Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, along with the related FinCEN 
regulations, impose numerous requirements with respect to financial institution operations, including the following:
•
establishment of AML programs, including adoption of written procedures and an ongoing employee training program, 
designation of a compliance officer and auditing of the program;
•
establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining information from customers seeking to open new 
accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time;
•
establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money 
laundering, for financial institutions that administer, maintain or manage private bank accounts or correspondent 
accounts for non-U.S. persons;
•
prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with recordkeeping obligations with 
respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks;
•
filing of suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations; and
17 

•
requirements that bank regulators consider bank holding and bank compliance with federal AML laws in connection 
with proposed merger or acquisition transactions.  
In addition, under applicable FinCEN regulations, covered financial institutions, subject to certain exclusions and 
exemptions, are required to identify and verify the identity of beneficial owners of legal entity customers.  On August 13, 2020, 
the federal banking agencies issued a joint statement addressing the circumstances under which an agency will issue a 
mandatory “cease-and-desist” order to a regulated financial institution for failure to comply with its AML obligations, 
emphasizing that the “effectiveness” of a bank’s AML program will be the key factor in the agency's decision. Sanctions for 
violations of the USA PATRIOT Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction 
up to $1 million.
On June 30, 2021, FinCEN published the first set of “national AML priorities,” as required by the Bank Secrecy Act, 
which include, but are not limited to, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, and drug/human trafficking.  On June 28, 2024, 
FinCEN issued a proposed rule that was drafted to implement the new AML program requirements in line with the national 
AML priorities. Thereafter, on August 9, 2024, the federal banking regulators published a notice of proposed rulemaking that 
would update the requirements each agency has issued for its supervised institutions to establish, implement, and maintain 
effective, risk-based, and reasonably designed AML programs.  As of December 31, 2024, the proposed rules have yet to be 
finalized. 
Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with anti-money laundering obligations and have been 
active in imposing cease and desist and other regulatory orders, and money penalty sanctions, against institutions found to be 
violating these obligations.  In addition, the Federal Bureau of Investigation can send bank regulatory agencies lists of the 
names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities.  The Bank can be requested to search its records for any 
relationships or transactions with persons on those lists and be required to report any identified relationships or transactions.
OFAC.  OFAC is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities, including banks, do not engage in transactions with 
certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress.  OFAC publishes, and routinely 
updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, including the 
Specially Designated Nationals List.  If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we 
must undertake certain specified activities, which could include blocking or freezing the account or transaction requested, and 
we must notify the appropriate authorities.
Privacy and Data Security; Cybersecurity.  Under federal law, financial institutions are generally prohibited from 
disclosing consumer nonpublic personal information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the 
opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure.  Financial institutions are further required, subject to certain 
exceptions, to disclose their privacy policies to customers annually.  Generally, the Bank must disclose its privacy policy for 
collecting and protecting NPI to consumers, permit consumers to “opt out” of having NPI disclosed to non-affiliated third 
parties, with some exceptions, and allow consumers to opt out of receiving marketing solicitations based on information about 
the consumer received from another affiliate.  Many states have also recently implemented or modified their data privacy laws 
and some may apply to financial institutions. For example, in California, the California Privacy Rights Act became effective on 
January 1, 2023, and provides new protections for those the Bank customers who reside in that state. 
In addition, federal and state banking agencies have prescribed standards for maintaining the security and confidentiality 
of consumer information, to which the Bank is subject.  Pursuant to these standards, the Bank is required to have an information 
security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal. The Bank 
is also subject to state and federal laws for notifying individuals and regulators in the event of a security breach affecting their 
personal information. Under federal law, customers must be notified when a financial institution becomes aware of 
unauthorized access of sensitive customer information and misuse has occurred or is reasonably possible.  
More broadly, on November 23, 2021, the federal banking regulators imposed a new cybersecurity-related notification 
rule that would require banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, to notify their primary federal regulator as 
soon as possible (but within 36 hours) of incidents that have materially disrupted or degraded, or are reasonably likely to 
materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, 
jeopardize the viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. The rule 
also imposes requirements on bank service providers to notify their affected banking organization customers of certain 
computer-security incidents. This rule became effective on April 1, 2022.  Additionally, effective as of December 2023, the 
SEC issued a new rule that requires registrants to disclose material cybersecurity incidents within four business days. At the 
state level, as of January 2, 2020, Texas state banks are required to notify the TDB of “cybersecurity incidents” within specified 
timeframes.  
Debit Interchange Fees. Interchange fees are fees that merchants pay to credit card companies and card-issuing banks 
such as the Bank for processing electronic payment transactions on their behalf. The maximum permissible interchange fee that 
18 

an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by 
the value of the transaction, subject to an upward adjustment of 1 cent if an issuer certifies that it has implemented policies and 
procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set forth by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the 
legislation prohibits card issuers and networks from entering into arrangements requiring that debit card transactions be 
processed on a single network or only two affiliated networks and allows merchants to determine transaction routing. On 
October 25, 2023, the Federal Reserve proposed to lower the maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive 
for a debit card transaction. The proposal would also establish a regular process for updating the maximum amount every other 
year going forward. We continue to monitor the development of these proposed rule revisions.
Anti-Bribery Laws. Federal law prohibits offering or giving a bank official or any third party (or for the bank official to 
solicit or receive for himself or a third party) “anything of value” other than what is given or offered to the bank itself. Further, 
the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act makes it unlawful to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or 
retaining business. The Company and the Bank have implemented a Code of Business Ethics that governs the behavior of its 
officers and employees.
Regulatory Examination. 
See “Holding Company Regulation - Regulatory Examination.”
Enforcement Authority.  The Bank and its “institution-affiliated parties,” including management, employees, agents, 
independent contractors and consultants, such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct 
of the institution’s affairs, are subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders 
of a government agency.  Violations can include failure to timely file required reports, filing false or misleading information or 
submitting inaccurate reports.  Civil penalties may be as high as $25,000 per day or, in especially egregious examples, 
$1,000,000 a day for such violations, and criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes may include imprisonment for 
20 years.  Regulators have flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties, and 
the FDIC has the authority to terminate deposit insurance.  When issued by a banking agency, cease and desist orders may, 
among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, 
reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss.  A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, 
dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions determined to be appropriate by the ordering 
agency.  The federal banking agencies also may remove a director or officer from an insured depository institution (or bar them 
from the industry) if a violation is willful or reckless.
Governmental Monetary Policies.  The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic 
conditions but also by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve.  Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, 
control of borrowings, open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks, 
deposits and assets of foreign branches, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by 
banks and their affiliates and the placing of limits on interest rates which member banks may pay on time and savings deposits 
are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve.  These monetary policies influence to a 
significant extent the overall growth of all bank loans, investments and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans or paid 
on time and savings deposits.  The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the Bank’s future 
business and earnings, therefore, cannot be predicted accurately.
Other Regulatory Matters.  The Company and its affiliates are subject to oversight by the SEC, the NYSE, various state 
securities regulators and other regulatory authorities.  The Company and its subsidiaries have from time to time received 
requests for information from regulatory authorities in various states, including state attorneys general, securities regulators and 
other regulatory authorities, concerning their business practices.  Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct 
of business.
 Future Legislation and Regulation. Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the 
financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial 
institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt 
changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending 
or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed 
legislation could affect the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the 
efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital or modify our business strategy, or 
limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially, as a result.
19 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the risks described 
below, as well as the risk factors and uncertainties discussed in our other public filings with the SEC under the caption “Risk 
Factors” in evaluating us and our business and making or continuing an investment in our stock. Set forth below are the 
material risks and uncertainties that, if they were to occur, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.  Additional risks and uncertainties that management 
is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our financial condition and 
business operations.  The trading price of our securities could decline due to the materialization of any of these risks, and our 
shareholders may lose all or part of their investment. This Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that may not be 
realized as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, the risks described herein and in our other public filings with 
the SEC. Please refer to the section in this Form 10-K entitled “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for 
additional information regarding forward-looking statements. 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Our earnings are subject to interest rate risk.
Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference 
between interest income earned on interest earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest 
bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds.  Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our 
control, including the rate of inflation, general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory 
agencies (in particular, the Federal Reserve). From July 2023 through August of 2024, the federal funds rate remained steady at 
5.25% to 5.50%. In each of the third and fourth quarter of 2024, the Federal Reserve reduced the target federal funds rate by 50 
basis points to 4.25% to 4.50%.  The Federal Reserve held the target federal funds rate steady in January 2025. Uncertainty 
regarding future rates could negatively impact our cost of borrowing and reduce the amount of money our customers borrow or 
adversely affect their ability to repay outstanding loan balances that may increase due to adjustments in their variable rates.  
Changes in monetary policy, interest rates, the yield curve, or market risk spreads, or a prolonged, flat or inverted yield 
curve could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and 
borrowings, but such changes could also affect:
•
our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits;
•
our ability to retain deposits in an uncertain rate environment;
•
net interest rate spreads and net interest rate margins;
•
our ability to enter into instruments to hedge against interest rate risk;
•
the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities; and
•
the average duration of our loan and securities portfolio.
If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans 
and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected.  Earnings could also be 
adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on 
deposits and other borrowings.
Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition and results of operations.  See the section captioned “Net Interest Income” in “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report for further discussion related to our 
management of interest rate risk.
We are subject to credit quality risks and our credit policies may not be sufficient to avoid losses.
We are subject to the risk of losses resulting from the failure of borrowers, guarantors and related parties to pay us the 
interest and principal amounts due on their loans.  Although we maintain well-defined credit policies and credit underwriting 
and monitoring and collection procedures, these policies and procedures may not prevent losses, particularly during periods in 
which the local, regional or national economy suffers a general decline.  The effects of inflation and recessionary concerns on 
economic activity could negatively affect the collateral values associated with our existing loans, our ability to liquidate the real 
estate collateral securing our residential and commercial real estate loans, our ability to maintain loan origination volume and to 
obtain additional financing, the future demand for or profitability of our lending and services, and the financial condition and 
credit risk of our customers. Further, in the event of delinquencies, regulatory changes and policies designed to protect 
20 

borrowers may slow or prevent us from making business decisions or delay us from taking certain remediation actions, such as 
foreclosure.  If borrowers fail to repay their loans, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate and a decline in the real estate market, for any reason, could 
result in losses and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is dependent on real estate.  In addition to the importance of the financial 
strength and cash flow characteristics of the borrower, loans are also often secured with real estate collateral.  As of 
December 31, 2024, approximately 82.8% of our loans have real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral.  The 
real estate in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in 
value during the time the credit is extended.  A decline in the credit markets generally could adversely affect our financial 
condition and results of operations if we are unable to extend credit or sell loans in the secondary market.  An adverse change in 
the economy affecting real estate values generally or in our primary markets specifically could significantly impair the value of 
collateral underlying certain of our loans and our ability to sell the collateral at a profit or at all upon foreclosure.  Furthermore, 
it is likely that, in a declining real estate market, we would be required to further increase our allowance for loan losses.  If we 
are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values or to 
increase our allowance for loan losses, our profitability and financial condition could be adversely impacted.  
Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business.  Our communications and 
information systems remain vulnerable to unexpected disruptions and failures.  Any failure, interruption or breach in security of 
these systems could result in a material adverse effect on our customer relationships, general ledger, deposit, loan and other 
systems.  While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure, interruption or security 
breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that we will adhere to such policies or procedures or that they can 
prevent any such failures, interruptions, cybersecurity breaches or other security breaches or, if they do occur, that they will be 
adequately addressed.  The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could 
damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and disclosure 
obligations or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business strategy, financial condition and results of operations.
In our ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our 
businesses and to collect and store sensitive data, including financial information regarding our customers and personally 
identifiable information of our customers and employees.  The integrity of information systems of financial institutions is under 
significant threat from cyber-attacks by third parties, including through coordinated attacks sponsored by foreign nations and 
criminal organizations to disrupt business operations and other compromises to data and systems for political or criminal 
purposes. Criminals are turning to new sources, including artificial intelligence, to steal personally identifiable information in 
order to impersonate our clients to commit fraud. We employ an in-depth, layered, defense approach that leverages people, 
processes and technology to manage and maintain cybersecurity controls. 
Notwithstanding the strength of our defensive measures, the threat from cyber-attacks is severe as attacks are 
sophisticated, and attackers respond rapidly to changes in defensive measures.  Cybersecurity risks may also occur with our 
third-party service providers and may interfere with their ability to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, with potential for 
financial loss or liability that could have a material adverse effect on our business strategy, financial condition or results of 
operations.  We offer our customers the ability to bank remotely and provide other technology-based products and services, 
which services include the secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet and other remote channels.  To the 
extent that our customers’ systems are not secure or are otherwise compromised, our network could be vulnerable to 
unauthorized access, malicious software, phishing schemes and other security breaches.  To the extent that our activities or the 
activities of our customers or third-party service providers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, 
security breaches and malicious software could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities.  
In addition, we permit a portion of our employees to work remotely from their homes. However, consumer technology in 
employees’ homes may not provide similar performance or security as commercial-grade technology in our offices.  This, along 
with reliance on employees’ residential internet, could cause network, system, application, and communication limitations or 
instability, affecting customer experience for some departments.  Remote work also introduces additional operational risk, 
including increased cybersecurity risk. These cyber risks include greater phishing, malware, and other social engineering 
attacks targeted at employees working from home.  Increased risk of unauthorized dissemination of confidential information, 
greater risk of privacy breach due to screen/voice/video conversation outside private office space, limited ability to restore the 
systems in the event of a system failure or interruption, greater risk of a security breach resulting in destruction or misuse of 
valuable information, and potential impairment of our ability to perform critical functions, including wiring funds, all of which 
could expose us to risks of data or financial loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations and the 
operations of any impacted customers. 
21 

Our systems and those of our customers and third-party service providers are under constant threat, and it is possible that 
we could experience a significant compromise, significant data loss or material financial losses related to cyber-attacks in the 
future.  We may suffer material financial losses related to these risks in the future or we may be subject to liability for 
compromises to our customer or third-party service provider systems.  Any such losses or liabilities could have a material 
adverse effect on our business strategy, financial condition or results of operations and could expose us to reputation risk, the 
loss of customer business, increased operational costs, as well as additional regulatory scrutiny, possible litigation and related 
financial liability.  These risks also include possible business interruption, including the inability to access critical information 
and systems.
The development and use of artificial intelligence presents risks and challenges that may adversely impact our business.    
The Company or its third-party (or fourth party) vendors, clients or counterparties may develop or incorporate AI 
technology in certain business processes, services, or products. The development and use of AI presents a number of risks and 
challenges to the Company’s business. The legal and regulatory environment relating to AI is uncertain and rapidly evolving, 
both in the U.S. and internationally, and includes regulatory schemes targeted specifically at AI as well as provisions in 
intellectual property, privacy, consumer protection, employment, and other laws applicable to the use of AI. These evolving 
laws and regulations could require changes in the Company’s implementation of AI technology and increase the Company’s 
compliance costs and the risk of non-compliance. AI models, particularly generative AI models, may produce output or take 
action that is incorrect, that reflects biases included in the data on which they are trained, that results in the release of private, 
confidential, or proprietary information, that infringes on the intellectual property rights of others, or that is otherwise harmful. 
In addition, the complexity of many AI models makes it difficult to understand why they are generating particular outputs. This 
limited transparency increases the challenges associated with assessing the proper operation of AI models, understanding and 
monitoring the capabilities of the AI models, reducing erroneous output, eliminating bias, and complying with regulations that 
require documentation or explanation of the basis on which decisions are made. Further, the Company may rely on AI models 
developed by third parties, and, to that extent, would be dependent in part on the manner in which those third parties develop 
and train their models, including risks arising from the inclusion of any unauthorized material in the training data for their 
models and the effectiveness of the steps these third parties have taken to limit the risks associated with the output of their 
models, matters over which the Company may have limited visibility. Any of these risks could expose the Company to liability 
or adverse legal or regulatory consequences and harm the Company’s reputation and the public perception of its business or the 
effectiveness of its security measures.
General political or economic conditions in the United States could adversely affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.
The state of the economy and various economic, social and political factors, including inflation, recession, pandemics, 
unemployment, social unrest/civil disorder, interest rates, declining oil prices and the level of U.S. debt, as well as 
governmental action and uncertainty resulting from U.S. and global political trends, including tariffs, trade policies, weakness 
in foreign sovereign debt and currencies, hostile actions of foreign governments may directly and indirectly have a 
destabilizing effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Trump administration may seek to 
implement a regulatory reform agenda that is different than that of the Biden administration, impacting the rulemaking, 
supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies and potentially resulting in uncertainty. 
Unfavorable or uncertain international, national or regional political or economic environments could drive losses beyond those 
which are provided for in our allowance for loan losses and result in the following consequences:
•
increases in loan delinquencies;
•
increases in nonperforming assets and foreclosures;
•
decreases in demand for our products and services, which could adversely affect our liquidity position;
•
decreases in the value of the collateral securing our loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’ 
borrowing power;
•
decreases in the credit quality of our non-U.S. Government and non-U.S. agency investment securities, corporate 
and municipal securities;
•
an adverse or unfavorable resolution of the Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac conservatorship; and
•
decreases in the real estate values subject to ad-valorem taxes by municipalities that impact such municipalities’ 
ability to repay their debt, which could adversely affect our municipal loans or debt securities.
Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
22 

Societal, legislative and regulatory responses to ESG concerns,  "anti ESG" concerns, as well as DEI and anti-DEI concerns, 
could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers.
Our business faces increasing public, investor, activist, legislative and regulatory scrutiny related to ESG,  “anti-ESG”, 
DEI and anti-DEI developments. We risk damage to our brand and reputation in certain sectors if we fail to act in response to 
ESG concerns, such as diversity, equity and inclusion, environmental stewardship, human capital management, support for our 
local communities, corporate governance and transparency, or fail to consider ESG factors in our business operations.
Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will likely continue to lead to global governmental 
efforts to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior and operations as a result of these 
concerns. The Company and its customers may  need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business 
preferences resulting from climate change concerns. We and our customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions and 
operating process changes. The impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific circumstances, including a 
significant presence in areas that are vulnerable to natural and man-made disasters that may be exacerbated by climate change, 
or reliance upon or a role in carbon intensive activities. Among the impacts to the Company could be a drop in demand for our 
products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of 
some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Our efforts to take these risks into account may not be effective in 
protecting us from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior.
Furthermore, as a result of our diverse base of clients and business partners, we may face potential negative publicity 
based on the identity of our clients or business partners and the public’s (or certain segments of the public’s) view of those 
entities. Such publicity may arise from traditional media sources or from social media and may increase rapidly in size and 
scope. If our client or business partner relationships were exposed to negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain clients, 
business partners, and employees may be negatively impacted, and our stock price may also be negatively impacted. 
Additionally, we may face pressure to not do business in certain industries that are viewed as harmful to the environment or are 
otherwise negatively perceived, which could impact our growth.
Certain investors and shareholder advocates are placing increasing emphasis on how corporations address ESG issues in 
their business strategy when making investment decisions and when developing their investment strategies and proxy 
recommendations. We may incur increased costs with respect to our ESG efforts and if such efforts are negatively perceived, 
our reputation and stock price may suffer.
In response to ESG developments (including, in particular, DEI initiatives), there are increasing instances of “anti-ESG” 
and anti-DEI executive orders, adverse media coverage, legislation, regulation, and litigation that could have unintended 
impacts on ordinary banking operations and increase litigation or reputational risk related to actions we choose to take and 
impact the results of our operations. If legislatures in the states in which we operate adopt legislation intended to protect certain 
industries by limiting or prohibiting consideration of business and industry factors in lending activities, certain portions of our 
lending operations may be impacted.
Negative developments in the banking industry could adversely affect our current and projected business operations and our 
financial condition and results of operations.
Bank failures in the first half of 2023 and related negative media attention generated significant market trading volatility 
among publicly traded bank holding companies like the Company and, in particular, regional and community banks like the 
Bank.  These developments have negatively impacted customer confidence in regional and community banks, which could 
prompt customers to transfer their deposits to larger financial institutions.  Further, competition for deposits has increased in 
recent periods, and the cost of funding has similarly increased, putting pressure on our net interest margin.  If we were required 
to sell a portion of our securities portfolio to address liquidity needs, we may incur losses as a result of the negative impact of 
elevated interest rates on the value of our securities portfolio, which could negatively affect our earnings and our capital.  If we 
were required to raise additional capital in the current environment, any such capital raise may be on unfavorable terms, thereby 
negatively impacting book value and profitability.  While we have taken actions to increase our funding, there is no guarantee 
that such actions will be successful or sufficient in the event of sudden liquidity needs.  
We also anticipate continued regulatory scrutiny – in the course of routine examinations and otherwise – and we may be 
subject to new regulations directed towards banks similar to our size, all of which may increase our costs of doing business and 
reduce our profitability.  Among other things, there is an increased focus by both regulators and investors on deposit 
composition, the level of uninsured deposits, losses embedded in the held-to-maturity portion of our securities portfolio, 
contingent liquidity, CRE composition and concentration, capital position and our general oversight and internal control 
structures regarding the foregoing.  As a result, the Bank could continue to face increased scrutiny or be viewed as higher risk 
by regulators and the investor community.
23 

Elevated interest rates have decreased the value of a portion of the Company’s securities portfolio, and the Company would 
realize losses if it were required to sell such securities to meet liquidity needs.
As a result of inflationary pressures and elevated interest rates over the past two years, the fair value of our securities 
classified as available for sale and held-to-maturity has declined.  This has resulted in unrealized losses on AFS securities 
embedded in other comprehensive income as a part of shareholders’ equity.  If the Company were required to sell such 
securities to meet liquidity needs, including in the event of deposit outflows or slower deposit growth, it may incur losses, 
which could impair the Company’s capital, financial condition, and results of operations and require the Company to raise 
additional capital on unfavorable terms, thereby negatively impacting its profitability.  While the Company has taken actions to 
maximize its funding sources, there is no guarantee that such actions will be successful or sufficient in the event of sudden 
liquidity needs. 
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure, such as banking services, core processing and 
internet connections and network access.  Any disruption in such services provided by these third parties or any failure of these 
third parties to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our 
customers and otherwise to conduct business.  Technological or financial difficulties of one of our third-party service providers 
or their subcontractors could adversely affect our business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or 
discontinuation of services provided by that party.  In addition, one or more of our third-party service providers may become 
subject to cyber-attacks or information security breaches, including as a result of remote working, that could result in the 
unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and 
other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business strategies, financial condition or 
results of operations.  While we have processes in place to monitor our third-party service providers’ data and information 
security safeguards, there can be no assurance that we will adhere to such processes. We also do not control such service 
providers’ day-to-day operations, and preventing a successful attack or security breach at one or more of such third-party 
service providers is not within our control.  The occurrence of any such breaches or failures could damage our reputation, result 
in a loss of customer business and expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny, disclosure obligations, civil litigation and 
possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business strategy, financial condition and 
results of operations.  Further, in some instances we may be held responsible for the failure of such third parties to comply with 
government regulations.  We may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third-party failures, and our insurance 
coverage may not be adequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures, third-party breaches or other disruptions.  
Failures in our business structure or in the structure of one or more of our third-party service providers could interrupt our 
operations or increase the cost of doing business.
We continually encounter technological change.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new 
technology-driven products and services including those related to or involving artificial intelligence, machine learnings, 
blockchain and other distributed ledger technologies.  The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial 
institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs.  Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the 
needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to 
create additional efficiencies in our operations.  Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in 
technological improvements.  We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be 
successful in marketing these products and services to our customers, and even if we implement such products and services, we 
may incur substantial costs in doing so.  Failure to successfully keep pace with technological changes affecting the financial 
services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the risk that our U.S. agency MBS could prepay faster than we have projected.
We have purchased and may continue to purchase MBS at premiums. Our prepayment assumptions take into account 
market consensus speeds, current trends and past experience.  If actual prepayments exceed our projections, the amortization 
expense associated with these MBS will increase, thereby decreasing our net income.  The increase in amortization expense and 
the corresponding decrease in net income could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 
We rely on dividends from our bank subsidiary for most of our revenue.
Southside Bancshares, Inc. is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. We receive substantially all of our 
revenue from dividends from the Bank.  These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common 
stock to our shareholders and interest and principal on our debt.  Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the 
amount of dividends that the Bank and certain of our nonbank subsidiaries may pay to us.  In addition, our right to participate in 
a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s 
24 

creditors.  In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay 
dividends to our shareholders.  The inability to receive dividends from the Bank could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.  See the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in “Item 1. 
Business” and “Note 13 – Shareholders’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
You may not receive dividends on our common stock.
Although we have historically declared quarterly cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and 
may reduce or cease to pay dividends to our shareholders in the future.  If we reduce or cease to pay cash dividends on our 
common stock, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
As noted above, our ability to pay dividends depends primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital 
distributions from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is subject to, among other things, its earnings, financial 
condition and need for funds, as well as federal and state governmental policies and regulations applicable to us and the Bank, 
including the statutory requirement that we serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank, which limits the amount that 
may be paid as dividends without prior regulatory approval.  Additionally, if the Bank’s earnings are not sufficient to pay 
dividends to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, we may not be able to pay dividends to our shareholders.  See 
“Supervision and Regulation — Holding Company Regulation — Dividends” included in this report.
We may not be able to attract and retain skilled personnel.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel.  Competition for the best personnel 
in most of our activities can be intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain acceptable personnel.  The continuation of 
“remote work” opportunities in the financial services industry means that community banks must compete more directly against 
larger financial institutions for qualified workers. The federal banking agencies have also issued comprehensive guidance on 
incentive compensation limitations, and jointly proposed additional restrictions in the future, which may impact our retention of 
qualified personnel.  The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact 
on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market, relationships in the communities we serve, years of industry 
experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.  Although we have employment agreements 
with certain of our executive officers, there is no guarantee that these officers and other key personnel will remain employed 
with the Company. 
We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.
We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are 
larger and may have more financial resources.  Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks 
within the various markets we operate.  Additionally, various out-of-state banks have entered or have announced plans to enter 
the market areas in which we currently operate.  We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, 
including, without limitation, credit unions, fintech companies, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, 
factoring companies and other financial intermediaries.  The financial services industry could become even more competitive as 
a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, continued consolidation and recent trends in the credit and 
mortgage lending markets.  Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can be affiliated under the umbrella of a financial 
holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance 
(both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking.  Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for 
nonbanks to offer certain products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic 
payment systems.  Our competitors may have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures.  Additionally, 
due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of 
products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can, including lower or discontinued 
fees, such as non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees.  
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including:
•
the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high 
ethical standards and safe, sound assets;
•
the ability to expand our market position;
•
the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;
•
the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;
•
our ability to invest in or partner with technology providers offering banking solutions and delivery channels at a 
level equal to our competitors;
•
customer satisfaction with our level of service; and
25 

•
industry and general economic trends.
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely 
affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations.
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.
The process we use to estimate our loan losses and to measure our retirement plan liabilities and the fair value of our 
financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures 
on our financial condition and results of operations, depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models.  These models 
reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances.  The 
adoption of CECL in 2020 increased the complexity of these analytical and forecasting models.  Even if these assumptions are 
adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their 
implementation.  If the models we use for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur 
increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures.  If the methodology we use for 
determining our loan losses are inadequate, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs.  If 
the models we use to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments 
may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial 
instruments.  If the key assumptions and models used to measure the retirement plan liabilities and expense are inadequate, the 
liability may not accurately reflect the amount required to fund the benefit obligation.  Any such failure in our analytical or 
forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.
We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to 
expense.  This allowance represents management’s best estimate of expected losses that may occur over the contractual life of 
our current loan portfolio.  The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and 
risks expected in the loan portfolio considering historical losses, current conditions and reasonable and supportable 
forecasts.  The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit 
risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present and forecasted economic, political and regulatory conditions, 
including inflation and recessionary concerns; and interest rate trends.  The determination of the appropriate level of the 
allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires management to make significant 
estimates and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material 
changes.  Changes in economic conditions affecting the value of properties used as collateral for loans, problems affecting the 
credit of borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both 
within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses.  Business and consumer customers 
of the Bank may be currently experiencing varying degrees of financial distress, which may continue over the coming months 
and may adversely affect their ability to timely pay interest and principal on their loans and the value of the collateral securing 
their obligations. This in turn may influence the recognition of credit losses in our loan portfolios and may increase our 
allowance for credit losses, particularly should more customers draw on their lines of credit or seek additional loans to help 
finance their businesses.  In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may 
require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs (in accordance with GAAP), 
based on judgments different than those of management.  If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, 
we may need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses.  Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will 
result in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 
Our interest rate risk, liquidity, fair value of securities and profitability are dependent upon the successful management of our 
balance sheet strategy.
We implemented a balance sheet strategy for the purpose of enhancing overall profitability by maximizing the use of our 
capital.  The effectiveness of our balance sheet strategy, and therefore our profitability, may be adversely affected by a number 
of factors, including reduced net interest margin and spread, adverse changes in the market liquidity and fair value of our 
investment securities and U.S. agency MBS, incorrect modeling results due to the unpredictable nature of MBS prepayments, 
the length of interest rate cycles and the slope of the interest rate yield curve.  In addition, we may not be able to obtain 
wholesale funding to profitably and properly fund our balance sheet strategy.  If our balance sheet strategy is flawed or poorly 
implemented, we may incur significant losses.  See the section captioned “Balance Sheet Strategy” in “Item 7.  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report for further discussion related to our 
balance sheet strategy.
26 

Our process for managing risk may not be effective in mitigating risk or losses to us.
The objective of our risk management process is to mitigate risk and loss to our organization. We have established 
procedures that are intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risks to which we are subject, 
including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, cybersecurity risk, legal and compliance risk 
and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management process, there are inherent limitations to our risk 
management strategies as there may exist or develop in the future, and there may be risks that we have not appropriately 
anticipated or identified. The ongoing developments in the financial institutions industry continue to highlight both the 
importance and some of the limitations of managing unanticipated risks. If our risk management processes prove ineffective, 
we could suffer unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business results of operations and financial 
condition.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may implement new delivery systems, or offer new products and services within existing lines of 
business.  In developing and marketing new delivery systems and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time 
and resources.  Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services 
may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible.  External factors, such as compliance with 
regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new 
line of business or a new product or service.  Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a 
significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls.  Failure to successfully manage these risks in the 
development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations and financial condition.  
Acquisitions and potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value.
We occasionally evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities and conduct due diligence activities related to possible 
transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies.  As a result, merger or acquisition discussions 
and, in some cases, negotiations may take place, and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities 
may occur at any time.  Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and fair values, and, therefore, 
some dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future 
transaction.  Furthermore, failure to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product 
presence and/or other projected benefits and synergies from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations.
Our profitability depends significantly on economic conditions in the State of Texas.
Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in the State of Texas and the local markets within 
Texas in which we operate.  Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide 
banking and financial services to customers primarily in the State of Texas and our local markets.  The local economic 
conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for our products and services, as well as the ability of our 
customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing our loans and the stability of our deposit funding 
sources.  Moreover, a substantial percentage of the securities in our municipal bond portfolio were issued by political 
subdivisions and agencies within the State of Texas.  A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, 
recession, crude oil prices, acts of terrorism, pandemics, natural or man-made disasters, outbreak of hostilities or other 
international or domestic occurrences, unemployment, plant or business closings or downsizing, changes in securities markets 
or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.
Funding to provide liquidity may not be available to us on favorable terms or at all.
Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost.  The liquidity of the Bank is 
necessary to make loans and leases and to repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers.  Our 
board of directors establishes liquidity policies and limits.  Management and our ALCO regularly monitor the overall liquidity 
position of the Bank and the Company to ensure that various alternative strategies exist to cover unanticipated events that could 
affect liquidity.  Management and our ALCO also establish policies and monitor guidelines to diversify the Bank’s funding 
sources to avoid concentrations in excess of board-approved policies from any one market source.  Funding sources include 
federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, core and noncore deposits and short- and long-term debt.  The Bank is also a 
member of the FHLB System, which provides funding through advance agreements to members that are collateralized with 
U.S. Treasury securities, MBS, commercial MBS and loans.
We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity.  Other sources of liquidity 
include sales or securitizations of loans, our ability to acquire additional national market, noncore deposits, additional 
27 

collateralized borrowings such as FHLB advance agreements, the issuance and sale of debt securities and the issuance and sale 
of preferred or common securities in public or private transactions.  The Bank also can borrow from the FRDW.
We have historically had access to a number of alternative sources of liquidity, but if there is an increase in volatility in 
the credit and liquidity markets similar to the Great Recession of 2008, there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain such 
liquidity on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.  The cost of out-of-market deposits may exceed the cost of deposits of 
similar maturity in our local market area, making such deposits unattractive sources of funding; financial institutions may be 
unwilling to extend credit to banks because of concerns about the banking industry and the economy in general, and there may 
not be a viable market for raising equity capital.
If we are unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, we might be unable to meet customers’ needs, 
which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity and level of 
regulatory-qualifying capital.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures, including internal control over financial 
reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, current and potential shareholders could lose 
confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm the trading price of our common stock.
Management regularly monitors, reviews and updates our disclosure controls and procedures, including our internal 
control over financial reporting.  Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain 
assumptions and can provide only reasonable assurances that the controls will be effective.  Any failure or circumvention of our 
controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could prevent us from accurately reporting our 
financial results, preventing or detecting fraud or providing timely and reliable financial information pursuant to our reporting 
obligations, which could result in a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and the restatement of 
previously filed financial statements and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  Further, ineffective internal controls could cause our investors to lose confidence in our financial information, 
which could affect the trading price of our common stock.
The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.
As of December 31, 2024, we had $202.9 million of goodwill and other intangible assets.  A significant decline in our 
expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and 
sustained decline in the price of our common stock may necessitate taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our 
goodwill and other intangible assets.  If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets is 
necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.
We are subject to environmental liability as a result of certain lending activities.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property.  During the ordinary course of business, we may 
foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans.  There is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found 
on these properties.  If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal 
injury and property damage.  Environmental remediation may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially 
reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property.  In addition, future laws or more 
stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental 
liability.  Although we have policies and procedures that require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any 
foreclosure action on nonresidential real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental 
hazards.  The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be adversely affected by declining crude oil prices.
Since the beginning of 2023, the market price of a barrel of West Texas Intermediate crude oil fluctuated from a low of 
approximately $66 to a high of approximately $91.  To partially mitigate this volatility, oil producers continue to find ways to 
control production costs.  Decreased market oil prices compressed margins for many U.S. and Texas-based oil producers, as 
well as oilfield service providers, energy equipment manufacturers and transportation suppliers, among others.  As of 
December 31, 2024, energy loans comprised approximately 2.51% of our loan portfolio.  Energy production and related 
industries represent a significant part of the economies in our primary markets.  Although crude oil prices are not presently 
depressed, if oil prices were to decline significantly for an extended period, we could experience weaker loan demand from the 
energy industry and increased losses within our energy portfolio.  A prolonged period of low oil prices could also have a 
28 

negative impact on the U.S. economy and, in particular, the economies of energy-dominant states such as Texas, which in turn 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Severe weather, natural disasters, climate change, acts of war or terrorism, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics and 
other external events could significantly impact our business.
Severe weather, natural disasters, climate change, acts of war or terrorism, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics 
and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business.  Such events could affect 
the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral 
securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses.  For 
example, severe weather is more likely in our location and the market areas we serve than in other areas of the 
country.  Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, there can be no assurance of the 
effectiveness of such policies and procedures, and the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.  
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BANKING INDUSTRY
We are subject or may become subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.
Southside Bancshares, Inc., primarily through the Bank, and certain of its nonbank subsidiaries, is subject to extensive 
federal and state regulation and supervision.  Banking laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, 
federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders.  These laws and regulations affect our 
lending practices, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy and growth, among other things.  The statutory 
and regulatory framework under which we operate has changed substantially over the past several years (as the result of the 
enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Regulatory Relief Act, and the adoption of the Basel III Capital Rules, the European 
Union’s General Data Protection Regulations and data protection laws enacted by several U.S states), and will likely continue 
to change substantially in the coming years. Congress and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking 
laws, regulations and policies for possible changes.  Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in 
interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.  Such 
changes could subject us to additional costs, limit deposit fees and other types of fees we charge, limit the types of financial 
services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of nonbanks to offer competing financial services and products, 
among other things.  While we cannot predict the impact of regulatory changes that may arise out of the current financial and 
economic environment, any regulatory changes or increased regulatory scrutiny could increase costs directly related to 
complying with new regulatory requirements.  Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by 
regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.  While our policies and procedures are designed to prevent any such 
violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.  See the section captioned “Supervision and 
Regulation” in “Item 1. Business” and “Note 13 – Shareholders’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements included in 
this report.
We may become subject to increased regulatory capital requirements.
The capital requirements applicable to Southside Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank are subject to change as a result of future 
government actions.  Each of the federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, has issued 
substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to the banking organizations they supervise. For 
additional discussion relating to capital adequacy refer to “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital 
Adequacy” in this report.  The Company believes it will continue to meet the capital guidelines, however complying with new 
capital rules mandated by the federal banking agencies may affect our operations, including our asset portfolios and financial 
performance.
Changes in accounting and tax rules applicable to banks could adversely affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.
From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the 
preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and 
report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard 
retroactively, resulting in us restating prior period financial statements.  For a discussion of the reporting and accounting 
implications to the Company and Southside Bank resulting from recent changes to the tax laws, refer to “Item 1. Business - 
Supervision and Regulation - Regulatory Examination” in this report. 
29 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties 
and inaccuracies in such information, including as a result of fraud, could adversely impact our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with third parties, we rely on information furnished 
by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial 
information.  We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent 
auditors or property appraisers, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information.  Such information could be inaccurate, 
including as a result of fraud on behalf of our customers, counterparties or other third parties.  In times of increased economic 
stress, we are at an increased risk of fraud losses.  We cannot assure you that our underwriting and operational controls will 
prevent or detect such fraud or that we will not experience fraud losses or incur costs or other damages related to such fraud.  
Our customers may also experience fraud in their businesses which could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans or 
make use of our services.  Our exposure and the exposure of our customers to fraud may increase our financial risk and 
reputation risk as it may result in unexpected loan losses that exceed those that have been provided for in our allowance for loan 
losses.  Reliance on inaccurate or misleading information from our customers, counterparties and other third parties, including 
as a result of fraud, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Customers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.
Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved 
banks through alternative methods.  For example, customers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as 
bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds.  Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or 
transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks.  The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries could result in 
the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits.  The loss 
of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations.
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships.  We 
have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the 
financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and 
other institutional customers.  Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or 
customer.  In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at 
prices insufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us.  Any such losses could materially and 
adversely affect our results of operations or earnings.
We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.
From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary 
responsibilities.  Whether customer claims and legal actions related to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities are 
merited, defending claims is costly and diverts management’s attention, and if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in 
a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect our market perception and 
products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services.  Any financial liability or 
reputational damage resulting from claims and legal actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.
GENERAL RISK FACTORS
Our stock price can be volatile.
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you 
find attractive.  Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
•
actual or anticipated variations in our results of operations, financial condition or asset quality;
•
changes in recommendations by securities analysts;
•
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
•
news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry, including regulatory 
actions against other financial institutions;
•
perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors;
•
perceptions in the marketplace regarding the impact of changes in price per barrel of crude oil, real estate values and 
interest rates on the Texas economy;
30 

•
new technology used or services offered by competitors;
•
significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or 
involving us or our competitors;
•
failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions;
•
future issuances of our common stock or other securities;
•
additions or departures of key personnel;
•
changes in government regulations; and
•
geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts, health emergencies, epidemics or 
pandemics.
General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic 
slowdowns or recessions, inflation, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease 
regardless of operating results.
The holders of our subordinated notes and junior subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of our common 
stock shareholders.
On November 6, 2020, we issued $100.0 million of 3.875% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes, with an 
outstanding balance, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, of $92.0 million as of December 31, 2024, which mature in 
November 2030.  On September 4, 2003, we issued $20.6 million of floating rate junior subordinated debentures in connection 
with a $20.0 million trust preferred securities issuance by our subsidiary Southside Statutory Trust III.  These junior 
subordinated debentures mature in September 2033.  On August 8 and 10, 2007, we issued $23.2 million and $12.9 million, 
respectively, of fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures in connection with $22.5 million and $12.5 million, 
respectively, trust preferred securities issuances by our subsidiaries Southside Statutory Trust IV and V, respectively.  Trust IV 
matures October 2037 and Trust V matures September 2037.  On October 10, 2007, as part of an acquisition, we assumed $3.6 
million of floating rate junior subordinated debentures to Magnolia Trust Company I in connection with $3.5 million of trust 
preferred securities issued in 2005 that mature in 2035. 
We conditionally guarantee payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities.  Our subordinated 
notes and the junior subordinated debentures are senior to our shares of common stock.  We must make payments on the junior 
subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends can be paid on our common stock, and 
in the event of bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debentures must be satisfied before any distributions 
can be made to the holders of common stock.  We have the right to defer distributions on our debentures (and the related trust 
preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of common stock.
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.
Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE, the trading volume for our common stock is low relative 
to other larger financial services companies, and you are not assured liquidity with respect to transactions in our common 
stock.  A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in 
the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time.  This presence depends on the individual 
decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control.  Given the lower trading 
volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock 
price to fall.
We may issue additional securities, which could dilute your ownership percentage.
In certain situations, our board of directors has the authority, without any vote of our shareholders, to issue shares of our 
authorized but unissued stock.  In the future, we may issue additional securities, through public or private offerings, to raise 
additional capital or finance acquisitions.  Any such issuance would dilute the ownership of current holders of our common 
stock.
Securities analyst might not continue coverage on our common stock, which could adversely affect the market for our common 
stock.
The trading price of our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about 
us and our business.  We do not have any control over these analysts and they may not continue to cover our common stock.  If 
securities analysts do not continue to cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect its market 
price.  If securities analysts continue to cover our common stock and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, 
the price of our common stock may decline.  If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports 
31 

on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to 
decline. 
Provisions of our certificate of formation and bylaws, as well as state and federal banking regulations, could delay or prevent a 
takeover of us by a third party.
Our certificate of formation and bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible 
benefit to our shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock.  These provisions include, among 
others, requiring advance notice for raising business matters or nominating directors at shareholders’ meetings and staggered 
board elections.
Any individual, acting alone or with other individuals, who are seeking to acquire, directly or indirectly, 10.0% or more 
of our outstanding common stock must comply with the CBCA, which requires prior notice to the Federal Reserve for any 
acquisition.  Additionally, any entity that wants to acquire 5.0% or more of our outstanding common stock, or otherwise control 
us, may need to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA.  As a result, prospective investors in our 
common stock need to be aware of and comply with those requirements, to the extent applicable.  These provisions may 
discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including under circumstances in 
which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our share.
An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.
Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit 
insurance fund or by any other public or private entity.  Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons 
described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price 
of common stock in any company.  As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None
ITEM 1C.  CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management Strategy
Given the increasing reliance on technology and potential of cyber threats, we have integrated a cybersecurity component 
into our risk management program, which is designed to identify, assess and mitigate risks across various aspects of the 
Company. We have a dedicated Information Security Department, which is led by our Chief Information Security Officer. The 
Information Security Department serves to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any 
threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Company information and protect against unauthorized access to, or use of, such 
information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to our customers. 
Our information security program strives to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and 
information systems and is aligned to the Company’s business and risk management strategies. It shares common 
methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply to other areas of enterprise risk.  The information 
security program includes policies and standards that define the risk assessment procedures, reporting and an incident response 
plan. Key elements of our cybersecurity risk management program include:
•
IT risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, 
services, and our broader enterprise information technology environment;
•
Information Security Department responsible for managing our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, our security 
controls, and our response to a cybersecurity incident;
•
Cybersecurity Assessment Toolkit (developed by the FFIEC) is assessed annually, tracks program maturity, changes in 
risk profile, and reviews security controls critical to reduce cybersecurity risk. Results are presented to and approved 
by the Board.  We are currently in the process of transitioning to the Cybersecurity Framework developed by the 
National Institute of Standards and Technology as the FFEIC Cybersecurity Assessment Toolkit will sunset on August 
31, 2025;
•
Ransomware Assessment Toolkit (developed by the Bankers Electronic Crimes Task Force, state bank regulators and 
the U.S. Secret Service) is assessed biannually to capture any gaps and address any potential control deficiencies;
•
training and awareness programs for employees that include periodic and ongoing assessments to drive adoption and 
awareness of cybersecurity processes and controls;
32 

•
the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test or otherwise assist with aspects of our security 
controls;
•
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to a cybersecurity incident; and defines 
escalations to senior management and the Board, as well as required notifications and timeframes to customers and 
regulatory authorities,
•
a third-party risk management process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors, including those external service 
providers we engage in our cybersecurity risk management processes.
Risks from cybersecurity threats are assessed with existing controls and residual risk is monitored.  We have not 
experienced any material cybersecurity incidents that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
Company, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.  We cannot provide full assurance that 
our cybersecurity risk management processes described will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our 
systems and information. While we maintain cybersecurity insurance, the costs related to cybersecurity threats or disruptions 
may not be fully insured.  See “Part I - Item 1A.  Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business” in this report for a discussion 
of risks related to cybersecurity.
Governance
Management’s Role
Our CISO leads our Information Security Department, is responsible for the information security program, which 
includes cybersecurity, and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. Our CISO joined the Company in 2012. He has over two decades 
of experience, involving both information technology and information security.  He has a Master of Business Administration in 
Cybersecurity, graduate studies certificate in cybersecurity and has achieved four certifications, including Certified Information 
Security Manager, Certified Information Systems Auditor, Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer and Cisco Certified 
Network Associate.  
We also have a trained response team lead by the CISO, consisting of key individuals from executive management, 
finance, operations, risk, compliance, communications, human resources, banking and information technology departments, that 
is engaged for cybersecurity related incidents where necessary and as appropriate. Additionally, we engage a third party that 
offers cybersecurity solutions, monitoring and incident response services for additional support.
Board Oversight of Cybersecurity
The Audit and Risk Committees of the Board oversee cybersecurity risk and the information security program which 
includes overseeing management’s actions to identify, assess, mitigate and remediate or prevent material cybersecurity risks.  
The Audit Committee receives, from the CISO, an annual report of the information security program and monthly reports of 
any security incident or on notable security events for the period.  The Board Chairman and Vice Chairman are notified of any 
high criticality security incidents within 24 hours. The notable security event briefings by the CISO are intended to create 
discussion that allows Board members to understand the impact, controls and risk. The Risk Committee receives, from the 
CISO, annual reports on risk assessments and at least quarterly reports on key risk indicators. The Risk Committee receives at 
least one annual training from the CISO on the information security program, cybersecurity controls or cybersecurity threats.
Both the Bank’s management level Risk Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board review all risk assessments 
and remediations annually.  
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
The primary executive offices of Southside are located at 1201 South Beckham Avenue, Tyler, Texas 75701.  This site 
also houses a banking center, a technology center, back office support areas and wealth management and trust services.  
Additional executive offices are located at 1320 South University Drive, Fort Worth, Texas 76107 in University Center II and 
at 104 N. Temple, Diboll, Texas 75941.  Additional wealth management and trust services are located at 2510 West Frank 
Street, Lufkin, Texas 75904.  All of these locations are owned by Southside.  As of December 31, 2024, Southside operated 53 
branches, which includes traditional full service branches and full service branches within grocery stores.  These branches are 
located within the state of Texas in the Dallas/Fort Worth, East Texas, Southeast Texas, Austin and Houston regions.  Of the 53 
branches, 35 are owned and 18 are leased.  In addition to our branches, Southside also operates drive-thrus, wealth management 
33 

and trust services or other financial services offices which Southside owns.  Southside also owns 72 ATMs/ITMs located 
throughout our market areas.  
 
For additional information concerning our properties, refer to “Note 6 – Premises and Equipment” and “Note 16 – 
Leases” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are party to legal proceedings arising in the normal conduct of business.  Management believes that such litigation is 
not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET INFORMATION
Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “SBSI.”  On November 14, 2024, Southside voluntarily 
withdrew the listing of our common stock from NASDAQ and transferred the listing to NYSE. 
SHAREHOLDERS
There were approximately 1,300 holders of record of our common stock, the only class of equity securities currently 
issued and outstanding, as of February 24, 2025.
DIVIDENDS
See the section captioned “Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 13 – Shareholders’ Equity” in 
our consolidated financial statements included in this report for the amount of cash dividends we paid.  Also, see “Item 1 - 
Business - Supervision and Regulation - Dividends” and “Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations - Capital Resources and Liquidity” for restrictions on our present or future ability to pay 
dividends, particularly those restrictions arising under federal and state banking laws. 
ISSUER SECURITY REPURCHASES
On July 20, 2023, our board of directors approved a Stock Repurchase Plan authorizing the repurchase of up to 1.0 
million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock.  During 2024, we repurchased a total of 57,966 shares at an 
average price per share of $25.96.
Repurchases may be carried out in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or pursuant to any trading 
plan that might be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, as amended. The Company has no obligation 
to repurchase any shares under the Stock Repurchase Plan and may modify, suspend or discontinue the plan at any time.
The following table provides information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of any “affiliated 
purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act), of our common stock during the three months ended 
December 31, 2024:
Period
Total Number 
of
 Shares
Purchased
Average Price 
Paid
 Per Share
Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plan
Maximum Number of Shares 
That May Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Stock Repurchase 
Plan at the End of the Period
October 1, 2024 - October 31, 2024   ............  
— 
$ 
— 
 
— 
 
583,066 
November 1, 2024 - November 30, 2024      ....  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
583,066 
December 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024   .....  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
583,066 
Total  .............................................................  
— 
$ 
— 
 
— 
34 

We have not purchased any common stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan subsequent to December 31, 2024.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
There were no equity securities sold by us during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022 that were not 
registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
35 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The following performance graph compares the returns for the indexes indicated assuming that $100 was invested on 
December 31, 2019 and that all dividends are reinvested.  The performance graph does not constitute soliciting material and 
should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates the performance graph by 
reference therein.
Period Ending
Index
12/31/19
12/31/20
12/31/21
12/31/22
12/31/23
12/31/24
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
 
100.00  
87.26  
121.77  
108.56  
98.91  
105.10 
Russell 2000 Index
 
100.00  
119.96  
137.74  
109.59  
128.14  
142.93 
SBSI Peer Group*
 
100.00  
100.23  
128.78  
119.21  
111.63  
131.64 
*Peer group includes Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.(CFR), First Financial Bankshares, Inc.(FFIN), Hilltop Holdings (HTH), Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
(PB), Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (TCBI) and Veritex Holdings, Inc. (VBTX).
Source:  S&P Global Market Intelligence
© 2025
36 
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
50
100
150
200
12/31/19
12/31/20
12/31/21
12/31/22
12/31/23
12/31/24
Index Value
Total Return Performance
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Russell 2000 Index
Peer Group

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS 
The following discussion and analysis provides a comparison of our results of operations for the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023 and financial condition as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.  This discussion should be read in 
conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.  Refer  to Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in our 2023 Form 10-K for a discussion and 
analysis of the more significant factors that affected periods prior to 2023. 
CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements of other than historical fact that are contained in this report may be considered to be “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of and subject to the safe harbor protections of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, nor should they be relied upon as 
representing management’s views as of any subsequent date.  These statements may include words such as “expect,” 
“estimate,” “project,” “anticipate,” “appear,” “believe,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “would,” “seek,” “intend,” 
“probability,” “risk,” “goal,” “target,” “objective,” “plans,” “potential,” and similar expressions.  Forward-looking statements 
are statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, expectations, objectives, goals, anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions 
and future performance and are subject to significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties, which could cause our actual 
results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements.  For example, benefits of the Share 
Repurchase Plan, trends in asset quality, capital, liquidity, our ability to sell nonperforming assets, expense reductions, planned 
operational efficiencies and earnings from growth and certain market risk disclosures, including the impact of interest rates and 
our expectations regarding rate changes, tax reform, inflation, the impacts related to or resulting from other economic factors 
are based upon information presently available to management and are dependent on choices about key model characteristics 
and assumptions and are subject to various limitations.  By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates 
and could be materially different from what actually occurs in the future.  Accordingly, our results could materially differ from 
those that have been estimated.  The most significant factor that could cause future results to differ materially from those 
anticipated by our forward-looking statements include the ongoing impact of higher inflation levels, interest rate fluctuations 
and general economic and recessionary concerns, all of which could impact economic growth and could cause a reduction in 
financial transactions and business activities, including decreased deposits and reduced loan originations, our ability to manage 
liquidity in a rapidly changing and unpredictable market, labor shortages and changes in interest rates by the Federal Reserve.  
Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by forward-looking statements include, but 
are not limited to, the following:
•
general (i) political conditions, including, without limitation, governmental action and uncertainty resulting from U.S. 
and global political trends and (ii) economic conditions, either globally, nationally, in the State of Texas, or in the 
specific markets in which we operate, including, without limitation, the deterioration of the commercial real estate, 
residential real estate, construction and development, energy, oil and gas, credit or liquidity markets, which could 
cause an adverse change in our net interest margin, or a decline in the value of our assets, which could result in 
realized losses, as well as the risk of an economic slowdown or recession;
•
inflation and fluctuations in interest rates that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments, the 
level of loan originations or prepayments on loans we have made and make, and the cost we pay to retain and attract 
deposits and secure other types of funding;
•
current or future legislation, regulatory changes or changes in monetary or fiscal policy that adversely affect the 
businesses in which we or our customers or our borrowers are engaged, including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, 
the Federal Reserve’s actions to manage interest rates, the capital requirements promulgated by the Basel Committee, 
the CARES Act, the Economic Aid Act, tariffs, trade policies and other regulatory responses to economic conditions;
•
the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our financial projections, models and guidance;
•
acts of terrorism, war or other conflicts, natural disasters, such as hurricanes, freezes, flooding and other man-made 
disasters, such as oil spills or power outages, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics, climate change or other 
catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions or cause other disruptions and/or increase costs, 
including, but not limited to, property and casualty and other insurance costs;
•
potential impacts of the adverse developments in the banking industry highlighted by high-profile bank failures, 
including impacts on customer confidence, deposit outflows, liquidity and the regulatory response thereto;
•
technological changes, including potential cyber-security incidents and other disruptions, or innovations to the 
financial services industry, including as a result of the increased telework environment;
37 

•
our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks such as data security breaches, malware, “denial of service” 
attacks, “hacking” and identity theft, which may be exacerbated by developments in generative artificial intelligence 
and which could disrupt our business and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential 
or proprietary information, disruption or damage of our systems, increased costs, significant losses, or adverse effects 
to our reputation;
•
changes in the interest rate yield curve such as flat, inverted or steep yield curves, or changes in the interest rate 
environment that impact net interest margins and may impact prepayments on our MBS portfolio;
•
the risk that our enterprise risk management framework, compliance program or our corporate governance and 
supervisory oversight functions may not identify or address risks adequately, which may result in unexpected losses;
•
the effect of compliance with legislation or regulatory changes;
•
the potential implementation under the new presidential administration of a regulatory reform agenda that is different 
than that of the prior administration, impacting the rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of 
the federal banking agencies;
•
credit risks of borrowers, including any increase in those risks due to changing economic conditions;
•
increases in our nonperforming assets;
•
risks related to environmental liability as a result of certain lending activity;
•
our ability to maintain adequate liquidity to fund operations and growth;
•
our ability to control interest rate risk;
•
any applicable regulatory limits or other restrictions on the Bank and its ability to pay dividends to us;
•
the failure of our assumptions underlying our allowance for credit losses and other estimates;
•
the failure to maintain an effective system of controls and procedures, including internal control over financial 
reporting;
•
the effectiveness of our derivative financial instruments and hedging activities to manage risk;
•
unexpected outcomes of, and the costs associated with, existing or new litigation involving us;
•
potential claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation, 
regulatory proceedings and enforcement actions;
•
changes impacting our balance sheet strategy;
•
risks related to actual mortgage prepayments diverging from projections;
•
risks related to fluctuations in the price per barrel of crude oil;
•
significant increases in competition in the banking and financial services industry;
•
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits, including as a result of inflation, fluctuating interest rates 
and recessionary concerns;
•
execution of future acquisitions, reorganization or disposition transactions, including the risk that the anticipated 
benefits of such transactions are not realized;
•
our ability to increase market share and control expenses;
•
our ability to develop competitive new products and services in a timely manner and the acceptance of such products 
and services by our customers;
•
the effect of changes in federal or state tax laws;
•
the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices;
•
adverse changes in the status or financial condition of the GSEs which impact the GSEs’ guarantees or ability to pay or 
issue debt;
•
adverse changes in the credit portfolios of other U.S. financial institutions relative to the performance of certain of our 
investment securities;
•
risks related to actual U.S. agency MBS prepayments exceeding projected prepayment levels;
•
risks related to U.S. agency MBS prepayments increasing due to U.S. government programs designed to assist 
homeowners to refinance their mortgage that might not otherwise have qualified;
•
risks related to loans secured by real estate, including the risk that the value and marketability of collateral could 
decline; 
38 

•
risks associated with our common stock and our other securities, including fluctuations in our stock price and general 
volatility in the stock market; and
•
the risks identified in “Part I - Item 1A.  Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business” in this report.
All written or oral forward-looking statements made by us or attributable to us are expressly qualified by this cautionary 
notice.  We disclaim any obligation to update any factors or to announce publicly the result of revisions to any of the forward-
looking statements included herein to reflect future events or developments, unless otherwise required by law.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our accounting and reporting estimates conform with U.S. GAAP and general practices within the financial services 
industry.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ 
from those estimates.  We consider our critical accounting estimates to include the following:
Allowance for Credit Losses.  The allowance for credit losses includes credit losses on loans as well as the off-balance-
sheet credit exposure, which is reported as a component of other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.  The allowance 
for credit losses on loans is estimated and recognized upon origination of the loan based on expected credit losses.   The off-
balance-sheet credit exposure is evaluated using the expected credit losses using usage given defaults and credit conversion 
factors depending on the type of commitment and based upon historical usage rates.   The CECL model uses historical 
experience and current conditions for homogeneous pools of loans, and reasonable and supportable forecasts about future 
events.  Management selects models through which historical reserve factor estimates are calibrated to economic forecasts over 
the reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the projected performance of specific economic variables that 
statistically correlate with the probability of default and loss given default pools. Loss estimates revert to the long-term trend of 
each economic variable beyond the forecast period. Management selects economic variables it believes to be most relevant 
based on the composition of the loan portfolio and customer base, including forecasted levels of employment, gross domestic 
product, corporate bond and treasury spreads, industrial production levels, consumer and commercial real estate price indices as 
well as housing statistics.  The allowance for credit losses is highly sensitive to the economic forecasts used to develop the 
estimate. Due to the high level of uncertainty regarding significant assumptions, we evaluate a range of economic scenarios, 
including a more severe economic forecast scenario, with varying speeds of recovery. Selecting a different forecast could result 
in a significantly different estimated allowance for credit losses.  To the extent actual outcomes differ from management 
estimates, additional provision for credit losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.
Refer to “Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - 
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures,” “Note 1 – 
Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies,” “Note 5 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses” and “Note 17 - 
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this 
report for a detailed description of our estimation process and methodology related to the allowance for loan losses.
39 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
Certain non-GAAP measures are used by management to supplement the evaluation of our performance.  These include 
the following fully taxable-equivalent measures: Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest spread 
(FTE), which include the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a federal income tax rate of 21% to increase tax-
exempt interest income to a tax-equivalent basis.  Interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt 
from federal income tax.  As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. 
Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest spread (FTE).  Net interest income (FTE) is a non-
GAAP measure that adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments and is not 
permitted under GAAP in the consolidated statements of income.  We believe that this measure is the preferred industry 
measurement of net interest income, and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-
exempt sources.  The most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is our net interest 
income.  Net interest margin (FTE) is the ratio of net interest income (FTE) to average earning assets.  The most directly 
comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is our net interest margin. Net interest spread (FTE) is the 
difference in the average yield on average earning assets on a tax-equivalent basis and the average rate paid on average interest 
bearing liabilities.  The most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is our net interest 
spread.
These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered alternatives to GAAP-basis financial statements and other 
bank holding companies may define or calculate these non-GAAP measures or similar measures differently.  Whenever we 
present a non-GAAP financial measure in an SEC filing, we are also required to present the most directly comparable financial 
measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP and reconcile the differences between the non-GAAP financial 
measure and such comparable GAAP measure.
In the following table we present the reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income adjusted to a fully 
taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% marginal tax rate for interest earned on tax-exempt assets such as municipal loans and 
investment securities (dollars in thousands), along with the calculation of net interest margin (FTE) and net interest spread 
(FTE). 
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Net interest income (GAAP)    ................................................................................
$ 
216,127 
$ 
215,027 
$ 
212,341 
Tax-equivalent adjustments:
Loans     .........................................................................................................
 
2,495 
 
2,724 
 
2,993 
Tax-exempt investment securities    .............................................................
 
8,078 
 
9,939 
 
11,388 
Net interest income (FTE) (1)
      ...........................................................................
$ 
226,700 
$ 
227,690 
$ 
226,722 
Average earning assets      .........................................................................................
$ 7,875,096 
$ 7,361,199 
$ 6,822,667 
Net interest margin   ...............................................................................................
 2.74 %
 2.92 %
 3.11 %
Net interest margin (FTE) (1)
    ................................................................................
 2.88 %
 3.09 %
 3.32 %
Net interest spread    ................................................................................................
 2.02 %
 2.25 %
 2.86 %
Net interest spread (FTE) (1)
    .................................................................................
 2.16 %
 2.42 %
 3.07 %
(1) 
These amounts are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis and are non-GAAP measures. 
Management believes adjusting net interest income, net interest margin and net interest spread to a fully taxable-
equivalent basis is a standard practice in the banking industry as these measures provide useful information to make peer 
comparisons.  Tax-equivalent adjustments are reported in the respective earning asset categories as listed in the “Average 
Balances with Average Yields and Rates” tables under Results of Operations. 
40 

OVERVIEW
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
The economic conditions and growth prospects for our markets continue to reflect a solid and positive overall outlook.  
Higher inflation levels and higher interest rates could have a negative impact on both our consumer and commercial borrowers.  
Currently, the Texas markets we serve continue to remain healthy due to both job and population growth. 
DEPOSITS
Our deposits were $6.65 billion at December 31, 2024, an increase of $104.6 million, or 1.6%, from December 31, 2023.  
At December 31, 2024, we had 178,662 total deposit accounts with an average balance of $33,000.  Our estimated uninsured 
deposits were 38.1% of total deposits as of December 31, 2024.  When excluding affiliate deposits (Southside-owned deposits) 
and public fund deposits (all collateralized), our total estimated deposits without insurance or collateral was 19.5% of total 
deposits as of December 31, 2024. 
Our noninterest bearing deposits represent approximately 20.4% of total deposits. Our cost of interest bearing deposits 
increased 64 basis points, from 2.34% for the year ended December 31, 2023, to 2.98% for the year ended December 31, 2024. 
Our cost of total deposits increased 59 basis points, from 1.77% for the year ended December 31, 2023, to 2.36% for the year 
ended December 31, 2024.
CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
Our capital ratios and contingent liquidity sources remain solid.  We utilized the Federal Reserve’s BTFP to reduce our 
overall funding costs and to enhance our interest rate risk position.  On March 11, 2024, the Federal Reserve stopped extending 
new BTFP advances.  As of December 31, 2024, we had no remaining BTFP borrowings, compared to $117.7 million at a cost 
of 4.37% at December 31, 2023.
The table below shows our total lines of credit, borrowings, total amounts available for future liquidity, and swapped 
value as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
Line of Credit
Borrowings
Total Available 
for Future 
Liquidity
Swapped
FHLB advances   ........................................................................
$ 
2,447,823 
$ 
731,909 
$ 
1,715,914 
$ 
310,000 
Federal Reserve discount window    ............................................
 
431,718 
 
— 
 
431,718 
 
— 
Correspondent bank lines of credit   ...........................................
 
80,000 
 
— 
 
80,000 
 
— 
Total liquidity lines   ...................................................................
$ 
2,959,541 
$ 
731,909 
$ 
2,227,632 
$ 
310,000 
OPERATING RESULTS
During the year ended December 31, 2024, our net income increased $1.8 million, or 2.1%, to $88.5 million from $86.7 
million for the same period in 2023.  The increase in net income was primarily a result of the $5.9 million increase in 
noninterest income, a $5.8 million decrease in provision for credit losses and the $1.1 million increase in net interest income, 
partially offset by the $6.6 million increase in noninterest expense and the $4.4 million increase in income tax expense. 
Earnings per diluted common share increased $0.09, or 3.2%, to $2.91 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 
$2.82 for the same period in 2023. 
41 

The following table sets forth selected financial data regarding our results of operations and financial position for, and as of the 
end of, each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024.  This information should be read in 
conjunction with “Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” as set forth in this report (in thousands, except per 
share data):
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Summary Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
Securities AFS, at estimated fair value  ..........................................................
$ 
1,533,894 
$ 
1,296,294 
$ 
1,299,014 
Securities HTM, at carrying value     .................................................................
 
1,279,234 
 
1,307,053 
 
1,326,729 
Loans     ..............................................................................................................
 
4,661,597 
 
4,524,510 
 
4,147,691 
Total assets      .....................................................................................................
 
8,517,448 
 
8,284,914 
 
7,558,636 
Noninterest bearing deposits   ..........................................................................
 
1,357,152 
 
1,390,407 
 
1,671,562 
Interest bearing deposits   .................................................................................
 
5,297,096 
 
5,159,274 
 
4,526,457 
Total deposits   .................................................................................................
 
6,654,248 
 
6,549,681 
 
6,198,019 
FHLB borrowings    ..........................................................................................
 
731,909 
 
212,648 
 
153,358 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance costs      .........................
 
92,042 
 
93,877 
 
98,674 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, net of unamortized debt issuance 
costs    ................................................................................................................
 
60,274 
 
60,270 
 
60,265 
Shareholders’ equity.......................................................................................
 
811,942 
 
773,288 
 
745,997 
Summary Income Statement Data
 
 
 
Interest income     ...............................................................................................
$ 
414,336 
$ 
359,741 
$ 
252,981 
Interest expense    ..............................................................................................
 
198,209 
 
144,714 
 
40,640 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses    .........................................................
 
3,346 
 
9,154 
 
3,241 
Deposit services     .............................................................................................
 
24,425 
 
25,497 
 
25,843 
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities AFS     .......................................................
 
(2,510) 
 
(15,976) 
 
(3,819) 
Noninterest income     ........................................................................................
 
41,733 
 
35,834 
 
40,857 
Noninterest expense      .......................................................................................
 
147,137 
 
140,578 
 
130,326 
Net income   .....................................................................................................
 
88,494 
 
86,692 
 
105,020 
Per Common Share Data
 
 
 
Earnings-basic    ................................................................................................
$ 
2.92 
$ 
2.82 
$ 
3.27 
Earnings-diluted   .............................................................................................
 
2.91 
 
2.82 
 
3.26 
Cash dividends declared and paid    ..................................................................
 
1.44 
 
1.42 
 
1.40 
Book value    .....................................................................................................
 
26.73 
 
25.56 
 
23.65 
Asset Quality
Allowance for loan losses    ..............................................................................
$ 
44,884 
$ 
42,674 
$ 
36,515 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans  .........................................................
 0.96 %
 0.94 %
 0.88 %
Net loan charge-offs   .......................................................................................
$ 
1,927 
$ 
2,750 
$ 
696 
Net loan charge-offs to average loans    ............................................................
 0.04 %
 0.06 %
 0.02 %
Nonperforming assets     ....................................................................................
$ 
3,589 
$ 
4,001 
$ 
10,862 
Nonperforming assets to:
Total loans     ..............................................................................................
 0.08 %
 0.09 %
 0.26 %
Total assets      .............................................................................................
 0.04 %
 0.05 %
 0.14 %
Consolidated Capital Ratios
Common equity tier 1 capital     .........................................................................
 13.04 %
 12.28 %
 12.63 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital     .................................................................................
 14.07 %
 13.32 %
 13.70 %
Total risk-based capital   ..................................................................................
 16.49 %
 15.73 %
 16.11 %
Tier 1 leverage capital    ....................................................................................
 9.67 %
 9.39 %
 9.96 %
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets  .....................................
 9.58 %
 9.63 %
 10.65 %
42 

FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
Our total assets increased $232.5 million, or 2.8%, to $8.52 billion at December 31, 2024 from $8.28 billion at 
December 31, 2023.  Our securities portfolio increased by $209.8 million, or 8.1%, to $2.81 billion, compared to $2.60 billion 
at December 31, 2023.  The increase in the securities portfolio was primarily due to purchases of MBS, partially offset by a 
decrease in municipal bonds during the year ended December 31, 2024.  Our FHLB stock increased $21.9 million, or 183.3%, 
to $33.8 million from $11.9 million at December 31, 2023, due to the increase in our FHLB borrowings during the year ended 
December 31, 2024. 
Loans at December 31, 2024 were $4.66 billion, an increase of $137.1 million, or 3.0%, compared to December 31, 
2023, due to increases of $411.3 million in commercial real estate loans and $43.7 million in 1-4 family residential loans. The 
increases were partially offset by decreases of $251.9 million in construction loans, $50.2 million in municipal loans, $12.0 
million in loans to individuals and $3.7 million in commercial loans.  Loans held for sale decreased $8.9 million, or 82.1%, to 
$1.9 million at December 31, 2024 from $10.9 million at December 31, 2023 due to the sale of a $7.9 million commercial real 
estate loan relationship during the first quarter of 2024.  
Our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2024 decreased $412,000, or 10.3%, to $3.6 million and represented 0.04% 
of total assets, compared to $4.0 million, or 0.05% of total assets, at December 31, 2023.  Nonaccruing loans decreased 
$704,000, or 18.1%, to $3.2 million, and the ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans was 0.07% and 0.09% for December 31, 
2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.  There were $2,000 in restructured loans as of December 31, 2024, compared to 
$13,000 at December 31, 2023.  Repossessed assets were $14,000 at December 31, 2024.  There were no repossessed assets at 
December 31, 2023.  There was $388,000 and $99,000 of OREO at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Our deposits increased $104.6 million, or 1.6%, with a balance of $6.65 billion at December 31, 2024 from $6.55 billion 
at December 31, 2023, which consisted of an increase of $137.8 million in interest bearing deposits, partially offset by a 
decrease of $33.3 million in noninterest bearing deposits.  
Total FHLB borrowings increased $519.3 million, or 244.2%, to $731.9 million at December 31, 2024, from $212.6 
million at December 31, 2023.
Other borrowings decreased $433.4 million, or 85.0%, to $76.4 million at December 31, 2024, from $509.8 million at 
December 31, 2023, which was primarily due to a $300.0 million decrease in borrowings from the FRDW and a $117.7 million 
decrease in borrowings from the BTFP.
Our total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2024 increased 5.0%, or $38.7 million, to $811.9 million, or 9.5% of total 
assets, compared to $773.3 million, or 9.3% of total assets, at December 31, 2023.  The increase in shareholders’ equity was the 
result of net income of $88.5 million, stock compensation expense of $3.5 million, net issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans of $2.0 million and common stock issued under our dividend reinvestment plan of $1.2 million, partially 
offset by cash dividends paid of $43.6 million, other comprehensive loss of $11.4 million and repurchases of $1.5 million of our 
common stock pursuant to our Stock Repurchase Plan.  
Key financial indicators management follows include, but are not limited to, numerous interest rate sensitivity and 
interest rate risk indicators, credit risk, operations risk, liquidity risk, capital risk, regulatory risk, inflation risk, competition 
risk, yield curve risk, U.S. agency MBS prepayment risk and economic risk indicators.
43 

BALANCE SHEET STRATEGY
Determining the appropriate size of the balance sheet is one of the critical decisions any bank makes.  Our balance sheet 
is not merely the result of a series of micro-decisions, but rather the size is controlled based on the economics of assets 
compared to the economics of funding and funding sources.  Changing interest rate environments and economic conditions 
require that we monitor the interest rate sensitivity of the assets, the funding driving our growth and closely align ALCO 
objectives accordingly.          
We ended the fourth quarter of 2024 with approximately $431.7 million in available liquidity from the FRDW, in 
addition to the approximately $1.72 billion available from the credit line with FHLB due primarily to the blanket lien on our 
loan portfolio and to a lesser extent, securities available as collateral.  At December 31, 2024, the estimated deposits, without 
insurance or collateral, to total deposits, excluding affiliate deposits (Southside-owned deposits) was 19.5%, or $1.30 billion.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we entered into an additional $50 million cash flow hedge interest rate swap 
contract while $150 million cash flow hedge interest rate swap contracts were terminated and $120 million matured. At 
December 31, 2024, FHLB advances of $310 million and brokered deposits of $480 million were hedged with our $790 million 
of cash flow swaps. As of December 31, 2024, a pre-tax unrealized gain of $11.5 million was recognized in other 
comprehensive income, and there was no ineffective portion of these hedges.  We continue to evaluate the lowest cost 
wholesale funding sources and will utilize either brokered deposits, FHLB advances or FRDW borrowings, or a combination of 
the three funding sources in addition to utilizing cash flow hedges to mitigate the impacts of interest rate movements. At 
December 31, 2024, the majority of the securities portfolio was funded by non-maturity deposits, some of which are included in 
wholesale funding that accounts for approximately 51% of the funding source, of which approximately 54% is swapped at a 
fixed rate, providing protection from rising interest rates.     
We utilize wholesale funding and securities to enhance overall profitability, to determine the appropriate leverage of our 
capital and to determine acceptable levels of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk consistent with prudent capital 
management.  This balance sheet strategy currently consists of borrowing funds from the brokered market, FHLB and the 
FRDW.  These funds are invested primarily in U.S. agency MBS and long-term municipal securities and to a lesser extent, U.S. 
Treasury Bills and corporate securities.  Although the securities purchased often carry lower yields than loans, these securities 
generally (i) increase the overall quality of our assets because of either the implicit or explicit guarantees of the U.S. 
Government, and the guarantees of the municipalities, (ii) are more liquid than individual loans and (iii) may be used to 
collateralize our borrowings or other obligations.  
Risks associated with this asset structure include a potentially lower net interest rate spread and margin when compared 
to our peers, changes in the slope of the yield curve, increased interest rate risk, the length of interest rate cycles, changes in 
volatility or spreads associated with the MBS, municipal and corporate securities, the unpredictable nature of MBS 
prepayments and credit risks associated with the municipal and corporate securities.  See “Part I - Item 1A.  Risk Factors – 
Risks Related to Our Business” in this report for a discussion of risks related to interest rates.  An additional risk is significant 
increases in interest rates, especially long-term interest rates, which could adversely impact the fair value of the AFS securities 
portfolio and could also impact our equity capital.  Due to the unpredictable nature of MBS prepayments, the length of interest 
rate cycles and the slope of the interest rate yield curve, net interest income could fluctuate more than simulated under the 
scenarios modeled by our ALCO and described under “Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” 
in this report.
Our securities portfolio increased 8.1% from $2.60 billion at December 31, 2023 to $2.81 billion at December 31, 2024.  
The increase in the securities portfolio was due to securities purchased during the year ended December 31, 2024, which more 
than offset sales of securities and principal payments.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we continued to adjust the composition of the securities portfolio as U.S. 
Treasury Bills and MBS increased while the remaining categories in the portfolio decreased.  The increase in MBS was 
attributable to purchases of U.S. Agency MBS, partially offset by MBS principal payments.  During the year ended December 
31, 2024, we purchased $655.6 million in short-term U.S. Treasury Bills to collateralize public fund deposits and $532.3 
million in low premium, primarily 5.0% to 6.5% coupon MBS and to a lesser extent, discounted 4.0% to 5.5% coupon MBS.  
Sales during the year ended December 31, 2024 included $139.0 million in municipal securities and in most instances the 
unwinding of the related fair value hedges to align the investment portfolio with the current balance sheet strategy.  Sales of 
AFS securities and the related fair value hedge unwinds for the year ended December 31, 2024 resulted in a net realized loss of 
$2.5 million. 
At December 31, 2024, securities as a percentage of assets totaled 33.0%, compared to 31.4% at December 31, 2023, due 
to a $209.8 million, or 8.1%, increase in securities, while cash and cash equivalents decreased to 5.0% of total assets at 
December 31, 2024, compared to 6.8% at December 31, 2023.  Our balance sheet management strategy is dynamic and is 
continually evaluated as market conditions warrant. 
44 

During 2022, we entered into partial term fair value hedges for certain of our fixed rate callable AFS municipal 
securities.  During 2024, we entered into partial term fair value hedges of fixed rate AFS MBS and fixed rate municipal loans 
using the portfolio layer method. The instruments are designated as fair value hedges as the changes in the fair value of the 
interest rate swap are expected to partially offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the 
SOFR swap rate, the designated benchmark interest rate. As of December 31, 2024, hedged municipal securities with a carrying 
amount of $300.3 million are included in our AFS securities portfolio in our consolidated balance sheets representing 
approximately 72% of the AFS municipal portfolio.  As of December 31, 2024, $134.0 million in hedging instruments were 
used to hedge a layer of the closed portfolio of AFS MBS with a carrying value of $557.8 million, or 60% of the AFS MBS 
portfolio, and $155.0 million in hedging instruments were used to hedge a layer of the closed portfolio of municipal loans.  
These derivative contracts involve the receipt of floating rate interest from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate 
payments over the life of the agreement, without the exchange of the underlying notional value. 
With respect to funding sources, we primarily utilize deposits and to a lesser extent wholesale funding to achieve our 
strategy of minimizing cost while achieving overall interest rate risk objectives as well as the liability management objectives of 
the ALCO.  Our primary wholesale funding sources are FHLB, brokered deposits and borrowings from the FRDW.  Our FHLB 
borrowings increased 244.2%, or $519.3 million, to $731.9 million at December 31, 2024 from $212.6 million at December 31, 
2023. As of  December 31, 2024, we had no borrowings from the FRDW. As of December 31, 2023, we had $300.0 million in 
borrowings from the FRDW and $117.7 million in borrowings from the BTFP.
As of December 31, 2024, our total wholesale funding as a percentage of deposits, not including brokered deposits, 
decreased to 24.9% from 25.5% at December 31, 2023.  
Our brokered deposits may consist of CDs and non-maturity deposits which may be raised quickly with terms tailored to 
our funding needs.  We had $115.7 million in brokered CDs at December 31, 2024.  We had no brokered CDs at December 31, 
2023.  At December 31, 2024, our brokered CDs had a weighted average cost of 453 basis points and remaining maturities of 
less than 5 months.  Our brokered non-maturity deposits decreased to $627.1 million at December 31, 2024, of which $480.0 
million are related to our cash flow hedges, from $828.0 million at December 31, 2023, with a weighted average cost of 321 
and 323 basis points, respectively.  Our wholesale funding policy currently allows for maximum brokered deposits of the lesser 
of $1.05 billion, or 12% of total assets.  Potential higher interest expense and lack of customer loyalty are risks associated with 
the use of brokered deposits.
In connection with $790.0 million of our wholesale funds, the Bank has entered into various variable rate agreements and 
fixed or variable rate short-term pay agreements with an interest rate tied to SOFR.  In connection with $790.0 million and 
$1.01 billion of the agreements outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, the Bank also entered 
into various interest rate swap contracts that are treated as cash flow hedges under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” 
that are expected to be effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows at 2.63% with a remaining average weighted 
maturity of 1.6 years at December 31, 2024.  Refer to “Note 11 – Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” in 
our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a detailed description of our hedging policy and methodology 
related to derivative instruments. 
45 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest 
income earned on assets (loans and investments) and interest expense due on our funding sources (deposits and borrowings) 
during a particular period.  Results of operations are also affected by our noninterest income, provision for credit losses, 
noninterest expenses and income tax expense.  General economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in interest 
rates, changes in interest rate yield curves, prepayment rates of MBS and loans, repricing of loan relationships, government 
policies and actions of regulatory authorities also significantly affect our results of operations.  Future changes in applicable 
law, regulations or government policies may also have a material impact on us.  Refer to Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in our 2023 Form 10-K for a discussion and analysis of the 
periods prior to 2023. 
The following table presents net interest income for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Interest income:
 
 
 
Loans       .................................................................................................................
$ 
279,371 
$ 
244,803 
$ 
170,410 
Taxable investment securities   ............................................................................
 
28,075 
 
31,186 
 
18,940 
Tax-exempt investment securities   .....................................................................
 
40,469 
 
54,629 
 
45,001 
MBS ...................................................................................................................
 
45,222 
 
19,450 
 
16,639 
FHLB stock and equity investments    ..................................................................
 
2,079 
 
1,185 
 
503 
Other interest earning assets     ..............................................................................
 
19,120 
 
8,488 
 
1,488 
Total interest income      ....................................................................................
 
414,336 
 
359,741 
 
252,981 
Interest expense:
 
 
 
Deposits    .............................................................................................................
 
153,657 
 
108,157 
 
29,075 
FHLB borrowings    ..............................................................................................
 
24,450 
 
6,777 
 
3,291 
Subordinated notes     ............................................................................................
 
3,774 
 
3,920 
 
4,015 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures  ...........................................................
 
4,621 
 
4,504 
 
2,397 
Repurchase agreements    .....................................................................................
 
3,603 
 
3,431 
 
199 
Other borrowings    ...............................................................................................
 
8,104 
 
17,925 
 
1,663 
Total interest expense    ...................................................................................
 
198,209 
 
144,714 
 
40,640 
Net interest income   ...............................................................................................
$ 
216,127 
$ 
215,027 
$ 
212,341 
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income is one of the principal sources of a financial institution’s earnings stream and represents the 
difference or spread between interest and fee income generated from interest earning assets and the interest expense paid on 
interest bearing liabilities.  Fluctuations in interest rates or interest rate yield curves, as well as repricing characteristics and 
volume and changes in the mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, materially impact net interest income.  
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Federal Reserve increased the target federal funds rate by 100 basis points to 
5.25% to 5.50%. During the last four months of 2024, the Federal Reserve reduced target federal funds rate by 100 basis points 
to 4.25% to 4.50%.  If the federal funds rate remains elevated, it may negatively impact our net interest income. 
Net interest income was $216.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $215.0 million for the same 
period in 2023, an increase of $1.1 million, or 0.5%. The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 
was due to increases in the average balance and the average yield of interest earning assets, partially offset by increases in the 
average rate paid on our interest bearing liabilities and average balance of our interest bearing liabilities. Total interest income 
increased $54.6 million, or 15.2%, to $414.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $359.7 million for the 
same period in 2023.  Total interest expense increased $53.5 million, or 37.0%, to $198.2 million for the year ended December 
31, 2024, compared to $144.7 million for the same period in 2023.  Our net interest margin and net interest margin (FTE), a 
non-GAAP measure, decreased to 2.74% and 2.88%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2.92% 
and 3.09%, respectively, for the same period in 2023, and our net interest spread and net interest spread (FTE), also a non-
GAAP measure, decreased to 2.02% and 2.16%, respectively, compared to 2.25% and 2.42%, respectively, for the same period 
in 2023.  See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to GAAP.
46 

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE
The following table presents on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, the net change in net interest 
income and sets forth the dollar amount of increase (decrease) in the average volume of interest earning assets and interest 
bearing liabilities and from changes in yields/rates.  Volume/Yield/Rate variances (change in volume times change in yield/rate) 
have been allocated to amounts attributable to changes in volumes and to changes in yields/rates in proportion to the amounts 
directly attributable to those changes (in thousands). The comparison between the years includes an additional change factor 
that shows the effect of the difference in the number of days in each period for assets and liabilities that accrue interest based 
upon the actual number of days in the period.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to 
2023
Year Ended December 31, 2023 
Compared to 2022
Change Attributable to
Total 
Change
Change Attributable to
Total 
Change
Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis:
Average 
Volume
Average 
Yield/Rate
Number 
of Days
Average 
Volume
Average 
Yield/Rate
Interest income on:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans (1) 
     ...................................................... $ 17,421 
$ 
16,169 $ 
769 
$ 34,359 
$ 18,139 
$ 
55,937 
$ 
74,076 
Loans held for sale   ......................................  
56 
 
(76)  
— 
 
(20)  
30 
 
18 
 
48 
Taxable investment securities     ....................  (2,190)  
(998)  
77 
 
(3,111)  
7,482 
 
4,764 
 
12,246 
Tax-exempt investment securities (1)
   ..........  (13,722)  
(2,431)  
132 
 (16,021)  (4,287)  
12,466 
 
8,179 
Mortgage-backed and related securities   .....  20,047 
 
5,601  
124 
 
25,772 
 
(917)  
3,728 
 
2,811 
FHLB stock, at cost, and equity 
investments  .................................................  
758 
 
130  
6 
 
894 
 
101 
 
581 
 
682 
Interest earning deposits       .............................  11,840 
 
16  
45 
 
11,901 
 
845 
 
3,157 
 
4,002 
Federal funds sold  .......................................  (1,388)  
111  
8 
 
(1,269)  
1,305 
 
1,693 
 
2,998 
Total earning assets     ................................  32,822 
 
18,522  
1,161 
 
52,505 
 22,698 
 
82,344 
 
105,042 
Interest expense on:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings accounts      ........................................  
(332)  
507  
16 
 
191 
 
(100)  
3,895 
 
3,795 
CDs  .............................................................  
7,951 
 
9,166  
132 
 
17,249 
 
3,907 
 
21,340 
 
25,247 
Interest bearing demand accounts     ..............  
9,457 
 
18,331  
272 
 
28,060 
 
(120)  
50,160 
 
50,040 
FHLB borrowings   .......................................  11,303 
 
6,303  
67 
 
17,673 
 
3,446 
 
40 
 
3,486 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized 
debt issuance costs   ......................................  
(144)  
(12)  
10 
 
(146)  
(105)  
10 
 
(95) 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, 
net of unamortized debt issuance costs     ......  
— 
 
104  
13 
 
117 
 
— 
 
2,107 
 
2,107 
Repurchase agreements    ..............................  
(198)  
360  
10 
 
172 
 
986 
 
2,246 
 
3,232 
Other borrowings    ........................................  (14,137)  
4,294  
22 
 
(9,821)  15,061 
 
1,201 
 
16,262 
Total interest bearing liabilities       .............  13,900 
 
39,053  
542 
 
53,495 
 23,075 
 
80,999 
 
104,074 
Net change    .......................................... $ 18,922 
$ (20,531) $ 
619 
$ 
(990) $ 
(377) $ 
1,345 
$ 
968 
(1)
Interest yields on loans and securities that are nontaxable for federal income tax purposes are presented on a fully taxable-
equivalent basis.  See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to GAAP.
The increase in total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024, was attributable to the increase in the 
average balance of interest earning assets of $513.9 million, or 7.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, as well 
as the increase in the average yield on interest earning assets to 5.40% from 5.06% for the year ended December 31, 2023.  The 
increase in average earning assets was primarily the result of the increase in MBS, loans and interest earning deposits, partially 
offset by the decrease in tax-exempt investment securities. 
The increase in total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily attributable to the increase in 
interest rates on our interest bearing liabilities to 3.24% from 2.64% for the year ended December 31, 2023, and an increase in 
the average balance of our interest bearing liabilities of $633.2 million, or 11.5%, when compared to the same period in 2023.
Interest bearing demand, savings and noninterest bearing demand deposits are considered the lowest cost deposits and 
decreased to 83.7% of total average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 85.9% for the year ended 
December 31, 2023.  
At December 31, 2024, brokered CDs were 1.7% of deposits. We had no brokered CDs at December 31, 2023.  Our 
brokered non-maturity deposits decreased to 9.4% of deposits at December 31, 2024, compared to 12.6% of deposits at 
December 31, 2023.  Our wholesale funding policy currently allows for maximum brokered deposits of the lesser of $1.05 
billion, or 12% of total assets.  Potential higher interest expense and lack of customer loyalty are risks associated with the use of 
brokered deposits.
47 

AVERAGE BALANCES WITH AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES
The following table presents average earning assets and interest bearing liabilities together with the average yield on the 
earning assets and the average rate of the interest bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.  The 
interest and related yields presented are on a fully taxable-equivalent basis and are therefore, non-GAAP measures.  See “Non-GAAP 
Financial Measures” for more information, and for a reconciliation to GAAP.  The information should be reviewed in conjunction 
with the consolidated financial statements for the same years then ended (dollars in thousands):
Average Balances with Average Yields and Rates
Year ended
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Average 
Balance
Interest
Avg 
Yield/
Rate (3)
Average 
Balance
Interest
Avg 
Yield/
Rate (3)
Average 
Balance
Interest
Avg 
Yield/
Rate (3)
ASSETS
Loans (1)
    .......................................... $ 4,593,280 
$ 281,790 
 6.13 %
$ 4,300,138 
$ 247,431 
 5.75 %
$ 3,918,249 
$ 173,355 
 4.42 %
Loans held for sale     .........................  
3,179 
 
76 
 2.39 %
 
1,681 
 
96 
 5.71 %
 
1,098 
 
48 
 4.37 %
Securities:
 
 
Taxable investment 
securities (2)     .......................  
785,145 
 
28,075 
 3.58 %
 
845,907 
 
31,186 
 3.69 %
 
627,546 
 
18,940 
 3.02 %
Tax-exempt investment 
securities (2)
    ........................  1,212,844 
 
48,547 
 4.00 %
 1,554,519 
 
64,568 
 4.15 %
 1,675,227 
 
56,389 
 3.37 %
Mortgage-backed and 
related securities (2)
   ............  
878,623 
 
45,222 
 5.15 %
 
470,692 
 
19,450 
 4.13 %
 
496,940 
 
16,639 
 3.35 %
Total securities    .....  2,876,612 
 121,844 
 4.24 %
 2,871,118 
 115,204 
 4.01 %
 2,799,713 
 
91,968 
 3.28 %
FHLB stock, at cost, and equity 
investments     ....................................  
39,688 
 
2,079 
 5.24 %
 
24,971 
 
1,185 
 4.75 %
 
21,255 
 
503 
 2.37 %
Interest earning deposits .................  
308,628 
 
16,265 
 5.27 %
 
83,343 
 
4,364 
 5.24 %
 
37,898 
 
362 
 0.96 %
Federal funds sold     ..........................  
53,709 
 
2,855 
 5.32 %
 
79,948 
 
4,124 
 5.16 %
 
44,454 
 
1,126 
 2.53 %
Total earning assets      ..................  7,875,096 
 424,909 
 5.40 %
 7,361,199 
 372,404 
 5.06 %
 6,822,667 
 267,362 
 3.92 %
Cash and due from banks     ...............  
106,965 
 
107,018 
 
104,602 
Accrued interest and other assets   ...  
443,733 
 
397,860 
 
457,782 
Less:  Allowance for loan 
losses    .................................  
(43,428) 
 
(37,890) 
 
(35,962) 
Total assets     ............................... $ 8,382,366 
$ 7,828,187 
$ 7,349,089 
LIABILITIES AND 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Savings accounts     ............................ $ 600,375 
 
5,824 
 0.97 %
$ 636,603 
 
5,633 
 0.88 %
$ 671,402 
 
1,838 
 0.27 %
CDs    ................................................  1,059,793 
 
48,155 
 4.54 %
 
862,211 
 
30,906 
 3.58 %
 
579,223 
 
5,659 
 0.98 %
Interest bearing demand accounts    ..  3,503,878 
 
99,678 
 2.84 %
 3,122,319 
 
71,618 
 2.29 %
 3,139,628 
 
21,578 
 0.69 %
Total interest bearing deposits     ..  5,164,046 
 153,657 
 2.98 %
 4,621,133 
 108,157 
 2.34 %
 4,390,253 
 
29,075 
 0.66 %
FHLB borrowings    ..........................  
601,366 
 
24,450 
 4.07 %
 
276,584 
 
6,777 
 2.45 %
 
135,926 
 
3,291 
 2.42 %
Subordinated notes, net of 
unamortized debt issuance costs    ....  
92,478 
 
3,774 
 4.08 %
 
96,024 
 
3,920 
 4.08 %
 
98,604 
 
4,015 
 4.07 %
Trust preferred subordinated 
debentures, net of unamortized 
debt issuance costs    .........................  
60,272 
 
4,621 
 7.67 %
 
60,267 
 
4,504 
 7.47 %
 
60,262 
 
2,397 
 3.98 %
Repurchase agreements   ..................  
86,071 
 
3,603 
 4.19 %
 
91,132 
 
3,431 
 3.76 %
 
29,919 
 
199 
 0.67 %
Other borrowings   ...........................  
119,672 
 
8,104 
 6.77 %
 
345,544 
 
17,925 
 5.19 %
 
47,926 
 
1,663 
 3.47 %
Total interest bearing liabilities      6,123,905 
 198,209 
 3.24 %
 5,490,684 
 144,714 
 2.64 %
 4,762,890 
 
40,640 
 0.85 %
Noninterest bearing deposits   ..........  1,353,065 
 1,485,896 
 1,712,849 
Accrued expenses and other 
liabilities    .........................................  
102,778 
 
97,509 
 
90,988 
Total liabilities     ..........................  7,579,748 
 7,074,089 
 6,566,727 
Shareholders’ equity      ......................  
802,618 
 
754,098 
 
782,362 
 
 
Total liabilities and 
shareholders’ equity    .................. $ 8,382,366 
$ 7,828,187 
$ 7,349,089 
 
 
Net interest income (FTE) ..............
$ 226,700 
$ 227,690 
 
$ 226,722 
 
Net interest margin (FTE)   ..............
 2.88 %
 3.09 %
 
 
 3.32 %
Net interest spread (FTE)    ...............
 2.16 %
 2.42 %
 
 
 3.07 %
(1)
Interest on loans includes net fees on loans that are not material in amount.
(2)
For the purpose of calculating the average yield, the average balance of securities do not include unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities.
(3)
Yield/rate includes the impact of applicable derivatives.
Note:  As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, loans totaling $3.2 million, $3.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, were on nonaccrual status. Our policy 
is to reverse previously accrued but unpaid interest on nonaccrual loans; thereafter, interest income is recorded to the extent received when appropriate.
48 

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
For the year ended December 31, 2024, there was a provision for credit losses of $3.3 million, compared to $9.2 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 
2023, was primarily due to the uncertainty in the economic environment and its effect on the forecast in our CECL model in 
2023.  
As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, our reviews of the loan portfolio indicated that loan loss allowances of $44.9 
million and $42.7 million, respectively, were appropriate to cover expected credit losses in the portfolio.   See the section 
captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for credit 
losses for loans.  
The balance of the allowance for off-balance-sheet credit exposures at December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $3.1 million 
and $3.9 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities.  See the section captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses - 
Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for credit losses for off-
balance-sheet credit exposures.
The following table details the provision for (reversal of) loan losses and provision for (reversal of) off-balance-sheet 
credit exposures for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands):
2024
Increase
(Decrease)
2023
Increase
(Decrease)
2022
Provision for loan losses     ................................... $ 4,137 $ (4,772) 
 (53.6) % $ 8,909 $ 6,971 
 359.7 % $ 
1,938 
Provision for (reversal of) off-balance-sheet 
credit exposures     ................................................  
(791)  
(1,036) 
 (422.9) %  
245  
(1,058) 
 (81.2) %  
1,303 
Total provision for credit losses    ..................... $ 3,346 $ (5,808) 
 (63.4) % $ 9,154 $ 5,913 
 182.4 % $ 
3,241 
49 

NONINTEREST INCOME
Noninterest income consists of revenue generated from a broad range of financial services and activities and other fee 
generating services that we either provide or in which we participate.  
The following table details the categories included in noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 
and 2022 (dollars in thousands):
2024
Increase
(Decrease)
2023
Increase
(Decrease)
2022
Deposit services     .................................................... $ 24,425 
$ (1,072) 
 (4.2) % $ 25,497 
$ 
(346) 
 (1.3) %
$ 25,843 
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities AFS    .............  
(2,510)  13,466 
 84.3 %  (15,976)  (12,157) 
 (318.3) %
 
(3,819) 
Net gain on sale of equity securities   .....................  
— 
 (5,058)  (100.0) %  
5,058 
 
5,058 
 100.0 %
 
— 
Gain (loss) on sale of loans     ..................................  
37 
 
(526) 
 (93.4) %  
563 
 
32 
 6.0 %
 
531 
Trust fees   ..............................................................  
6,193 
 
283 
 4.8 %  
5,910 
 
(82) 
 (1.4) %
 
5,992 
BOLI     .....................................................................  
4,256 
 (1,567) 
 (26.9) %  
5,823 
 
3,176 
 120.0 %
 
2,647 
Brokerage services      ...............................................  
4,217 
 
912 
 27.6 %  
3,305 
 
(30) 
 (0.9) %
 
3,335 
Other noninterest income     .....................................  
5,115 
 
(539) 
 (9.5) %  
5,654 
 
(674) 
 (10.7) %
 
6,328 
Total noninterest income   ................................. $ 41,733 
$ 5,899 
 16.5 % $ 35,834 
$ (5,023) 
 (12.3) %
$ 40,857 
The 16.5% increase in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 
2023, was primarily due to a decrease in net loss on sale of securities AFS and an increase in brokerage services income, 
partially offset by decreases in the net gain on sale of equity securities, gain on sale of loans, BOLI income and deposit services 
income. 
Deposit services income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 2023, 
primarily due to a decrease in debit card income.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we sold municipal securities that resulted in net losses on sale of AFS 
securities of $2.5 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2023, we sold municipal securities, MBS, and U.S. Treasury 
securities that resulted in net losses on sale of AFS securities of $16.0 million.  
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we sold equity securities that resulted in a net gain of $5.1 million.
The decrease in gain on sale of loans for the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily due to the $412,000 net loss 
on the sale of a commercial real estate loan relationship during the first quarter of 2024.
The decrease in BOLI income for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 2023, was 
primarily due to death benefits of $3.0 million realized during the year ended December 31, 2023 for former covered officers, 
partially offset by a death benefit of $962,000 realized during the year ended December 31, 2024 for a former covered officer.
Brokerage services income increased for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 2023, 
due to an increase in assets under management.
50 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
We incur certain types of noninterest expenses associated with the operation of our various business activities.  The 
following table details the categories included in noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 
(dollars in thousands):
2024
Increase
(Decrease)
2023
Increase
(Decrease)
2022
Salaries and employee benefits  ...................... $ 90,290 
$ 
4,665 
 5.4 % $ 85,625 
$ 
2,992 
 3.6 % $ 82,633 
Net occupancy      ...............................................  
14,354 
 
(340) 
 (2.3) %  
14,694 
 
(436) 
 (2.9) %  
15,130 
Advertising, travel & entertainment    ..............  
3,363 
 
(730) 
 (17.8) %  
4,093 
 
663 
 19.3 %  
3,430 
ATM expense   .................................................  
1,483 
 
132 
 9.8 %  
1,351 
 
37 
 2.8 %  
1,314 
Professional fees    ............................................  
5,080 
 
(271) 
 (5.1) %  
5,351 
 
392 
 7.9 %  
4,959 
Software and data processing      ........................  
11,598 
 
2,203 
 23.4 %  
9,395 
 
2,548 
 37.2 %  
6,847 
Communications   ............................................  
1,602 
 
133 
 9.1 %  
1,469 
 
(427) 
 (22.5) %  
1,896 
FDIC insurance    ..............................................  
3,790 
 
232 
 6.5 %  
3,558 
 
1,613 
 82.9 %  
1,945 
Amortization of intangibles   ...........................  
1,171 
 
(526) 
 (31.0) %  
1,697 
 
(576) 
 (25.3) %  
2,273 
Other noninterest expense  ..............................  
14,406 
 
1,061 
 8.0 %  
13,345 
 
3,446 
 34.8 %  
9,899 
Total noninterest expense    ......................... $ 147,137 
$ 
6,559 
 4.7 % $ 140,578 
$ 10,252 
 7.9 % $ 130,326 
The increase in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 2023, 
was primarily due to increases in salaries and employee benefits, software and data processing expense and other noninterest 
expense, partially offset by decreases in advertising, travel and entertainment expense and amortization of intangibles.  
Salaries and employee benefits expense increased during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same 
period in 2023, due to increases in direct salary expense, health insurance expense and retirement expense. 
Direct salary expense increased $3.2 million, or 4.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same 
period in 2023, primarily due to normal salary increases effective in the first quarter of 2024 and approximately $618,000 
associated with future cost reductions. 
Health and life insurance expense, included in salaries and employee benefits, increased $840,000, or 10.2%, for the year 
ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023, due to an increase in health claims expense.  We have a self-
insured health plan which is supplemented with a stop loss policy. 
Retirement expense, included in salaries and employee benefits, increased $647,000, or 22.6%, for the year ended 
December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023.  This increase was due to increases in our split dollar expense, 
deferred compensation expense, post-retirement benefits expense and 401(k) matching expense. 
Advertising, travel and entertainment expense decreased during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the 
same period in 2023, due to decreases in travel related expenses, advertising and donations.
Software and data processing expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 
2023, due to new software contracts and increases in existing contract renewal costs.
Amortization of intangibles decreased for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023, due 
primarily to a decrease in core deposit intangible amortization which is recognized on an accelerated method resulting in a 
decline in expense over the amortization period. 
Other noninterest expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared to the same period in 2023, 
due to increases in repossessed assets expense, third-party fee expense, security expense, losses on retired assets, trust expense, 
state banking department assessment, equipment maintenance expense and losses on other real estate owned, partially offset by 
decreases in retirement expense related to the Retirement Plan and other losses.
INCOME TAXES
Pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $107.4 million, compared to $101.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2023.
Income tax expense was $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and represented an increase of $4.4 
million, or 30.8%, from $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.  The ETR as a percentage of pre-tax income was 
51 

17.6% in 2024 and 14.3% in 2023.  The increase in the ETR for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same 
period in 2023, was primarily a result of a decrease in net tax-exempt income as a percentage of pre-tax income.  The increase 
in income tax expense is due to the higher ETR and higher pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 
the same period in 2023.
The ETR differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt income from municipal loans 
and securities, as well as BOLI.  The net deferred tax asset totaled $34.5 million at December 31, 2024, as compared to $30.4 
million in 2023.  The increase in the net deferred tax asset is primarily the result of an increase in unrealized losses in the AFS 
securities portfolio.  See “Note 15 – Income Taxes” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.  No 
valuation allowance was recorded at December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023, as management believes it is more likely than 
not that all of the deferred tax asset items will be realized in future years. 
LENDING ACTIVITIES
One of our main objectives is to seek attractive lending opportunities in Texas, primarily in the market areas in which we 
operate.  The majority of our loan originations are made to borrowers who live in and/or conduct business in the market areas of 
Texas in which we operate or adjoin. 
Total loans as of December 31, 2024 increased $137.1 million, or 3.0%, and the average loan balance outstanding for the 
year increased $293.1 million, or 6.8%, compared to 2023. 
From December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans increased $411.3 million and 1-4 family 
residential loans increased $43.7 million. The increases were partially offset by decreases of $251.9 million in construction 
loans, $50.2 million in municipal loans, $12.0 million in loans to individuals, and $3.7 million in commercial loans.  Loans held 
for sale decreased $8.9 million, or 82.1%, to $1.9 million at December 31, 2024 from $10.9 million at December 31, 2023, due 
to the sale of a $7.9 million commercial real estate loan relationship during the first quarter of 2024.  
Our greatest concentration of loans is in our real estate portfolio.  Management does not consider there to be a 
concentration of risk in any one industry type.  See “Item 1.  Business – Market Area.”
The aggregate amount of loans that we are permitted to make under applicable bank regulations to any one borrower, 
including non-affiliate related entities is 25% of Tier 1 capital.  Our legal lending limit at December 31, 2024, was 
approximately $217.6 million.  Our largest loan relationship at December 31, 2024 was approximately $133.3 million.
The average yield on loans for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased to 6.13%, compared to 5.75% for the year 
ended December 31, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to loan pricing in a higher interest rate environment.
LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION AND ASSOCIATED RISK
For purposes of this discussion, our loans are divided into real estate loans, commercial loans, municipal loans and loans 
to individuals.
REAL ESTATE LOANS
Our real estate loan portfolio consists of construction, 1-4 family residential and commercial real estate loans, and 
represents our greatest concentration of loans.  We attempt to mitigate the amount of risk associated with this group of loans 
through the type of loans originated and geographic distribution.  At December 31, 2024, the majority of our real estate loans 
were collateralized by properties located in our market areas.  Of the $3.86 billion in real estate loans, $740.4 million, or 19.2%, 
represent loans collateralized by residential dwellings that are primarily owner occupied.  Historically, the amount of losses 
suffered on this type of loan has been significantly less than those on other properties.  Prior to funding any real estate loan, our 
loan policy requires an appraisal or evaluation of the property and also outlines the requirements for appraisals on renewals 
based on the size and complexity of the transaction. 
We pursue an aggressive policy of reappraisal on any real estate loan that is in the process of foreclosure and potential 
exposures are recognized and reserved for or charged off as soon as they are identified.  Our ability to liquidate certain types of 
properties that may be obtained through foreclosure could adversely affect the volume of our nonperforming real estate loans.
52 

Construction Real Estate Loans
Our construction loans are collateralized by property located primarily in or near the market areas we serve.  Some of our 
construction loans will be owner occupied upon completion.  Construction loans for non-owner occupied projects are financed, 
but these typically have cash flows from leases with tenants, secondary sources of repayment, and in some cases, additional 
collateral.  Our construction loans have both adjustable and fixed interest rates during the construction period.  Construction 
loans to individuals are typically priced and made with the intention of granting the permanent loan on the completed 
property.  Commercial construction loans typically have adjustable interest rates and are subject to underwriting standards 
similar to that of the commercial real estate loan portfolio.  Owner occupied 1-4 family residential construction loans are 
subject to the underwriting standards of the permanent loan. 
1-4 Family Residential Real Estate Loans
Residential loan originations are generated by our mortgage loan officers, in-house origination staff, marketing efforts, 
present customers, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate agents and builders.  We focus our lending efforts primarily 
on the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner occupied 1-4 family residences.  Substantially all of our 1-4 
family residential originations are secured by properties located in or near our market areas.  Historically, we have originated a 
portion of our residential loans for sale into the secondary market.  These loans are reflected on the balance sheet as loans held 
for sale.  Secondary market investors, other than Fannie Mae, typically pay us a service release premium in addition to a 
predetermined price based on the interest rate of the loan originated.  We retain liabilities related to early prepayments, defaults, 
failure to adhere to origination and processing guidelines and other issues.  We have internal controls in place to mitigate many 
of these liabilities and historically our realized liability has been extremely low.  In addition, many of the retained liabilities 
expire one year from the date a loan is sold.  We warehouse these loans until they are transferred to the secondary market 
investor, which usually occurs within 45 days.
Our 1-4 family residential loans generally have maturities ranging from 15 to 30 years.  These loans are typically fully 
amortizing with monthly payments sufficient to repay the total amount of the loan.  Our 1-4 family residential loans are made at 
both fixed and adjustable interest rates.
Underwriting for 1-4 family residential loans includes debt-to-income analysis, credit history analysis, appraised value 
and down payment considerations.  Changes in the market value of real estate can affect the potential losses in the residential 
portfolio.
We also make home equity loans, which are included as part of the 1-4 family residential loans, and at December 31, 
2024, these loans totaled $95.1 million.  Under Texas law, these loans, when combined with all other mortgage indebtedness for 
the property, are capped at 80% of appraised value.
Commercial Real Estate Loans
Commercial real estate loans primarily include loans collateralized by retail, commercial office buildings, multi-family 
residential buildings, medical facilities and offices, senior living, assisted living and skilled nursing facilities, warehouse 
facilities, hotels and churches.  Management does not consider there to be a concentration of risk in any one industry type.  In 
determining whether to originate commercial real estate loans, we generally consider such factors as the financial condition of 
the borrower and the debt service coverage of the property.  Commercial real estate loans are made at both fixed and adjustable 
interest rates for terms generally up to 20 years.  Most of our fixed rate commercial real estate loans adjust at least every five 
years.  At December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans consisted of $1.85 billion of owner and non-owner occupied real 
estate loans, $697.3 million of loans secured by multi-family properties and $31.4 million of loans secured by farmland.  
COMMERCIAL LOANS
Our commercial loans are diversified loan types including short-term working capital loans for inventory and accounts 
receivable and short- and medium-term loans for equipment or other business capital expansion.  Management does not 
consider there to be a concentration of risk in any one industry type.  In our commercial loan underwriting, we assess the 
creditworthiness, ability to repay and the value and liquidity of the collateral being offered.  Terms of commercial loans are 
generally commensurate with the useful life of the collateral offered.  Commercial loans decreased $3.7 million, or 1.0%, to 
$363.2 million as of December 31, 2024, when compared to 2023.
MUNICIPAL LOANS
We have made loans to municipalities and school districts primarily throughout the state of Texas, with a small 
percentage originating outside of the state.  The majority of the loans to municipalities and school districts have tax or revenue 
pledges and in some cases are additionally supported by collateral.  Municipal loans made without a direct pledge of taxes or 
revenues are usually made based on some type of collateral that represents an essential service.  These loans allow us to earn a 
higher yield than we could if we purchased municipal securities for similar durations.  Loans to municipalities and school 
53 

districts decreased $50.2 million, or 11.4%, to $391.0 million as of December 31, 2024, when compared to 2023. Currently, we 
are not originating municipal loans due to the tight credit spreads and low overall yields. Until municipal loan pricing improves, 
we do not anticipate originating many, if any municipal loans and as a result, expect this portfolio will decline as maturities and 
scheduled payments occur.
LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS
Substantially all originations of our loans to individuals are made to consumers in our market areas.  At December 31, 
2024, loans collateralized by titled equipment, which are primarily automobiles, accounted for approximately $25.5 million, or 
51.6%, of total loans to individuals. 
Home equity loans, which are included in 1-4 family residential loans, have replaced some of the traditional loans to 
individuals.  In addition, we make loans for a full range of other consumer purposes, which may be secured or unsecured 
depending on the credit quality and purpose of the loan.
Consumer loan terms vary according to the type and value of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the 
borrower.  The underwriting standards we employ for consumer loans include an application, a determination of the applicant’s 
payment history on other debts, with the greatest weight being given to payment history with us and an assessment of the 
borrower’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.  Although creditworthiness of the applicant 
is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, in relation 
to the proposed loan amount.  Most of our loans to individuals are collateralized, which management believes assists in limiting 
our exposure.
LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
The following tables represent loan maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates for our loans (dollars in 
thousands).  The amounts of these loans outstanding at December 31, 2024, which, based on maturity, are due in (1) one year or 
less, (2) after one but within five years, (3) after five years but within 15 years, and (4) after 15 years, are shown in the 
following table.  The amounts due after one year are classified according to the sensitivity to changes in interest rates:
 
Due in One
Year or Less
After One but
Within Five 
Years
After Five
Years Within 
15 Years
After 15 Years
Total
Real estate loans:
Construction     .................................................. $ 
121,171 
$ 
358,842 
$ 
18,600 $ 
39,214 $ 
537,827 
1-4 family residential   ....................................  
6,755 
 
39,613 
 
135,267  
558,761  
740,396 
Commercial   ...................................................  
165,993 
 
1,903,060 
 
471,583  
39,099  
2,579,735 
Commercial loans  ............................................  
136,301 
 
205,304 
 
21,318  
244  
363,167 
Municipal loans  ................................................  
10,799 
 
56,276 
 
210,355  
113,538  
390,968 
Loans to individuals    .........................................  
9,738 
 
30,803 
 
8,963  
—  
49,504 
Total loans   ........................................................ $ 
450,757 
$ 
2,593,898 
$ 
866,086 $ 
750,856 $ 
4,661,597 
Loans with maturities after one year for which:
Interest Rates are Fixed or 
Predetermined
Interest Rates are Floating or 
Adjustable
Real estate loans:
Construction     ................................................................................. $ 
44,553 
$ 
372,103 
1-4 family residential  ....................................................................  
619,710 
 
113,931 
Commercial   ..................................................................................  
879,489 
 
1,534,253 
Commercial loans  ............................................................................  
145,920 
 
80,946 
Municipal loans      ...............................................................................  
359,676 
 
20,493 
Loans to individuals   ........................................................................  
39,571 
 
195 
Total loans    ....................................................................................... $ 
2,088,919 
$ 
2,121,921 
54 

LOANS TO AFFILIATED PARTIES
In the normal course of business, we make loans to certain of our own executive officers and directors and their related 
interests.  These loans totaled $12.1 million and $13.7 million and represented 1.5% and 1.8% of shareholders’ equity as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
Nonperforming assets consist of delinquent loans 90 days or more past due, nonaccrual loans, OREO, repossessed assets 
and restructured loans.  Nonaccrual loans are loans 90 days or more delinquent and collection in full of both the principal and 
interest is not expected.  Additionally, some loans that are not delinquent or that are delinquent less than 90 days may be placed 
on nonaccrual status if it is probable that we will not receive contractual principal and interest payments in accordance with the 
terms of the respective loan agreements.  When a loan is categorized as nonaccrual, the accrual of interest is discontinued and 
any accrued balance is reversed for financial statement purposes. OREO represents real estate taken in full or partial satisfaction 
of debts previously contracted. The dollar amount of OREO is based on a current evaluation of the OREO at the time it is 
recorded on our books, net of estimated selling costs.  Updated valuations are obtained as needed and any additional 
impairments are recognized. Restructured loans represent loans that have been modified due to the borrower experiencing 
financial difficulty to provide interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, restructuring amortization schedules and 
other actions intended to minimize potential losses.  Categorization of a loan as nonperforming is not in itself a reliable 
indicator of potential loan loss.  Other factors, such as the value of collateral securing the loan and the financial condition of the 
borrower are considered in judgments as to potential loan loss.
Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2024 were $3.6 million, representing a decrease of $412,000, or 10.3%, 
from $4.0 million at December 31, 2023.  From December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, nonaccrual loans decreased 
$704,000, or 18.1%, to $3.2 million with decreases in nonaccrual 1-4 family residential loans, commercial real estate and 
commercial loans, partially offset by increases in nonaccrual construction loans and loans to individuals during the year.  There 
were $2,000 in restructured loans as of December 31, 2024, compared to $13,000 at December 31, 2023.  Repossessed assets 
were $14,000 at December 31, 2024.  There were no repossessed assets at December 31, 2023.  There was $388,000 and 
$99,000 of OREO at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
55 

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets and selected asset quality ratios for the periods presented (dollars in 
thousands):
December 31,
 
2024
2023
Change (%)
Nonaccrual loans (1)
  ..................................................................... $ 
3,185 $ 
3,889 
 (18.1) %
Accruing loans past due more than 90 days      ...............................  
—  
— 
 — 
Restructured loans  .......................................................................  
2  
13 
 (84.6) %
OREO  ..........................................................................................  
388  
99 
 291.9 %
Repossessed assets     ......................................................................  
14  
— 
 100.0 %
Total nonperforming assets    ......................................................... $ 
3,589 $ 
4,001 
 (10.3) %
Total loans   ......................................................................................... $ 
4,661,597 
$ 
4,524,510 
Allowance for loan losses at end of period   .................................  
44,884  
42,674 
Ratio of nonaccruing loans to:
 
 
Total loans    .........................................................................................................
 0.07 %
 0.09 %
Ratio of nonperforming assets to:
Total assets   ........................................................................................................
 0.04 %
 0.05 %
Total loans    .........................................................................................................
 0.08 %
 0.09 %
Total loans and OREO    ......................................................................................
 0.08 %
 0.09 %
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to:
Nonaccruing loans     ...................................................................................................
 1,409.23 %
 1,097.30 %
Nonperforming assets       ..............................................................................................
 1,250.60 %
 1,066.58 %
Total loans   ................................................................................................................
 0.96 %
 0.94 %
(1) Includes $63,000 and $506,000 of restructured loans as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Nonperforming assets hinder our ability to earn interest income.  Decreases in earnings can result from both the loss of 
interest income and the costs associated with maintaining the OREO, for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses.   We 
actively market all OREO properties and do not hold them for investment purposes.  
We reversed $72,000 of interest income on nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2024. We had 
$650,000 of loans on nonaccrual for which there was no related allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2024.  
56 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES – LOANS
The following table presents information regarding changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods presented (in 
thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period    ........................................ $ 
42,674 
$ 
36,515 
$ 
35,273 
Total loan charge-offs  ...................................................................................................  
(3,360) 
 
(4,204) 
 
(2,584) 
Total recovery of loans previously charged-off   ............................................................  
1,433 
 
1,454 
 
1,888 
Net loan charge-offs    ......................................................................................................  
(1,927) 
 
(2,750) 
 
(696) 
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses     ..........................................................................  
4,137 
 
8,909 
 
1,938 
Allowance for loan losses at end of period   ................................................................... $ 
44,884 
$ 
42,674 
$ 
36,515 
  
Our allowance for loan losses was $44.9 million at December 31, 2024, or 0.96% of loans, an increase of $2.2 million, or 
5.2%, compared to $42.7 million at December 31, 2023.  
In accordance with ASC 326, the allowance for credit losses on loans is estimated and recognized upon origination of the 
loan based on expected credit losses. The CECL model uses historical experience and current conditions for homogeneous 
pools of loans, and reasonable and supportable forecasts about future events.  The impact of varying economic conditions and 
portfolio stress factors are a component of the credit loss models applied to each portfolio.  Reserve factors are specific to the 
loan segments that share similar risk characteristics based on the probability of default assumptions and loss given default 
assumptions, over the contractual term.  The forecasted periods gradually mean-revert the economic inputs to their long-run 
historical trends.  Management evaluates the economic data points used in the Moody’s forecasting scenarios on a quarterly 
basis to determine the most appropriate impact to the various portfolio characteristics based on management’s view and applies 
weighting to various forecasting scenarios as deemed appropriate based on known and expected economic activities.  
Management also considers and may apply relevant qualitative factors, not previously considered, to determine the appropriate 
allowance level.  The use of the CECL model includes significant judgment by management and may differ from those of our 
peers due to different historical loss patterns, economic forecasts, and the length of time of the reasonable and supportable 
forecast period and reversion period.
We utilize Moody’s Analytics economic forecast scenarios and assign probability weighting to those scenarios which 
best reflect management’s views on the economic forecast.  The probability weighting and scenarios utilized for the estimate of 
the allowance were generally reflective of continued economic and repricing uncertainty forecasted in our CECL model as of 
December 31, 2024.
When determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses on our loan portfolio, our commercial construction and real 
estate loans, commercial loans and municipal loans utilize the probability of default/loss given default discounted cash flow 
approach.  Reserves on these loans are based upon risk factors including the loan type and structure, collateral type, leverage 
ratio, refinancing risk and origination quality, among others.  Our consumer construction real estate loans, 1-4 family residential 
loans and our loans to individuals use a loss rate based upon risk factors including loan types, origination year and credit scores.
Loans evaluated collectively in a pool are monitored to ensure they continue to exhibit similar risk characteristics with 
other loans in the pool.  If a loan does not share similar risk characteristics with other loans, expected credit losses for that loan 
are evaluated individually. 
Our lenders have the primary responsibility for identifying problem loans based on customer financial stress and 
underlying collateral.  These recommendations are reviewed by a senior credit officer, the special assets department and the 
loan review department on a monthly basis.  The loan review department independently reviews the portfolio on an annual basis 
in compliance with the board-approved annual loan review scope.  The loan review scope encompasses a number of 
considerations including the size of the loan, the type of credit extended, the seasoning of the loan and the performance of the 
loan.  The loan review scope, as it relates to size, focuses more on larger dollar loan relationships, typically aggregate debt of 
$500,000 or greater.  
At each review, a subjective analysis methodology is used to grade the respective loan.  Categories of grading vary in 
severity from loans that do not appear to have a significant probability of loss at the time of review to loans that indicate a 
probability that the entire balance of the loan will be uncollectible.  If at the time of the review we determine it is probable we 
will not collect the principal and interest cash flows contractually due on the loan, estimates of future expected cash flows or 
appraisals of the collateral securing the debt are used to determine the necessary allowance.  The internal loan review 
department maintains a list of all loans or loan relationships that are graded as having more than the normal degree of risk 
57 

associated with them.  In addition, a list of specifically reserved loans or loan relationships of $150,000 or more is updated on a 
quarterly basis in order to properly determine necessary allowances and keep management informed on the status of attempts to 
correct the deficiencies noted with respect to the loans.
As of December 31, 2024, our review of the loan portfolio indicated that an allowance for loan losses of $44.9 million 
was appropriate to cover expected losses in the portfolio.  Changes in economic and other conditions, including the application 
of the CECL model, may require future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses.
Industry and our own experience indicate that a portion of our loans will become delinquent and a portion of our loans 
will require partial or full charge-off.  Regardless of the underwriting criteria utilized, losses may occur as a result of various 
factors beyond our control, including, among other things, changes in market conditions affecting the value of properties used 
as collateral for loans and problems affecting the credit worthiness of the borrower and the ability of the borrower to make 
payments on the loan.  Our determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses is based on various 
considerations, including an analysis of the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans, previous loan loss experience, 
specific loans which have loan loss potential, delinquency trends, estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, current 
economic conditions and geographic and industry loan concentration.
The following table presents the allocation of allowance for loan losses for the years presented (dollars in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2024
2023
 
Amount
Percent
of Loans
To Total
Loans
Amount
Percent
of Loans
To Total
Loans
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
Construction      ..................................................................................
$ 
3,958 
 11.5 % $ 
5,287 
 17.5 %
1-4 family residential  .....................................................................
 
2,780 
 15.9 %  
2,840 
 15.4 %
Commercial   ...................................................................................
 
35,526 
 55.3 %  
32,266 
 47.9 %
Commercial loans   .............................................................................
 
2,448 
 7.8 %  
2,086 
 8.1 %
Municipal loans    ................................................................................
 
16 
 8.4 %  
19 
 9.7 %
Loans to individuals    .........................................................................
 
156 
 1.1 %  
176 
 1.4 %
Ending balance      .................................................................................
$ 
44,884 
 100.0 % $ 
42,674 
 100.0 %
The following table presents information regarding the net charge-offs to average amount of loans outstanding by 
portfolio segment (dollars in thousands):
Years Ended
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Net Loans 
(Charged-
off) 
Recovered
Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Net (Charge-
offs) 
Recoveries 
to Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Net Loans 
(Charged-
off) 
Recovered
Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Net (Charge-
offs) 
Recoveries 
to Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Net Loans 
(Charged-
off) 
Recovered
Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Net (Charge-
offs) 
Recoveries 
to Average 
Loans 
Outstanding
Real estate loans:
Construction   .......... $ 
(24) $ 613,267 
 — 
$ 
(90) $ 696,204 
 (0.01) %
$ 
2 
$ 517,570 
 — 
1-4 family 
residential     ..............  
(162)  
732,558 
 (0.02) %
 
(9)  
677,485 
 — 
 
38 
 
650,785 
 0.01 %
Commercial   ...........  
(72)  2,417,186 
 — 
 
(787)  2,042,462 
 (0.04) %
 
81 
 1,802,971 
 — 
Commercial loans   .....  
(787)  
360,404 
 (0.22) %
 
(985)  
384,421 
 (0.26) %
 
(199)  
410,566 
 (0.05) %
Municipal loans    ........  
— 
 
415,402 
 — 
 
— 
 
432,740 
 — 
 
— 
 
454,841 
 — 
Loans to individuals    .  
(882)  
54,463 
 (1.62) %
 
(879)  
66,826 
 (1.32) %
 
(618)  
81,516 
 (0.76) %
Total     ........................ $ 
(1,927) $ 4,593,280 
 (0.04) %
$ 
(2,750) $ 4,300,138 
 (0.06) %
$ 
(696) $ 3,918,249 
 (0.02) %
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net loan charge-offs decreased $823,000, or 29.9%, to $1.9 million, compared to 
$2.8 million for the same period in 2023.  
See “Note 5 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses” in our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
58 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES – OFF-BALANCE-SHEET CREDIT EXPOSURES
Allowance for off-balance-sheet credit exposures were as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Balance at beginning of period      ............................................................................. $ 
3,932 $ 
3,687 $ 
2,384 
Provision for (reversal of) off-balance-sheet credit exposures     .............................  
(791)  
245  
1,303 
Balance at end of period   ........................................................................................ $ 
3,141 $ 
3,932 $ 
3,687 
Our off-balance-sheet credit exposures include contractual commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  
For these credit exposures we evaluate the expected credit losses using usage given defaults and credit conversion factors 
depending on the type of commitment and based upon historical usage rates. These assumptions are reevaluated on an annual 
basis and adjusted if necessary.  For the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a reversal of provision for credit losses for 
off-balance-sheet exposures of $791,000, compared to a provision for credit losses on off-balance-sheet exposures of $245,000 
for the year ended December 31, 2023.  The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in 
the commitments compared to 2023.  For additional information regarding our methodology used to estimate the allowance for 
credit losses on off-balance-sheet credit exposures, see “Note 17 – Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and 
Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.  
59 

SECURITIES ACTIVITY
Our securities portfolio plays a primary role in the management of our interest rate sensitivity and liquidity and, 
therefore, is managed in the context of the overall balance sheet.  The securities portfolio generates a substantial percentage of 
our interest income and serves as a necessary source of liquidity.
Refer to “Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies” and “Note 4 – Securities” to our 
consolidated financial statements included in this report for a detailed description of our accounting related to our debt and 
equity securities.
Management attempts to deploy investable funds into instruments that are expected to provide a reasonable overall return 
on the portfolio given the current assessment of economic and financial conditions, while maintaining acceptable levels of 
capital, interest rate and liquidity risk.  At December 31, 2024, the combined investment securities, MBS, FHLB stock and 
other investments as a percentage of total assets was 33.5% compared to loans, which were 54.8% of total assets.  For a 
discussion of our strategy in relation to the securities portfolio, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Balance Sheet Strategy.”
Our MBS are all insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and corporations.  Our MBS include pools and 
CMOs. CMOs were developed in response to investor concerns regarding the uncertainty of cash flows associated with the 
prepayment option of the underlying mortgages.  MBS generally may be prepaid at any time without penalty and can result in 
significantly increased price and yield volatility.  Several of our MBS were purchased at a premium and should they prepay at a 
faster rate, our yield on these securities will decrease.  Conversely, as prepayments slow, the yield on these MBS will increase.  
The total net unamortized premium for our MBS decreased to $5.9 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $9.5 million at 
December 31, 2023. 
Our investment securities consist primarily of state and political subdivision (municipal bonds) and to a lesser extent, 
U.S. Treasury Bills and corporate bonds.  Most of our municipal bonds were issued by the State of Texas or political 
subdivisions or agencies within the State of Texas and are highly rated.  Our corporate bonds consist of investment grade bonds, 
private placement bonds and two bonds totaling approximately $6.8 million, rated one grade below investment grade.
During 2024, we sold AFS municipal securities that resulted in an overall loss of $2.5 million, which included a net gain 
of $3.5 million recorded on the unwind of fair value municipal security hedges in the AFS securities portfolio.  During 2023, 
the sale of AFS securities resulted in an overall net loss of $16.0 million, which included a net gain of $6.5 million recorded on 
the unwind of fair value municipal security hedges in the AFS securities portfolio.  
The combined investment securities, MBS, FHLB stock and other investments increased to $2.86 billion at 
December 31, 2024, compared to $2.62 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $231.4 million, or 8.8%.  The increase is a 
result of an increase in our MBS of $350.7 million, or 50.5%, and an increase in FHLB stock of $21.9 million, or 183.3%, 
partially offset by a decrease in our investment securities portfolio of $140.9 million, or 7.4%, when compared to December 31, 
2023.  
The combined fair value of the AFS and HTM securities portfolio at December 31, 2024 was $2.65 billion, which 
represented a net unrealized loss as of that date of $219.3 million.  The net unrealized loss was comprised of $224.5 million of 
unrealized losses and $5.2 million in unrealized gains.  The fair value of the AFS securities portfolio at December 31, 2024 was 
$1.53 billion, which included a net unrealized loss of $53.5 million.  The net unrealized loss was comprised of $54.7 million of 
unrealized losses and $1.2 million of unrealized gains.  The majority of the $54.7 million of unrealized losses is reflected in our 
state and political subdivisions.  Net unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, which is also a component of shareholders’ 
equity on the consolidated balance sheet, can fluctuate significantly as a result of changes in interest rates and is monitored 
through the use of shock tests on the AFS securities portfolio using an array of interest rate assumptions.
 
From time to time, we transfer securities from AFS to HTM due to overall balance sheet strategies.  Any net unrealized 
gain or loss on the transferred securities included in AOCI at the time of transfer will be amortized over the remaining life of 
the underlying security as an adjustment to the yield on those securities.  Securities transferred with losses included in AOCI 
continue to be included in management’s assessment for impairment for each individual security.  During the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, we did not transfer any securities from AFS to HTM.  There were no sales from the HTM 
portfolio during the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023.  There were $1.28 billion and $1.31 billion of securities classified 
as HTM at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.  
60 

The maturities classified according to the sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the December 31, 2024 AFS and 
HTM investment securities and MBS portfolio and the weighted yields are presented below (dollars in thousands).  Tax-exempt 
obligations are shown on a taxable-equivalent basis, which is a non-GAAP measure.  See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for 
more information and a reconciliation to GAAP.  MBS are included in maturity categories based on their stated maturity 
date.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations.
 
MATURING
 
Within 1 Year
After 1 But
Within 5 Years
After 5 But
Within 10 Years
After 10 Years
Available for Sale:
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury     ............................... $ 173,956 
 4.54 % $ 
— 
 — 
$ 
— 
 — 
$ 
— 
 — 
State and political subdivisions    ....  
2,270 
 3.62 %  
2,296 
 5.53 %  
10,210 
 4.47 %  
399,556 
 3.23 %
Corporate bonds and other     ...........  
— 
 — 
 
— 
 — 
 
14,508 
 6.58 %  
— 
 — 
MBS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential   ....................................  
79 
 3.24 %  
1,189 
 5.64 %  
4,467 
 5.43 %  
920,651 
 5.24 %
Commercial    ..................................  
— 
 — 
 
— 
 — 
 
4,712 
 2.70 %  
— 
 — 
Total     ........................................ $ 176,305 
 4.53 % $ 
3,485 
 5.57 % $ 
33,897 
 5.25 % $ 1,320,207 
 4.63 %
 
MATURING
 
 
 
After 1 But
After 5 But
 
 
 
Within 1 Year
Within 5 Years
Within 10 Years
After 10 Years
Held to Maturity:
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions    .... $ 
135 
 2.94 % $ 
1,430 
 3.36 % $ 
23,746 
 3.84 % $ 1,015,601 
 3.06 %
Corporate bonds and other     ...........  
3,990 
 4.65 %  
14,957 
 6.42 %  
105,148 
 3.84 %  
— 
 — 
MBS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential   ....................................  
— 
 — 
 
7 
 5.77 %  
1,416 
 3.60 %  
83,237 
 2.95 %
Commercial    ..................................  
— 
 — 
 
20,542 
 2.88 %  
9,025 
 2.75 %  
— 
 — 
Total     ........................................ $ 
4,125 
 4.59 % $ 
36,936 
 4.33 % $ 139,335 
 3.76 % $ 1,098,838 
 3.06 %
At December 31, 2024, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government, its agencies and its 
GSEs, in an amount greater than 10% of our shareholders’ equity.
61 

DEPOSITS AND BORROWED FUNDS
We utilize deposits and primarily borrowings from FHLB, FRDW and BTFP to assist with our funding needs.  Deposits 
provide us with our primary source of funds and the following table sets forth average deposits and rates paid by category 
(dollars in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Average
 Balance
Average
Rate
 
Interest bearing demand accounts (1)
     ................
$ 3,503,878 
 2.84 % $ 3,122,319 
 2.29 % $ 3,139,628 
 0.69 %
Savings accounts      ..............................................
 
600,375 
 0.97 %  
636,603 
 0.88 %  
671,402 
 0.27 %
CDs    ...................................................................
 
1,059,793 
 4.54 %  
862,211 
 3.58 %  
579,223 
 0.98 %
Total interest bearing deposits
 ..........................
 
5,164,046 
 2.98 %  
4,621,133 
 2.34 %  
4,390,253 
 0.66 %
Noninterest bearing demand deposits      ..............
 
1,353,065 
N/A  
1,485,896 
N/A  
1,712,849 
N/A
Total deposits   ................................................
$ 6,517,111 
 2.36 % $ 6,107,029 
 1.77 % $ 6,103,102 
 0.48 %
(1) The average rate on interest bearing demand accounts includes the effect of interest rate swaps.
The table below sets forth the maturity distribution of CDs greater than $250,000 (in thousands):
 
December 31, 
2024
December 31, 
2023
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of: 
Three months or less     ............................................................................................................................
$ 
188,898 
$ 
105,702 
Over three to six months     ......................................................................................................................
 
221,345 
 
96,996 
Over six to twelve months     ...................................................................................................................
 
110,520 
 
124,530 
Over twelve months    .............................................................................................................................
 
13,610 
 
44,559 
Total CDs greater than $250,000      ......................................................................................................
$ 
534,373 
$ 
371,787 
Estimated amount of uninsured deposits, including related accrued interest, were $2.53 billion and $2.45 billion at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Brokered deposits may consist of CDs and non-maturity deposits.  At December 31, 2024, we had $115.7 million in 
brokered CDs.  Brokered non-maturity deposits were $627.1 million at December 31, 2024 with a weighted average cost of 321 
basis points.  As of December 31, 2023, we had no brokered CDs and $828.0 million in brokered non-maturity deposits.  Our 
current policy allows for maximum brokered deposits of the lesser of $1.05 billion, or 12% of total assets.  The potential higher 
interest costs and lack of customer loyalty are risks associated with the use of brokered deposits. 
62 

Borrowing arrangements, consisting of FHLB borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the FRDW and 
BTFP, increased $85.9 million, or 11.9%, during 2024 compared to 2023, due to a $519.3 million increase in FHLB 
borrowings,  partially offset by a $300.0 million decrease in borrowings from the FRDW, a $117.7 million decrease in 
borrowings from the BTFP and a $15.7 million decrease in repurchase agreements.
Borrowing arrangements are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Other borrowings:
 
Balance at end of period    ......................................................................................
$ 
76,443 
$ 
509,820 
$ 221,153 
Average amount outstanding during the period (1)
     ..............................................
 
205,743 
 
436,676 
 
77,845 
Maximum amount outstanding during the period (2)
    ...........................................
 
597,765 
 
1,030,421 
 
316,563 
Weighted average interest rate during the period (3)
     ...........................................
 5.7 %
 4.9 %
 2.4 %
Interest rate at end of period (4)
   ............................................................................
 3.6 %
 5.0 %
 4.1 %
FHLB borrowings:
 
 
 
Balance at end of period    ......................................................................................
$ 
731,909 
$ 
212,648 
$ 153,358 
Average amount outstanding during the period (1)
     ..............................................
 
601,366 
 
276,584 
 
135,926 
Maximum amount outstanding during the period (2)
    ...........................................
 
760,046 
 
533,242 
 
423,645 
Weighted average interest rate during the period (3)
     ...........................................
 4.1 %
 2.5 %
 2.4 %
Interest rate at end of period (5)
   ............................................................................
 3.7 %
 1.2 %
 0.7 %
(1) The average amount outstanding during the period was computed by dividing the total daily outstanding principal balances 
by the number of days in the period.
(2) The maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period.
(3) The weighted average interest rate during the period was computed by dividing the actual interest expense by the average 
balance outstanding during the period.  The weighted average interest rate on other borrowings and FHLB borrowings 
includes the effect of interest rate swaps.
(4) Stated rate.
(5) The interest rate on FHLB borrowings includes the effect of interest rate swaps.
Other borrowings may include federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the Federal Reserve 
through the FRDW and BTFP.  Southside Bank has three unsecured lines of credit for the purchase of overnight federal funds at 
prevailing rates with Frost Bank, Amegy Bank, TIB – The Independent Bankers Bank for $40.0 million, $25.0 million and 
$15.0 million, respectively.  There were no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2024 or 2023.  To provide more liquidity 
in response to economic conditions in recent years, the Federal Reserve has encouraged broader use of the discount window.  
At December 31, 2024, the amount of additional funding the Bank could obtain from the FRDW, collateralized by securities, 
was approximately $431.7 million.  There were no borrowings from the FRDW at December 31, 2024, and $300.0 million at 
December 31, 2023. To provide more stability and to assure banks have the ability to meet the needs of all of their depositors, 
the Federal Reserve created the BTFP in the first quarter of 2023. On March 11, 2024, the Federal Reserve stopped extending 
new BTFP advances. There were no remaining borrowings from the BTFP at December 31, 2024, compared to $117.7 million 
at December 31, 2023. Southside Bank has a $5.0 million line of credit with Frost Bank to be used to issue letters of credit, and 
at December 31, 2024, the line had one outstanding letter of credit for $155,000.  Southside Bank currently has one outstanding 
letter of credit from FHLB held as collateral for a loan for $6.1 million. 
Southside Bank enters into sales of securities under repurchase agreements.  These repurchase agreements totaled $76.4 
million at December 31, 2024, and $92.1 million at December 31, 2023, and had maturities of less than one year. Repurchase 
agreements are secured by investment and MBS securities and are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the 
transaction.
FHLB borrowings represent borrowings with fixed interest rates ranging from 0.27% to 4.80% and with remaining 
maturities of 2 days to 3.8 years at December 31, 2024.  FHLB borrowings may be collateralized by FHLB stock, nonspecified 
loans and/or securities.  At December 31, 2024, the amount of additional funding Southside Bank could obtain from FHLB, 
collateralized by securities, FHLB stock and nonspecified loans and securities, was approximately $1.72 billion, net of FHLB 
stock purchases required. 
63 

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
Our total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2024 increased 5.0%, or $38.7 million, to $811.9 million, or 9.5% of total 
assets, compared to $773.3 million, or 9.3% of total assets, at December 31, 2023.  The increase in shareholders’ equity was the 
result of net income of $88.5 million, stock compensation expense of $3.5 million, net issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans of $2.0 million and common stock issued under our dividend reinvestment plan of $1.2 million, partially 
offset by cash dividends paid of $43.6 million, other comprehensive loss of $11.4 million and repurchases of $1.5 million of our 
common stock. 
The Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital includes common stock and related paid-in capital, net of treasury stock, 
and retained earnings. The Bank’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital includes common stock and related paid-in capital, and 
retained earnings. In connection with the adoption of the Basel III Capital Rules, we elected to opt-out of the requirement to 
include accumulated other comprehensive income in Common Equity Tier 1. We also elected, for a five-year transitional 
period, the effects of credit loss accounting under CECL from Common Equity Tier 1, as further discussed below. Common 
Equity Tier 1 for both the Company and the Bank is reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred 
tax liabilities.
Tier 1 capital includes Common Equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. For the Company, additional Tier 1 
capital at December 31, 2024 included $58.5 million of trust preferred securities.  For bank holding companies that had assets 
of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 can be treated as Tier 1 
capital to the extent that they do not exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital after the application of capital deductions and adjustments. 
The Bank did not have any additional Tier 1 capital beyond Common Equity Tier 1 at December 31, 2024.
Total capital includes Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital for both the Company and the Bank includes a 
permissible portion of the allowance for credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet exposures. Tier 2 capital for the Company 
also includes $92.0 million of qualified subordinated debt as of December 31, 2024. The permissible portion of qualified 
subordinated notes decreases 20% per year during the final five years of the term of the notes.
In April 2020, the FDIC, Federal Reserve, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued supplemental 
instructions allowing banking organizations that implement CECL before the end of 2020, the option to delay for two years an 
estimate of the CECL methodologies’ effect on regulatory capital, relative to the incurred loss methodologies effect on capital, 
followed by a three-year transition period.  We elected to adopt the five-year transition option.   In accordance with CECL 
guidance, a CECL transitional amount totaling $2.0 million has been added back to CET1 as of December 31, 2024, 
representing 25% of the $8.2 million transitional amount at December 31, 2021.   
The FDIA requires bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository 
institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements.  A depository institution’s treatment for purposes of the prompt 
corrective action provisions will depend on how its capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, 
as established by regulation.  Prompt corrective action and other discretionary actions could have a direct material effect on our 
financial statements. 
Management believes that, as of December 31, 2024, we met all capital adequacy requirements to which we were 
subject.  It is management’s intention to maintain our capital at a level acceptable to all regulatory authorities and future 
dividend payments will be determined accordingly.  Regulatory authorities require that any dividend payments made by either 
us or the Bank not exceed earnings for that year.  Accordingly, shareholders should not anticipate a continuation of the cash 
dividend payments simply because of the existence of a dividend reinvestment program.  The payment of dividends will depend 
upon future earnings, our financial condition and other related factors including the discretion of the Board.
64 

To be categorized as well capitalized we must maintain minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, 
Total capital risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table (dollars in thousands):
 
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
December 31, 2024
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 739,351 
 13.04 % $ 255,228 
 4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 870,541 
 15.35 % $ 255,183 
 4.50 % $ 368,598 
 6.50 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 797,814 
 14.07 % $ 340,304 
 6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 870,541 
 15.35 % $ 340,244 
 6.00 % $ 453,659 
 8.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 935,308 
 16.49 % $ 453,739 
 8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 915,993 
 16.15 % $ 453,659 
 8.00 % $ 567,074 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets) (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 797,814 
 9.67 % $ 330,155 
 4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 870,541 
 10.55 % $ 330,042 
 4.00 % $ 412,553 
 5.00 %
December 31, 2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 690,296 
 12.28 % $ 252,954 
 4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 836,228 
 14.88 % $ 252,865 
 4.50 % $ 365,249 
 6.50 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 748,755 
 13.32 % $ 337,273 
 6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 836,228 
 14.88 % $ 337,153 
 6.00 % $ 449,537 
 8.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 884,095 
 15.73 % $ 449,697 
 8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 877,691 
 15.62 % $ 449,537 
 8.00 % $ 561,922 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets) (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated    ...............................................................
$ 748,755 
 9.39 % $ 318,906 
 4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only  ...................................................................
$ 836,228 
 10.49 % $ 318,814 
 4.00 % $ 398,517 
 5.00 %
(1) Refers to quarterly average assets as calculated in accordance with policies established by bank regulatory agencies.
As of December 31, 2024, Southside Bancshares and Southside Bank met all capital adequacy requirements under the 
Basel III Capital Rules that became fully phased-in as of January 1, 2019.  See the section captioned “Supervision and 
Regulation” in “Item 1. Business” included in this report.
65 

The table below summarizes our key equity ratios:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Return on average assets     ......................................................................................................
 1.06 %
 1.11 %
 1.43 %
Return on average shareholders’ equity  ...............................................................................
 11.03 %
 11.50 %
 13.42 %
Dividend payout ratio – Basic   ..............................................................................................
 49.32 %
 50.35 %
 42.81 %
Dividend payout ratio – Diluted     ..........................................................................................
 49.48 %
 50.35 %
 42.94 %
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets      ..........................................................
 9.58 %
 9.63 %
 10.65 %
EFFECTS OF INFLATION
Our consolidated financial statements and their related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which 
requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering the 
change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the 
increased cost of our operations.  Unlike many industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary.  As a 
result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do 
not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.  Inflation can affect the 
amount of money customers have for deposits, as well as their ability to repay loans.
MANAGEMENT OF LIQUIDITY
Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets to cash with minimum risk of loss while enabling us to meet 
our current and future obligations to our customers at any time.  This means addressing (1) the immediate cash withdrawal 
requirements of depositors and other fund providers; (2) the funding requirements of lines and letters of credit; and (3) the 
short-term credit needs of customers.  Liquidity is provided by cash, interest earning deposits and short-term investments that 
can be readily liquidated with a minimum risk of loss.  At December 31, 2024, these investments were 8.6% of total assets, as 
compared with 8.9% for December 31, 2023.  The decrease at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, is 
reflective of an increase in total assets and decreases in interest earning deposits and to a lesser extent, cash and due from banks, 
partially offset by an increase in the short-term investment portfolio. Liquidity is further provided through the matching, by 
time period, of rate sensitive interest earning assets with rate sensitive interest bearing liabilities.  The Bank has three unsecured 
lines of credit for the purchase of overnight federal funds at prevailing rates with Frost Bank, Amegy Bank and TIB – The 
Independent Bankers Bank for $40.0 million, $25.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively.  There were no federal funds 
purchased at December 31, 2024 or 2023.  To provide more liquidity in response to economic conditions in recent years, the 
Federal Reserve has encouraged broader use of the discount window.  At December 31, 2024, the amount of additional funding 
the Bank could obtain from the FRDW, collateralized by securities, was approximately $431.7 million.  There were no 
borrowings from the FRDW at December 31, 2024 and $300.0 million at December 31, 2023.  To provide more stability and to 
assure banks have the ability to meet the needs of all of their depositors, the Federal Reserve created the BTFP in the first 
quarter of 2023. On March 11, 2024, the Federal Reserve stopped extending new BTFP advances. There were no remaining 
borrowings from the BTFP at December 31, 2024 compared to $117.7 million at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, 
the amount of additional funding Southside Bank could obtain from FHLB, collateralized by securities, FHLB stock and 
nonspecified loans and securities, was approximately $1.72 billion, net of FHLB stock purchases required.  The Bank has a $5.0 
million line of credit with Frost Bank to be used to issue letters of credit, and at December 31, 2024, the line had one 
outstanding letter of credit for $155,000.  The Bank currently has one outstanding letter of credit from FHLB held as collateral 
for a loan for $6.1 million. 
Interest rate sensitivity management seeks to avoid fluctuating net interest margins and to enhance consistent growth of 
net interest income through periods of changing interest rates.  The ALCO closely monitors various liquidity ratios and interest 
rate spreads and margins.  The ALCO utilizes a simulation model to perform interest rate simulation tests that apply various 
interest rate scenarios including immediate shocks and MVPE to assist in determining our overall interest rate risk and the 
adequacy of our liquidity position.  In addition, the ALCO utilizes this simulation model to determine the impact on net interest 
income of various interest rate scenarios.  By utilizing this technology, we can determine changes that need to be made to the 
asset and liability mix to minimize the change in net interest income under these various interest rate scenarios.
In the ordinary course of business we have entered into contractual obligations and have made certain other 
commitments to make future cash payments.  Please refer to the accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements 
for the expected timing of such cash payments as of December 31, 2024.  These include payments related to (i) borrowings 
presented in “Note 8 - Borrowing Arrangements” and “Note 9 – Long-Term Debt,” (ii) operating leases presented in “Note 16 - 
Leases,” (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates presented in “Note 7 – Deposits” and (iv) commitments to extend credit 
and standby letters of credit as presented in “Note 17 - Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Contingencies.”
66 

Management continually evaluates our liquidity position and currently believes the Company has adequate funding to 
meet our financial needs.  
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
In the banking industry, a major risk exposure is changing interest rates.  The primary objective of monitoring our 
interest rate sensitivity, or risk, is to provide management the tools necessary to manage the balance sheet to minimize adverse 
changes in net interest income as a result of changes in the direction and level of interest rates.  Federal Reserve monetary 
control efforts, the effects of deregulation, economic uncertainty and legislative changes have been significant factors affecting 
the task of managing interest rate sensitivity positions in recent years.
In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates, management closely monitors our exposure to interest 
rate risk through our ALCO.  Our ALCO meets regularly and reviews our interest rate risk position and makes 
recommendations to our board for adjusting this position.  In addition, our board regularly reviews our asset/liability 
position.  We primarily use two methods for measuring and analyzing interest rate risk: net income simulation analysis and 
MVPE modeling.  We utilize the net income simulation model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of 
interest rate risk associated with changing market rates.  This model quantifies the effects of various interest rate scenarios on 
projected net interest income and net income over the next 12 months.  The model is used to measure the impact on net interest 
income relative to a base case scenario of rates immediately increasing 100 and 200 basis points or decreasing 50, 100 and 200 
basis points over the next 12 months.  These simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix, 
pricing and the repricing and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet.  The impact of interest rate-
related risks such as prepayment, basis and option risk are also considered.  The model has interest rate floors and no interest 
rates are assumed to go negative.  We continue to monitor interest rates and anticipate rate changes during 2025. 
The following table reflects the noted increases and decreases in interest rates under the model simulations and the 
anticipated impact on net interest income relative to the base case over the next 12 months for the periods presented.  
Anticipated impact over the 
next 12 months
December 31,
Rate projections:
2024
2023
Increase:
100 basis points     ............................................................................................................
 1.93 %
 2.49 %
200 basis points     ............................................................................................................
 3.85 %
 5.49 %
Decrease:
50 basis points     ..............................................................................................................
 (1.18) %
 (0.80) %
100 basis points     ............................................................................................................
 (1.55) %
 (1.82) %
200 basis points     ............................................................................................................
 (1.80) %
 (3.85) %
As part of the overall assumptions, certain assets and liabilities are given reasonable floors.  This type of simulation 
analysis requires numerous assumptions including but not limited to changes in balance sheet mix, prepayment rates on 
mortgage-related assets and fixed rate loans, cash flows and repricing of all financial instruments, changes in volumes and 
pricing, future shapes of the yield curve, relationship of market interest rates to each other (basis risk), credit spread and deposit 
sensitivity.  Assumptions are based on management’s best estimates but may not accurately reflect actual results under certain 
changes in interest rates.
Economic conditions and growth prospects are currently impacted by high inflation, elevated interest rates and potential 
recessionary concerns. Furthermore, worker shortages and inflationary conditions have had some impact on the level of 
economic growth in our market areas.  Higher inflation levels and elevated interest rates could have a negative impact on the 
financial condition of both our consumer and commercial borrowers.  
The ALCO monitors various liquidity ratios to ensure a satisfactory liquidity position.  Management continually 
evaluates the condition of the economy, the pattern of market interest rates and other economic data to determine the types of 
investments that should be made and at what maturities.  Using this analysis, management from time to time assumes calculated 
interest sensitivity gap positions to maximize net interest income based upon anticipated movements in the general level of 
interest rates.  Regulatory authorities also monitor our gap position along with other liquidity ratios.  In addition, as described 
above, we utilize a simulation model to determine the impact of net interest income under several different interest rate 
scenarios.  By utilizing this model, we can determine changes that could be made to the asset and liability mix to mitigate the 
change in net interest income under these various interest rate scenarios.
67 

(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
  
INDEX
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (U.S. PCAOB Auditor Firm ID: 42)
69
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023
71
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
72
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
73
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
74
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
75
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
77
68 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Southside Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income 
(loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the 
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 27, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those 
risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion 
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter 
below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosures to which it relates.
69 

Allowance for Loan Losses
Description of the 
Matter
The Company’s loan portfolio totaled $4.7 billion as of December 31, 2024, and the allowance for 
loan losses (ALL) was $44.9 million. As discussed in Note 1 and Note 5 to the consolidated 
financial statements, the ALL is an amount which represents management’s estimate of credit 
losses over the expected life of the loans. The ALL is estimated based on historical and expected 
credit loss patterns within reasonable and supportable forecast periods. Management applies 
judgement in the assignment of probabilities to economic scenarios included within the modeled 
forecast periods to estimate the ALL.
Auditing management’s estimate of the ALL involved a high degree of subjectivity due to the 
judgement involved in management’s determination of the probabilities assigned to the economic 
scenarios utilized within the reasonable and supportable forecast periods to estimate the future 
credit losses within the loan portfolio. Management’s evaluation of the future economic conditions 
could have a significant impact on the ALL.
How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit
Our considerations and procedures performed were reflective of the ALL process for the year and 
included, but not limited to, the evaluation of the process utilized by management to challenge the 
model results and determine the best estimate of the ALL as of the balance sheet date. We obtained 
an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the ALL, including determination of 
the probabilities assigned to the economic scenarios utilized within the reasonable and supportable 
forecast periods. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls 
associated with the ALL process, including controls over the reliability and accuracy of data used in 
the model, management’s review and approval of the probabilities assigned to the economic 
scenarios utilized within the reasonable and supportable forecast periods, the governance of the 
credit loss methodology, and management’s review and approval of the ALL.
We tested the completeness and accuracy of data used by the Company within the model to 
estimate the ALL and involved an internal specialist to assess the conceptual soundness of the 
model. We tested the probabilities assigned to the economic scenarios utilized within the model for 
the reasonable and supportable forecast periods and assessed the reasonableness of economic 
scenarios by comparison of key assumptions to external sources. In addition, we evaluated the 
Company’s estimate of the overall ALL, considering the Company’s loan portfolio and 
macroeconomic trends, compared such information to comparable financial institutions and 
considered whether new or contrary information existed.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
Dallas, Texas
February 27, 2025
70 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)
December 31, 
2024
December 31, 
2023
 
ASSETS
 
 
Cash and due from banks     .....................................................................................................................
$ 
91,409 
$ 
122,021 
Interest earning deposits   .......................................................................................................................
 
281,945 
 
391,719 
Federal funds sold   ................................................................................................................................
 
52,807 
 
46,770 
Total cash and cash equivalents      ...................................................................................................
 
426,161 
 
560,510 
Securities:     .............................................................................................................................................
Securities AFS, at estimated fair value (amortized cost of $1,587,416 and $1,332,467, 
respectively)     ......................................................................................................................................
 
1,533,894 
 
1,296,294 
Securities HTM (estimated fair value of $1,113,482 and $1,166,162, respectively)       .......................
 
1,279,234 
 
1,307,053 
FHLB stock, at cost     ..............................................................................................................................
 
33,818 
 
11,936 
Equity investments   ...............................................................................................................................
 
9,467 
 
9,691 
Loans held for sale    ...............................................................................................................................
 
1,946 
 
10,894 
Loans:
 
 
Loans    .................................................................................................................................................
 
4,661,597 
 
4,524,510 
Less:  Allowance for loan losses    .......................................................................................................
 
(44,884)  
(42,674) 
Net loans     .......................................................................................................................................
 
4,616,713 
 
4,481,836 
Premises and equipment, net    ................................................................................................................
 
141,648 
 
138,950 
Operating lease ROU assets   .................................................................................................................
 
13,860  
14,837 
Goodwill   ...............................................................................................................................................
 
201,116 
 
201,116 
Other intangible assets, net      ..................................................................................................................
 
1,754 
 
2,925 
Interest receivable     ................................................................................................................................
 
46,724 
 
50,489 
Deferred tax asset, net   ..........................................................................................................................
 
34,492 
 
30,426 
BOLI   ....................................................................................................................................................
 
138,313 
 
136,330 
Other assets      ..........................................................................................................................................
 
38,308 
 
31,627 
Total assets    ...................................................................................................................................
$ 
8,517,448 
$ 
8,284,914 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
Noninterest bearing    ...........................................................................................................................
$ 
1,357,152 
$ 
1,390,407 
Interest bearing     ..................................................................................................................................
 
5,297,096 
 
5,159,274 
Total deposits   ................................................................................................................................
 
6,654,248 
 
6,549,681 
Other borrowings     .................................................................................................................................
 
76,443 
 
509,820 
FHLB borrowings     ................................................................................................................................
 
731,909 
 
212,648 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance costs    ...............................................................
 
92,042 
 
93,877 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, net of unamortized debt issuance costs     ..............................
 
60,274 
 
60,270 
Operating lease liabilities     .....................................................................................................................
 
15,779  
16,704 
Other liabilities    .....................................................................................................................................
 
74,811 
 
68,626 
Total liabilities    ..............................................................................................................................
 
7,705,506 
 
7,511,626 
 
 
 
Off-balance-sheet arrangements, commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
 
 
Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
Common stock:  ($1.25 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 38,077,992 shares issued at  
December 31, 2024 and 38,039,706 shares issued at December 31, 2023)   ......................................
 
47,598 
 
47,550 
Paid-in capital   ....................................................................................................................................
 
793,586 
 
788,840 
Retained earnings   ..............................................................................................................................
 
326,793 
 
282,355 
Treasury stock: (shares at cost, 7,699,182 at December 31, 2024 and 7,790,276 at December 31, 
2023)  ..................................................................................................................................................
 
(231,137)  
(231,995) 
AOCI   .................................................................................................................................................
 
(124,898)  
(113,462) 
Total shareholders’ equity     ............................................................................................................
 
811,942 
 
773,288 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity      .....................................................................................
$ 
8,517,448 
$ 
8,284,914 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
71 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Interest income:
 
 
 
Loans    .............................................................................................................................
$ 
279,371 
$ 
244,803 
$ 
170,410 
Taxable investment securities     .......................................................................................
 
28,075 
 
31,186 
 
18,940 
Tax-exempt investment securities    .................................................................................
 
40,469 
 
54,629 
 
45,001 
MBS    ..............................................................................................................................
 
45,222 
 
19,450 
 
16,639 
FHLB stock and equity investments    .............................................................................
 
2,079 
 
1,185 
 
503 
Other interest earning assets  ..........................................................................................
 
19,120 
 
8,488 
 
1,488 
Total interest and dividend income    ..........................................................................
 
414,336 
 
359,741 
 
252,981 
Interest expense:
 
 
 
Deposits    .........................................................................................................................
 
153,657 
 
108,157 
 
29,075 
FHLB borrowings    .........................................................................................................
 
24,450 
 
6,777 
 
3,291 
Subordinated notes    ........................................................................................................
 
3,774 
 
3,920 
 
4,015 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures   .......................................................................
 
4,621 
 
4,504 
 
2,397 
Other borrowings  ...........................................................................................................
 
11,707 
 
21,356 
 
1,862 
Total interest expense    ...............................................................................................
 
198,209 
 
144,714 
 
40,640 
Net interest income   ..........................................................................................................
 
216,127 
 
215,027 
 
212,341 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses     ...........................................................................
 
3,346 
 
9,154 
 
3,241 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses  ........................................................
 
212,781 
 
205,873 
 
209,100 
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
Deposit services   .............................................................................................................
 
24,425 
 
25,497 
 
25,843 
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities AFS   ......................................................................
 
(2,510)  
(15,976)  
(3,819) 
Net gain on sale of equity securities   ..............................................................................
 
— 
 
5,058 
 
— 
Gain (loss) on sale of loans   ...........................................................................................
 
37 
 
563 
 
531 
Trust fees  .......................................................................................................................
 
6,193 
 
5,910 
 
5,992 
BOLI   ..............................................................................................................................
 
4,256 
 
5,823 
 
2,647 
Brokerage services     ........................................................................................................
 
4,217 
 
3,305 
 
3,335 
Other   ..............................................................................................................................
 
5,115 
 
5,654 
 
6,328 
Total noninterest income      ..........................................................................................
 
41,733 
 
35,834 
 
40,857 
Noninterest expense:
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits    .....................................................................................
 
90,290 
 
85,625 
 
82,633 
Net occupancy      ...............................................................................................................
 
14,354 
 
14,694 
 
15,130 
Advertising, travel & entertainment  ..............................................................................
 
3,363 
 
4,093 
 
3,430 
ATM expense     ................................................................................................................
 
1,483 
 
1,351 
 
1,314 
Professional fees  ............................................................................................................
 
5,080 
 
5,351 
 
4,959 
Software and data processing  ........................................................................................
 
11,598 
 
9,395 
 
6,847 
Communications   ............................................................................................................
 
1,602 
 
1,469 
 
1,896 
FDIC insurance     .............................................................................................................
 
3,790 
 
3,558 
 
1,945 
Amortization of intangibles    ...........................................................................................
 
1,171 
 
1,697 
 
2,273 
Other   ..............................................................................................................................
 
14,406 
 
13,345 
 
9,899 
Total noninterest expense  .........................................................................................
 
147,137 
 
140,578 
 
130,326 
Income before income tax expense    ..................................................................................
 
107,377 
 
101,129 
 
119,631 
Income tax expense    ..........................................................................................................
 
18,883 
 
14,437 
 
14,611 
Net income     .......................................................................................................................
$ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
Earnings per common share – basic    .................................................................................
$ 
2.92 
$ 
2.82 
$ 
3.27 
Earnings per common share – diluted    ..............................................................................
$ 
2.91 
$ 
2.82 
$ 
3.26 
Cash dividends paid per common share     ...........................................................................
$ 
1.44 
$ 
1.42 
$ 
1.40 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
72 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Net income      ................................................................................................................... $ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
Securities AFS and transferred securities:
Change in unrealized holding gain (loss) on AFS securities during the period    
(16,686)  
28,782 
 
(179,684) 
Change in net unrealized loss on securities transferred from AFS to HTM    ......  
— 
 
— 
 
(125,175) 
Reclassification adjustment for amortization related to AFS and HTM debt 
securities      ............................................................................................................  
8,227 
 
8,004 
 
4,968 
Reclassification adjustment for net (gain) loss on sale of AFS securities, 
included in net income      .......................................................................................  
2,510 
 
15,976 
 
3,819 
Derivatives:
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on effective cash flow hedge interest 
rate swap derivatives     ..........................................................................................  
13,814 
 
1,222 
 
44,757 
Reclassification adjustment of net (gain) loss related to derivatives 
designated as cash flow hedges
  ..........................................................................  
(22,042)  
(24,544)  
(3,638) 
Retirement plans:
Amortization of net actuarial loss, included in net periodic benefit cost...........  
629 
 
756 
 
895 
Effect of settlement recognition    .........................................................................  
— 
 
(16)  
— 
Change in net actuarial gain (loss)    .....................................................................  
(928)  
192 
 
4,487 
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax     ........................................................  
(14,476)  
30,372 
 
(249,571) 
Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income 
(loss)    ..........................................................................................................................  
3,040 
 
(6,378)  
52,410 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax     ............................................................  
(11,436)  
23,994 
 
(197,161) 
Comprehensive income (loss)  ...................................................................................... $ 
77,058 
$ 
110,686 
$ 
(92,141) 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
73 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 Stock
Paid In
 Capital
Retained
 Earnings
Treasury
 Stock
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)
Total 
Shareholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2021     ........................
$ 47,461 
$ 780,501 
$ 179,813 
$ (155,308) $ 
59,705 
$ 
912,172 
Net income    .......................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 105,020 
 
— 
 
— 
 
105,020 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 .................
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(197,161)  
(197,161) 
Issuance of common stock for dividend 
reinvestment plan (31,853 shares)     ...................
 
40 
 
1,193 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
1,233 
Purchase of common stock (923,775 shares)   ...
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 (33,841)  
— 
 
(33,841) 
Stock compensation expense     ...........................
 
— 
 
3,221 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
3,221 
Net issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans (86,500 shares)    .............
 
— 
 
(370)  
(287)  
946 
 
— 
 
289 
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($1.40 
per share)  ..........................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 (44,936)  
— 
 
— 
 
(44,936) 
Balance at December 31, 2022     ........................
 
47,501 
 784,545 
 239,610 
 (188,203)  
(137,456)  
745,997 
Net income    .......................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
86,692 
 
— 
 
— 
 
86,692 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 .................
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
23,994 
 
23,994 
Issuance of common stock for dividend 
reinvestment plan (38,884 shares)     ...................
 
49 
 
1,175 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
1,224 
Purchase of common stock (1,435,193 shares)  
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 (45,074)  
— 
 
(45,074) 
Stock compensation expense     ...........................
 
— 
 
3,552 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
3,552 
Net issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans (99,109 shares)    .............
 
— 
 
(432)  
(365)  
1,282 
 
— 
 
485 
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($1.42 
per share)  ..........................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 (43,582)  
— 
 
— 
 
(43,582) 
Balance at December 31, 2023     ........................
 
47,550 
 788,840 
 282,355 
 (231,995)  
(113,462)  
773,288 
Net income    .......................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
88,494 
 
— 
 
— 
 
88,494 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 .................
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(11,436)  
(11,436) 
Issuance of common stock for dividend 
reinvestment plan (38,286 shares)     ...................
 
48 
 
1,112 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
1,160 
Purchase of common stock (57,966 shares)   .....
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(1,505)  
— 
 
(1,505) 
Stock compensation expense     ...........................
 
— 
 
3,523 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
3,523 
Net issuance of common stock under 
employee stock plans (149,060 shares)    ...........
 
— 
 
111 
 
(426)  
2,363 
 
— 
 
2,048 
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($1.44 
per share)  ..........................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 (43,630)  
— 
 
— 
 
(43,630) 
Balance at December 31, 2024     ........................
$ 47,598 
$ 793,586 
$ 326,793 
$ (231,137) $ 
(124,898) $ 
811,942 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
74 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net income      ....................................................................................................................
$ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
 
 
 
Depreciation and net amortization    ............................................................................
 
10,459 
 
10,577 
 
11,105 
Securities premium amortization (discount accretion), net     ......................................
 
7,273 
 
4,523 
 
18,261 
Loan (discount accretion) premium amortization, net     .............................................
 
916 
 
400 
 
(52) 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses    ....................................................................
 
3,346 
 
9,154 
 
3,241 
Stock compensation expense    ....................................................................................
 
3,523 
 
3,552 
 
3,221 
Deferred tax expense (benefit)    .................................................................................
 
(1,026)  
(2,110)  
(89) 
Net (gain) loss on sale of AFS securities    ..................................................................
 
2,510 
 
15,976 
 
3,819 
Net gain on sale of equity securities     .........................................................................
—
 
(5,058)  
— 
Loss on impairment of investments   ..........................................................................
868
 
— 
 
38 
Net loss on premises and equipment    ........................................................................
 
160 
 
342 
 
576 
Gross proceeds from sales of loans held for sale    .....................................................
 
18,602 
 
17,161 
 
23,774 
Gross originations of loans held for sale    ..................................................................
 
(17,646)  
(19,295)  
(22,757) 
Net (gain) loss on consumer receivables
 
412 
 
— 
 
— 
Net (gain) loss on OREO   ..........................................................................................
 
95 
 
(61)  
(40) 
(Gain on purchase) loss on redemption of subordinated notes  .................................
 
(178)  
(587)  
— 
Net change in:
 
 
 
Interest receivable     .............................................................................................
 
3,765 
 
(1,139)  
(10,205) 
Other assets    .......................................................................................................
 
(70,759)  
37,874 
 
(5,447) 
Interest payable    .................................................................................................
 
(437)  
7,422 
 
1,378 
Other liabilities    ..................................................................................................
 
51,472 
 
(85,559)  
94,674 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 ...............................................
 
101,849 
 
79,864 
 
226,517 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Securities AFS:
 
 
Purchases  ...........................................................................................................
 (1,187,908)  (2,046,010)  
(708,307) 
Sales    ..................................................................................................................
 
135,614 
 
1,125,414 
 
460,765 
Maturities, calls and principal repayments    .......................................................
 
797,171 
 
960,614 
 
107,787 
Securities HTM:
 
 
 
Purchases  ...........................................................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
(1,632) 
Maturities, calls and principal repayments    .......................................................
 
31,079 
 
22,563 
 
12,002 
Proceeds from sales of equity securities   ...................................................................
 
— 
 
6,679 
 
— 
Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock and equity investments .........................
 
78,244 
 
36,919 
 
46,812 
Purchases of FHLB stock and equity investments     ...................................................
 
(99,902)  
(39,796)  
(40,967) 
Net loan paydowns (originations)      ............................................................................
 
(138,085)  
(388,304)  
(503,647) 
Proceeds from sales of customer receivables     ...........................................................
 
7,600 
 
— 
 
— 
Purchases of premises and equipment    ......................................................................
 
(11,162)  
(6,904)  
(9,301) 
Proceeds from (purchases of) BOLI
 
4,035 
 
951 
 
— 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment   ......................................................
 
20 
 
430 
 
1,365 
Net proceeds from sales of OREO      ...........................................................................
 
278 
 
203 
 
220 
Proceeds from sales of repossessed assets  ................................................................
 
160 
 
168 
 
124 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     ...............................................
 
(382,856)  
(327,073)  
(634,779) 
(continued)
75 

SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net change in deposits   ...................................................................................................
 
104,506 
 
351,551 
 
475,629 
Net change in other borrowings    ....................................................................................
 
(433,377)  
288,667 
 
197,934 
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings   .................................................................................
 
8,143,952 
 
2,019,000 
 
3,321,000 
Repayment of FHLB borrowings    ..................................................................................
 (7,624,691)  (1,959,710)  (3,511,680) 
Purchase/redemption of subordinated notes   ..................................................................
 
(1,805)  
(4,365)  
— 
Proceeds from stock option exercises   ...........................................................................
 
2,624 
 
1,082 
 
790 
Cash paid to tax authority related to tax withholding on share-based awards   ..............
 
(576)  
(597)  
(501) 
Purchase of common stock   ............................................................................................
 
(1,505)  
(44,803)  
(33,708) 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock for dividend reinvestment plan   ............
 
1,160 
 
1,224 
 
1,233 
Cash dividends paid    ......................................................................................................
 
(43,630)  
(43,582)  
(44,936) 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     .................................................
 
146,658 
 
608,467 
 
405,761 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    ...................................................
 
(134,349)  
361,258 
 
(2,501) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period    ........................................................
 
560,510 
 
199,252 
 
201,753 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   ...................................................................
$ 
426,161 
$ 
560,510 
$ 
199,252 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES FOR CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 
 
 
Interest paid  ...................................................................................................................
$ 
198,646 
$ 
137,292 
$ 
39,262 
Income taxes paid   ..........................................................................................................
$ 
15,750 
$ 
15,750 
$ 
11,950 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Loans transferred to other repossessed assets and real estate through foreclosure    .......
$ 
850 
$ 
226 
$ 
465 
Loans transferred from held for investment to held for sale     .........................................
$ 
— 
$ 
8,093 
$ 
— 
Transfer of AFS to HTM securities    ...............................................................................
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 1,369,639 
Unsettled trades to purchase securities  ..........................................................................
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
Unsettled trades to repurchase common stock   ..............................................................
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
(133) 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
76 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Southside Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES
Organization.  Southside Bancshares, Inc., incorporated in Texas in 1982, is a bank holding company for Southside Bank, a 
Texas state bank headquartered in Tyler, Texas that was formed in 1960.  We operate through 53 branches, 12 of which are 
located in grocery stores.  We consider our primary market areas to be East Texas, Southeast Texas, as well as the greater 
Dallas-Fort Worth, Austin and Houston, Texas areas.  We are a community-focused financial institution that offers a full range 
of financial services to individuals, businesses, municipal entities and nonprofit organizations in the communities that we 
serve.  These services include consumer and commercial loans, deposit accounts, wealth management and trust services, 
brokerage services and safe deposit services.
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP 
and include the accounts of Southside Bancshares, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Southside Bank and the nonbank 
subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.   
We determine if we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest 
entity or a VIE under GAAP.  Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to 
enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to 
receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities.  We consolidate voting interest entities in 
which we have all, or at least a majority of, the voting interest.  As defined in applicable accounting standards, VIEs are entities 
that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity.  A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when 
an enterprise has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic 
performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.  
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. 
Accounting Changes and Reclassifications.  Certain prior period amounts may be reclassified to conform to current period 
presentation.
Use of Estimates.  In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve 
matters of judgment.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to 
significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses.  The status of contingencies are 
particularly subject to change. 
Segment Information.  Operating segments are components of a business about which separate financial information is 
available and that are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess 
performance. Our chief operating decision maker uses consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.  
Therefore, we have determined that our business is conducted in one reportable segment.  Further information on our segment 
reporting is included in “Note 19 – Segment Reporting.”
Cash Equivalents.  Cash equivalents, for purposes of reporting cash flow, include cash, amounts due from banks and federal 
funds sold that have an initial maturity of less than 90 days.  We maintain deposits with other institutions in amounts that 
exceed federal deposit insurance coverage.  Management regularly evaluates the credit risk associated with the counterparties to 
these transactions and believes that we are not exposed to any significant credit risks on cash and cash equivalents.
Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share.  Basic earnings per common share is calculated based on the two-class method 
in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.”  ASC 260 provides that unvested share-based payment awards that 
contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall 
be included in the calculation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method.  We have determined that our director’s 
deferred RSUs are participating securities.  
Under the two-class method, basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common 
shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding outstanding 
participating securities.  Diluted earnings per common share is calculated using the weighted-average number of shares 
determined for the basic earnings per common share calculation plus the dilutive effect of stock awards using the treasury stock 
method.  A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted 
average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in “Note 2 – 
Earnings Per Share.”
Comprehensive Income.  Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period, except those 
resulting from transactions with shareholders.  Besides net income, other components of comprehensive income include the 
77 

after tax effect of changes in the fair value of AFS securities, changes in the net unrealized loss on securities transferred to/from 
HTM, changes in the accumulated gain or loss on effective cash flow hedging instruments and changes in the funded status of 
defined benefit retirement plans.  Comprehensive income is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income and in “Note 3 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).”
Loans.  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are 
reported at amortized cost.  Amortized cost consists of the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs and any 
unamortized origination fees and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.  Loan origination fees, net of certain 
direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income over the life of the loan.  A loan is considered impaired, 
based on current information and events, if it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal 
or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Substantially all of our individually evaluated 
loans are collateral-dependent, and as such, are measured for expected credit losses based on the fair value of the collateral.
Loans Held For Sale.  Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost 
or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors or current investor yield requirements.  Net 
unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.  Gains or losses on sales of mortgage 
loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold.
From time to time, certain commercial real estate loans are held for sale which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. 
Loan Fees.  We treat loan fees, net of direct costs, as an adjustment to the yield of the related loan over its term.
Allowance for Credit Losses – Loans.  In accordance with ASC 326, the allowance for credit losses on loans is estimated and 
recognized upon origination of the loan based on expected credit losses.  The CECL model uses historical experience and 
current conditions for homogeneous pools of loans, and reasonable and supportable forecasts about future events.  The impact 
of varying economic conditions and portfolio stress factors are a component of the credit loss models applied to each portfolio.  
Reserve factors are specific to the loan segments that share similar risk characteristics based on the probability of default 
assumptions and loss given default assumptions, over the contractual term.  The forecasted periods gradually mean-revert the 
economic inputs to their long-run historical trends.  Management evaluates the economic data points used in the Moody’s 
forecasting scenarios on a quarterly basis to determine the most appropriate impact to the various portfolio characteristics based 
on management’s view and applies weighting to various forecasting scenarios as deemed appropriate based on known and 
expected economic activities. Management also considers and may apply relevant qualitative factors, not previously considered, 
to determine the appropriate allowance level.  The use of the CECL model includes significant judgment by management and 
may differ from those of our peers due to different historical loss patterns, economic forecasts, and the length of time of the 
reasonable and supportable forecast period and reversion period.
We utilize Moody’s Analytics economic forecast scenarios and assign probability weighting to those scenarios which best 
reflect management’s views on the economic forecast.  The probability weighting and scenarios utilized for the estimate of the 
allowance were generally reflective of continued economic and repricing uncertainty, as based on known and knowable 
information as of December 31, 2024.
When determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses on our loan portfolio, our commercial construction and real estate 
loans, commercial loans and municipal loans utilize the probability of default/loss given default discounted cash flow approach.  
Reserves on these loans are based upon risk factors including the loan type and structure, collateral type, leverage ratio, 
refinancing risk and origination quality, among others.  Our consumer construction real estate loans, 1-4 family residential loans 
and our loans to individuals use a loss rate based upon risk factors including loan types, origination year and credit scores.
Loans evaluated collectively in a pool are monitored to ensure they continue to exhibit similar risk characteristics with other 
loans in the pool.  If a loan does not share similar risk characteristics with other loans, expected credit losses for that loan are 
evaluated individually.
When assessing for credit losses from period to period, the change may be indicative of changes in the estimates of timing or 
the amount of future cash flows, based on the probability of economic forecast scenarios applied, as well as the passage of time.  
We have elected to report the entire change in present value as provision for credit losses. 
When using the discounted cash flow method to determine the allowance for credit losses, management does not adjust the 
effective interest rate used to discount expected cash flows to incorporate expected prepayments, but rather applies separate 
prepayment factors.  
Accrued Interest.  Accrued interest for our loans and debt securities, included in interest receivable on our consolidated balance 
sheets, is excluded from the estimate of allowance for credit losses.
Nonaccrual Assets and Loan Charge-offs.  Nonaccrual assets include financial assets 90 days or more delinquent and full 
collection of both principal and interest is not expected.  Financial instruments that are not delinquent or that are delinquent less 
than 90 days may be placed on nonaccrual status if it is probable that we will not receive contractual principal or interest.  
78 

When an asset is categorized as nonaccrual, the accrual of interest is discontinued and any accrued balance is reversed for 
financial statement purposes.  Payments received on nonaccrual assets are applied to the outstanding principal balance.  
Payments of contractual interest are recognized as income only to the extent that full recovery of the principal balance is 
reasonably certain.  Assets are returned to accrual status when all payments contractually due are brought current and future 
payments are reasonably assured.  
Industry and our own experience indicate that a portion of our loans will become delinquent and a portion of our loans will 
require partial or full charge-off.  Regardless of the underwriting criteria utilized, losses may occur as a result of various factors 
beyond our control, including, among other things, changes in market conditions affecting the value of properties used as 
collateral for loans and problems affecting the credit worthiness of the borrower and the ability of the borrower to make 
payments on the loan.  We charge-off loans when deemed uncollectible.  Our policy is to charge-off or partially charge-off a 
retail credit after it is 120 days past due.  Charge-offs on commercial credits are determined on a case-by-case basis when a 
credit loss has been determined.
Restructured Loans.  A loan is considered restructured if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the loan has 
been modified.  Modifications may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, restructuring amortization 
schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. We may provide a combination of modifications which may 
include an extension of the amortization period, interest rate reduction and/or converting the loan to interest-only for a limited 
period of time.  In most instances, interest will continue to be charged on principal balances outstanding during the extended 
term. 
OREO and Foreclosed Assets.  OREO includes real estate acquired in full or partial settlement of loan obligations.  OREO is 
initially carried at the fair value of the collateral net of estimated selling costs.  Prior to foreclosure, the recorded amount of the 
loan is written down, if necessary, to the appraised fair value of the real estate to be acquired, less selling costs, by charging the 
allowance for loan losses.  Any subsequent reduction in fair value net of estimated selling costs is charged to noninterest 
expense.  Costs of maintaining and operating foreclosed properties are expensed as incurred and included in other expense in 
our income statement.  Expenditures to complete or improve foreclosed properties are capitalized only if expected to be 
recovered; otherwise, they are expensed.
Other foreclosed assets are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of 
foreclosure, by charging the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by 
management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.  Foreclosed assets are 
included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Expenses from operations and changes in the 
valuation allowance are included in noninterest expense.  
Securities.  AFS.  Debt securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including securities that may be sold in 
response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity or changes in the availability of and the yield on 
alternative investments are classified as AFS.  These assets are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, not related 
to credit losses, reported as a separate component of AOCI, net of tax.  Fair value is determined using quoted market prices as 
of the close of business on the balance sheet date.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted 
market prices for similar securities or estimates from independent pricing services. AFS securities hedged with qualifying 
derivatives are carried at fair value with the change in the fair value on both the hedged instrument and the securities recorded 
in interest income in the consolidated statements of income.
Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded in the month of the trade date and are determined using the specific 
identification method.
HTM.  Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as HTM and are 
carried at their amortized cost which includes the remaining unpaid principal balance, net of unamortized premiums or 
unaccreted discounts. Our HTM securities are presented on the consolidated balance sheets net of allowance for credit losses, if 
any.  As of December 31, 2024, there was no allowance for credit losses on our HTM securities portfolio. 
Premiums and Discounts. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are generally amortized over the contractual life of the 
security, except for MBS where prepayments are anticipated and for callable debt securities whose premiums are amortized to 
the earliest call date in accordance with ASC 310.  The amortization of purchased premium or discount is included in interest 
income on our consolidated statements of income.  Premiums on debt securities are amortized to the earliest call date.
Allowance for Credit Losses – AFS Securities.  In accordance with ASC 326, for AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss 
position where management (i) has the intent to sell or (ii) where it will more-likely-than-not be required to sell the security 
before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, we recognize the loss in earnings.  For those AFS debt securities in an 
unrealized loss position that do not meet either of these criteria, management assesses whether the decline in fair value has 
resulted from credit losses or other factors. Management assesses the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, 
industry and/or geographic conditions, credit ratings as well as other indicators at the individual security level.  If a credit loss is 
79 

determined to exist, the present value of discounted cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the 
amortized cost basis of the security.   If the present value of discounted cash flows expected to be collected is less than the 
amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit loss is recorded, limited by the amount that the fair value is 
less than the amortized cost.  Any impairment that is not recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other 
comprehensive income.  Any future changes in the allowance for credit losses is recorded as provision for (reversal of) credit 
losses.  
Allowance for Credit Losses – HTM Securities.  In accordance with ASC 326, expected credit losses on HTM securities are 
measured on a collective basis by major security type, when similar risk characteristics exist.  Risk characteristics for 
segmenting HTM debt securities include issuer, maturity, coupon rate, yield, payment frequency, source of repayment, bond 
payment structure, and embedded options.  Upon assignment of the risk characteristics to the major security types, management 
may further evaluate the qualitative factors associated with these securities to determine the expectation of credit losses, if any. 
The major security types within our HTM portfolio include residential and commercial MBS, state and political subdivisions 
and corporate securities.  
Our state and political subdivisions include highly-rated municipal securities with a long history of no credit losses.  Our 
investment policy prohibits bond purchases with a rating less than BAA and limits our entity concentration.  We utilize term 
structures and due to no prior loss exposure on our state and political subdivision securities, we apply third-party average data 
to model our securities to represent the portion of the asset that would be lost if the issuer were to default.  These third-party 
estimates of recoveries and defaults, adjusted for constant probability over the securities expected life, are used to evaluate the 
expected loss of the securities.  Due to the limited number and the nature of the HTM state and political subdivisions we hold, 
we do not model these securities as a pool, but on the specific identification method in conjunction with the application of our 
third-party fair value measurement.  
Our residential and commercial MBS are issued and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or GSEs and are collateralized 
by pools of single- or multi-family mortgages.  Our MBS are highly rated securities with a long history of no credit losses 
which are either explicitly or implicitly backed by the U.S. government agencies, which guarantee the payment of principal and 
interest to investors.  Management has collectively evaluated the characteristics of these securities and has assumed an 
expectation of zero credit loss.  
Our corporate bonds and other investment securities consist of primarily investment grade bonds and private placement bonds 
with a long history of no credit losses.  As of December 31, 2024, two bonds were rated below investment grade. 
We reevaluate the characteristics of our major security types at every reporting period and reassess the considerations to 
continue to support our expectation of credit loss.
Equity Investments.  Equity investments with readily determinable fair values are stated at fair value with the unrealized gains 
and losses reported in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.  Equity investments without readily 
determinable fair values are recorded at cost less impairment, if any.
Securities with Limited Marketability.  Securities with limited marketability, such as stock in the FHLB, are carried at cost, 
which is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of those assets and are assessed for other-than-temporary impairment.
Premises and Equipment.  Land is carried at cost.  Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated 
depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.  Useful lives 
are estimated to be 15 to 40 years for premises and 3 to 10 years for equipment.  Leasehold improvements are generally 
depreciated over the lesser of the term of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.  Maintenance 
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred while major improvements and replacements are capitalized.
Leases.  We evaluate our contracts at inception to determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease.  Operating leases are 
included in operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.  Our operating leases 
relate primarily to bank branches and office space.  The Company has no finance leases.  Short-term leases, leases with an 
initial term of 12 months or less and do not contain a purchase option that is likely to be exercised, are not recorded on the 
balance sheet.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligation to 
make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date 
based on the present value of the future lease payments over the lease term. Our leases do not provide an implicit rate, so we 
use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value 
of lease payments.  The incremental borrowing rate is reevaluated upon lease modification.  The operating lease ROU asset also 
includes any initial direct costs and prepaid lease payments made less any lease incentives. Our lease terms may include options 
to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. 
80 

BOLI.  The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives and officers.  BOLI is recorded at the 
amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for 
other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.  Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as 
well as insurance proceeds received are reflected in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income and are not 
subject to income taxes.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles.  Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposits and trust relationship intangibles.  
Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated life.  Goodwill and 
intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to at least an annual impairment test and more frequently if a 
triggering event occurs.  If any such impairment is determined, a write-down is recorded.
We have selected October 1 of each year as the measurement date on which we will complete our annual goodwill impairment 
assessment. We may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative analysis. We 
performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying amount. The qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic and State of Texas 
economic conditions, industry and market conditions and trends, the Company’s financial performance, market capitalization, 
stock price, control premium analysis and any Company-specific events relevant to the assessment. If the assessment of 
qualitative factors indicates that it is not more likely than not that an impairment exists, no further testing is required; otherwise 
an impairment test is performed. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation, based 
on its qualitative assessment, indicated there was no impairment.  As a result, we did not record any goodwill impairment for 
the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023, and we had no cumulative goodwill impairment.  
At December 31, 2024, core deposit intangible and trust relationship intangible was $627,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.  
For the years ended December 31, 2024,  2023 and 2022, amortization expense related to our core deposit intangible and trust 
relationship intangible was $1.2 million, $1.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. 
Repurchase Agreements.  We sell certain securities under agreements to repurchase.  The agreements are treated as 
collateralized financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset 
account.  We determine the type of debt securities to pledge which may include investment securities and U.S. agency MBS.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities.  Derivative financial instruments are carried on the consolidated 
balance sheets as other assets or other liabilities, as applicable, at estimated fair value, and the net change in each of these 
financial statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.  The accounting for changes in the 
fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative financial instrument is determined by whether it has been designated and 
qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, by the type of hedging relationship.  We present derivative financial 
instruments at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets on a net basis when a right of offset exists, based on transactions 
with a single counterparty and any cash collateral paid to and/or received from that counterparty for derivative contracts that are 
subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements.  
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in 
expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative 
instrument is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified to interest expense in the same periods that the hedged cash 
flows impact earnings.  Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in the 
fair value on the hedged item, are recorded in interest income in the consolidated statements of income.  Gains and losses due to 
changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the 
hedged item.  For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current 
earnings during the period of change. Cash flows from the settlement of derivatives, including those designated in hedge 
accounting relationships, are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same categories as the cash flows 
from the items being hedged.
For derivatives designated as hedging instruments at inception, statistical regression analysis is used at inception and for each 
reporting period thereafter to assess whether the derivative used has been and is expected to be highly effective in offsetting 
changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item.  All components of each derivative instrument’s gain or loss are 
included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.  Net hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in interest income on the consolidated 
statements of income.  
Terminated Derivative Financial Instruments.  In accordance with ASC Topic 815, if a hedging item is terminated prior to 
maturity for a cash settlement, the existing gain or loss within AOCI will continue to be reclassified into earnings during the 
period or periods in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings unless it is probable that the forecasted transaction 
will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period.  These transactions are reevaluated on a monthly basis to 
determine if the hedged forecasted transactions are still probable of occurring.  If at a subsequent evaluation, it is determined 
81 

that the transactions are probable of not occurring, any related gains or losses recorded in AOCI are immediately recognized in 
earnings.
Further information on our derivative instruments and hedging activities is included in “Note 11 – Derivative Financial 
Instruments and Hedging Activities.”
Allowance for Credit Losses – Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures.  Our off-balance-sheet credit exposures include contractual 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  For these credit exposures we evaluate the expected credit losses 
using usage given defaults and credit conversion factors depending on the type of commitment and based upon historical usage 
rates. These assumptions are reevaluated on an annual basis and adjusted if necessary.   In accordance with Topic 326, credit 
losses are not recognized for those credit exposures that are unconditionally cancellable by the Company.
The allowance for credit losses for these off-balance-sheet credit exposures is included in other liabilities on our consolidated 
balance sheets and is adjusted with a corresponding adjustment to provision for credit losses on our consolidated statements of 
income.  
Revenue Recognition.  Our revenue consists of net interest income on financial assets and financial liabilities and noninterest 
income.  The classifications of our revenue are presented in the consolidated statements of income.   
In accordance with ASC Topic 606, revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are 
satisfied; generally this occurs with the transfer of control of goods or services. We recognize revenue equal to the amounts for 
which we have a right to invoice, revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for the 
transfer of those goods or services.  We generally expense sales commissions when incurred because the amortization period is 
within one year or less.  These costs are recorded within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of 
income.  
The following summarizes our revenue recognition policies as they relate to revenue from contracts with customers:  
•
Deposit services. Service charges on deposit accounts include fees for banking services provided, overdrafts and non-
sufficient funds. Revenue is generally recognized in accordance with published deposit account agreements for retail 
accounts or contractual agreements for commercial accounts.  Our deposit services also include our ATM and debit 
card interchange revenue that is presented net of the associated costs. Interchange revenue is generated by our deposit 
customers’ usage and volume of activity. Interchange rates are not controlled by the Company, which effectively acts 
as processor that collects and remits payments associated with customer debit card transactions. 
•
Trust income. Trust income includes fees and commissions from investment management, administrative and advisory 
services primarily for individuals, and to a lesser extent, partnerships and corporations. Revenue is recognized on an 
accrual basis at the time the services are performed and when we have a right to invoice and are based on either the 
market value of the assets managed or the services provided.  
•
Brokerage services.  Brokerage services income includes fees and commissions charged when we arrange for another 
party to transfer brokerage services to a customer.  The fees and commissions under this agent relationship are based 
upon stated fee schedules based upon the type of transaction, volume and value of the services provided. 
•
Other noninterest income.  Other noninterest income includes among other things, merchant services income.  
Merchant services revenue is derived from third-party vendors that process credit card transactions on behalf of our 
merchant customers.  Merchant services revenue is primarily comprised of residual fee income based on the referred 
merchant’s processing volumes and/or margin.
Income Taxes.  We file a consolidated federal income tax return.  Income tax expense represents the taxes expected to be paid 
or returned for current year taxes adjusted for the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of 
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax 
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or 
settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change 
occurs.  Uncertain tax positions arise when it is more likely than not that the tax position taken will be sustained upon 
examination by the appropriate tax authority.  Any income tax benefit as well as penalties and interest related to income tax 
expense are recorded as a component of income tax expense.  Unrecognized tax benefits were not material as of December 31, 
2024 or 2023.  
Fair Value of Financial Instruments.  Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and 
other assumptions.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment.  In cases where quoted 
market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other estimation techniques.  Those 
techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.
82 

Retirement Plan.  Defined benefit pension obligations and the annual pension costs are determined by independent actuaries and 
through the use of a number of assumptions that are reviewed by management.  These assumptions include a discount rate used 
to determine the current benefit obligation and a long-term expected rate of return on plan assets.  Net periodic defined benefit 
pension expense includes interest cost based on the assumed discount rate, an expected return on plan assets and amortization of 
net actuarial gains or losses.  Actuarial gains and losses result from experience different from that assumed and from changes in 
assumptions.  Amortization of actuarial gains and losses is included as a component of net periodic defined benefit pension 
cost.  All other of these cost components are recorded in other noninterest expense. 
During 2024, we adopted a liability-driven investment strategy for the Retirement Plan.  The liability-driven investment 
strategy focuses on matching the cash flow generated by assets to the cash flow of the retirement benefit obligation, therefore 
minimizing risks that could affect returns, such as those associated with interest rate fluctuations and market volatility.  As a 
result of minimizing gains and losses that would significantly impact the amortization of the existing actuarial loss, we changed 
the amortization method of actuarial loss from average life expectancy to average future service.  As a result of this 
amortization method change, we expect the net periodic benefit cost of the Retirement Plan to increase to approximately $2.0 
million in 2025 compared to net periodic benefit income of $659,000 million in 2024.
The retirement plan obligations, related assets and net periodic benefit costs of our defined benefit pension plan are presented in 
“Note 10 – Employee Benefits.”
Share-Based Awards.  Compensation expense for NQSOs and RSUs is based on the fair value on the date of the grant and is 
recorded over the grant’s vesting period.  Compensation expense for PSUs is based on the fair value on the date of the grant and 
is recorded over the service period of the award based upon the probable number of units expected to vest.  Share-based 
compensation for employees is recognized as compensation cost in the consolidated statements of income.  Share-based 
compensation for non-employee directors is recognized as other noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of income. 
Loss Contingencies.  Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business are 
recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Wealth Management and Trust Assets.  Our wealth management and trust assets, other than cash on deposit at Southside Bank, 
are not included in the accompanying financial statements, because they are not our assets.
Accounting Pronouncements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment 
Disclosures.”  ASU 2023-07 requires disclosures of significant segment expenses and other segment items on an annual and 
interim basis and to provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets that are 
currently required annually. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide the new disclosures and all 
the disclosures required under ASC 280.  ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and 
interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.  Early adoption is permitted.  The guidance should be 
applied retrospectively to all periods presented in the financial statements, unless it is impracticable.  We adopted ASU 2023-07 
on January 1, 2024.  ASU 2023-07 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.  
ASU 2023-09 enhances the transparency of decision-usefulness of income tax disclosures, particularly in the rate reconciliation 
table and disclosures about income taxes paid. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.  
Early adoption is permitted.  The guidance should be applied prospectively with an option to apply it retrospectively for each 
period presented.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2023-09 on our 
consolidated financial statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense 
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40).”  ASU 2024-03 requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses 
within the footnotes to the financial statements for any relevant expense caption presented on the face of the income statement 
within continuing operations into the following required natural expense categories, as applicable: (1) purchases of inventory, 
(2) employee compensation, (3) depreciation, (4) intangible asset amortization, and (5) depreciation, depletion and amortization 
recognized as part of oil- and gas-producing activities or other types of depletion services.  ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027.  Early 
adoption is permitted.  The guidance should be applied prospectively with an option to apply it retrospectively for each period 
presented.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2024-03 on our consolidated 
financial statements.  
83 

2.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share on a basic and diluted basis are calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Basic and Diluted Earnings:
 
 
 
Net income      ....................................................................................................................
$ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
Less: Earnings allocated to participating securities  ................................................
 
57 
 
38 
 
27 
Net income available to common shareholders      ........................................................
$ 
88,437 
$ 
86,654 
$ 
104,993 
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding    .....................................................................
 
30,293 
 
30,704 
 
32,120 
Add: Stock awards    ........................................................................................................
 
76 
 
55 
 
131 
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding  ...............................................................
 
30,369 
 
30,759 
 
32,251 
Basic earnings per share:
 
 
 
Net income       ...................................................................................................................
$ 
2.92 
$ 
2.82 
$ 
3.27 
Diluted earnings per share:
 
 
 
Net income      ....................................................................................................................
$ 
2.91 
$ 
2.82 
$ 
3.26 
For the year ended December 31, 2024, there were approximately 525,000 anti-dilutive shares.  For the years ended December 
31, 2023 and 2022, there were approximately 570,000 and 14,000 anti-dilutive shares, respectively. 
84 

3.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are as follows for the years presented (in 
thousands):
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Securities
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Derivatives
Retirement 
Plans
Total
Beginning balance, net of tax      .......................................................................... $ (107,499) $ 
12,803 $ (18,766) $ (113,462) 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications       .......................  
(16,686)  
13,814  
(928)  
(3,800) 
Reclassification adjustments included in net income    ...................................  
10,737 
 
(22,042)  
629 
 
(10,676) 
Income tax (expense) benefit  ........................................................................  
1,249 
 
1,728  
63 
 
3,040 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax    .................  
(4,700)  
(6,500)  
(236)  
(11,436) 
Ending balance, net of tax     ............................................................................... $ (112,199) $ 
6,303 $ (19,002) $ (124,898) 
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Securities
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Derivatives
Retirement 
Plans
Total
Beginning balance, net of tax      .......................................................................... $ (149,181) $ 
31,227 
$ (19,502) $ (137,456) 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications       .......................  
28,782 
 
1,222 
 
176 
 
30,180 
Reclassification adjustments included in net income    ...................................  
23,980 
 
(24,544)  
756 
 
192 
Income tax (expense) benefit  ........................................................................  
(11,080)  
4,898 
 
(196)  
(6,378) 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax    .................  
41,682 
 
(18,424)  
736 
 
23,994 
Ending balance, net of tax     ............................................................................... $ (107,499) $ 
12,803 
$ (18,766) $ (113,462) 
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Securities
Unrealized 
Gains 
(Losses) on 
Derivatives
Retirement 
Plans
Total
Beginning balance, net of tax      .......................................................................... $ 
84,716 
$ 
(1,257) $ (23,754) $ 
59,705 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications       .......................  
(304,859)  
44,757 
 
4,487 
 (255,615) 
Reclassification adjustments included in net income    ...................................  
8,787 
 
(3,638)  
895 
 
6,044 
Income tax (expense) benefit  ........................................................................  
62,175 
 
(8,635)  
(1,130)  
52,410 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax    .................  
(233,897)  
32,484 
 
4,252 
 (197,161) 
Ending balance, net of tax     ............................................................................... $ (149,181) $ 
31,227 
$ (19,502) $ (137,456) 
85 

The reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in net income are presented 
below (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Unrealized gains and losses on securities transferred:
Amortization of unrealized gains and losses (1)
    .........................................................
$ 
(8,227) $ 
(8,004) $ 
(4,968) 
Tax (expense) benefit  .................................................................................................
 
1,728 
 
1,681 
 
1,043 
Net of tax    ...................................................................................................................
$ 
(6,499) $ 
(6,323) $ 
(3,925) 
Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities:
Realized net gain (loss) on sale of securities (2)
  .........................................................
$ 
(2,510) $ 
(15,976) $ 
(3,819) 
Tax (expense) benefit  .................................................................................................
 
527 
 
3,355 
 
802 
Net of tax    ...................................................................................................................
$ 
(1,983) $ 
(12,621) $ 
(3,017) 
Derivatives:
Realized net gain (loss) on interest rate swap derivatives (3)
  ......................................
$ 
22,042 
$ 
24,544 
$ 
3,638 
Tax (expense) benefit  .................................................................................................
 
(4,629)  
(5,154)  
(764) 
Net of tax    ...................................................................................................................
$ 
17,413 
$ 
19,390 
$ 
2,874 
Amortization of retirement plans:
Net actuarial loss (4)
   ....................................................................................................
$ 
(629) $ 
(756) $ 
(895) 
Tax (expense) benefit  .................................................................................................
 
132 
 
159 
 
188 
Net of tax    ...................................................................................................................
$ 
(497) $ 
(597) $ 
(707) 
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax    .............................................................
$ 
8,434 
$ 
(151) $ 
(4,775) 
(1) Included in interest income on the consolidated statements of income. 
(2) Listed as net gain (loss) on sale of securities AFS on the consolidated statements of income.
(3) Included in interest expense for FHLB borrowings, other borrowings and deposits on the consolidated statements of income.
(4) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (income) presented in “Note 10 – 
Employee Benefits.”
86 

4.  SECURITIES 
Debt securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of investment and mortgage-backed AFS and 
HTM securities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are reflected in the tables below (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
Amortized
Gross
Unrealized
Gross 
Unrealized
Estimated
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury    ..............................................................................................
$ 
173,880 
$ 
76 
$ 
— 
$ 
173,956 
State and political subdivisions      ..................................................................
 
458,013 
 
36 
 
43,717 
 
414,332 
Corporate bonds and other     ........................................................................
 
14,646 
 
263 
 
401 
 
14,508 
MBS: (1)
 
 
 
Residential    ..................................................................................................
 
935,639 
 
835 
 
10,088 
 
926,386 
Commercial     ................................................................................................
 
5,238 
 
— 
 
526 
 
4,712 
Total    ..............................................................................................................
$ 1,587,416 
$ 
1,210 
$ 
54,732 
$ 1,533,894 
HELD TO MATURITY
Investment securities:
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions      ..................................................................
$ 1,040,912 
$ 
4,004 
$ 152,697 
$ 
892,219 
Corporate bonds and other    .........................................................................
 
124,095 
 
17 
 
6,553 
 
117,559 
MBS: (1)
Residential    ..................................................................................................
 
84,660 
 
8 
 
8,549 
 
76,119 
Commercial     ................................................................................................
 
29,567 
 
— 
 
1,982 
 
27,585 
Total     .............................................................................................................
$ 1,279,234 
$ 
4,029 
$ 169,781 
$ 1,113,482 
87 

 
December 31, 2023
Amortized
Gross
Unrealized
Gross 
Unrealized
Estimated
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
Investment securities:
 
U.S. Treasury    ..............................................................................................
$ 
139,706 
$ 
19 
$ 
— 
$ 
139,725 
State and political subdivisions      ..................................................................
 
603,913 
 
362 
 
35,530 
 
568,745 
Corporate bonds and other     ........................................................................
 
14,569 
 
31 
 
507 
 
14,093 
MBS: (1)
 
Residential    ..................................................................................................
 
569,039 
 
3,202 
 
3,258 
 
568,983 
Commercial     ................................................................................................
 
5,240 
 
44 
 
536 
 
4,748 
Total    ..............................................................................................................
$ 1,332,467 
$ 
3,658 
$ 
39,831 
$ 1,296,294 
HELD TO MATURITY
Investment securities:
State and political subdivisions      ..................................................................
$ 1,039,440 
$ 
10,070 
$ 126,233 
$ 
923,277 
Corporate bonds and other    .........................................................................
 
146,712 
 
488 
 
15,738 
 
131,462 
MBS: (1)
 
Residential    ..................................................................................................
 
90,619 
 
13 
 
7,263 
 
83,369 
Commercial     ................................................................................................
 
30,282 
 
— 
 
2,228 
 
28,054 
Total    ..............................................................................................................
$ 1,307,053 
$ 
10,571 
$ 151,462 
$ 1,166,162 
(1) 
All MBS issued and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or U.S. GSEs. 
From time to time, we transfer securities from AFS to HTM due to overall balance sheet strategies and our intent and ability to 
hold these securities until maturity.  We did not transfer any securities from AFS to HTM during the years ended December 31, 
2024 or 2023.  The remaining net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in AOCI in the 
accompanying balance sheets totaled $105.1 million ($83.0 million, net of tax) at December 31, 2024 and $113.5 million ($89.7 
million, net of tax) at December 31, 2023.  Any net unrealized gain or loss on the transferred securities included in AOCI at the 
time of transfer will be amortized over the remaining life of the underlying security as an adjustment to the yield on those 
securities.  Securities transferred with losses included in AOCI continue to be included in management’s assessment for 
impairment for each individual security. 
Investment securities and MBS with carrying values of $2.18 billion and $2.28 billion were pledged as of December 31, 2024 
and December 31, 2023, respectively, to collateralize borrowings from the FRDW, including from the BTFP, repurchase 
agreements and public fund deposits, for potential liquidity needs or other purposes as required by law.  At December 31, 2024 
and December 31, 2023, the amount of excess collateral at the FRDW was $431.7 million and $213.1 million, respectively.               
88 

The following tables present the fair value and unrealized losses on AFS and HTM investment securities and MBS, if 
applicable, for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded as of December 31, 2024 or 2023, segregated by 
major security type and length of time in a continuous loss position (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
 
Less Than 12 Months
More Than 12 Months
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
State and political subdivisions    ................ $ 
12,089 
$ 
64 
$ 
398,304 
$ 
43,653 
$ 
410,393 
$ 
43,717 
Corporate bonds and other  ........................  
2,967 
 
33 
 
5,612 
 
368 
 
8,579 
 
401 
MBS:
Residential     ................................................  
723,855 
 
6,517 
 
31,527 
 
3,571 
 
755,382 
 
10,088 
Commercial     ..............................................  
2,223 
 
12 
 
2,489 
 
514 
 
4,712 
 
526 
Total  ............................................................. $ 
741,134 
$ 
6,626 
$ 
437,932 
$ 
48,106 
$ 1,179,066 
$ 
54,732 
HELD TO MATURITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
State and political subdivisions    ................ $ 
73,272 
$ 
1,779 
$ 
704,563 
$ 
150,918 
$ 
777,835 
$ 
152,697 
Corporate bonds and other  ........................  
2,212 
 
149 
 
111,392 
 
6,404 
 
113,604 
 
6,553 
MBS:
Residential     ................................................  
2,548 
 
292 
 
73,064 
 
8,257 
 
75,612 
 
8,549 
Commercial     ..............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
27,585 
 
1,982 
 
27,585 
 
1,982 
Total  ............................................................. $ 
78,032 
$ 
2,220 
$ 
916,604 
$ 
167,561 
$ 
994,636 
$ 
169,781 
December 31, 2023
Less Than 12 Months
More Than 12 Months
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
State and political subdivisions    ................ $ 
26,371 
$ 
297 
$ 
516,520 
$ 
35,233 
$ 
542,891 
$ 
35,530 
Corporate bonds and other  ........................  
8,103 
 
319 
 
5,071 
 
188 
 
13,174 
 
507 
MBS:
Residential     ................................................  
150,865 
 
549 
 
36,864 
 
2,709 
 
187,729 
 
3,258 
Commercial     ..............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
2,484 
 
536 
 
2,484 
 
536 
Total  ............................................................. $ 
185,339 
$ 
1,165 
$ 
560,939 
$ 
38,666 
$ 
746,278 
$ 
39,831 
HELD TO MATURITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
State and political subdivisions    ................ $ 
16,549 
$ 
123 
$ 
713,499 
$ 
126,110 
$ 
730,048 
$ 
126,233 
Corporate bonds and other  ........................  
9,956 
 
1,135 
 
114,787 
 
14,603 
 
124,743 
 
15,738 
MBS:
Residential     ................................................  
— 
 
— 
 
82,747 
 
7,263 
 
82,747 
 
7,263 
Commercial     ..............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
28,054 
 
2,228 
 
28,054 
 
2,228 
Total   ............................................................ $ 
26,505 
$ 
1,258 
$ 
939,087 
$ 
150,204 
$ 
965,592 
$ 
151,462 
89 

For those AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position (i) where management has the intent to sell or (ii) where it will 
more-likely-than-not be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, we recognize the loss in 
earnings.  For those AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position that do not meet either of these criteria, management 
assesses whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit-related factors, using both qualitative and quantitative criteria.  
Determining the allowance under the credit loss method requires the use of a discounted cash flow method to assess the credit 
losses.  Any credit-related impairment will be recognized in allowance for credit losses on the balance sheet with a 
corresponding adjustment to earnings.  Noncredit-related temporary impairment, the portion of the impairment relating to 
factors other than credit (such as changes in market interest rates), is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we did not have an allowance for credit losses on our AFS securities, based 
on our consideration of the qualitative factors associated with each security type in our AFS portfolio.  The unrealized losses on 
our investment and MBS are due to changes in interest rates and spreads and other market conditions.  We had 421 AFS debt 
securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024.  Our state and political subdivisions are highly rated municipal 
securities with a long history of no credit losses.  Our AFS MBS are highly rated securities which are either explicitly or 
implicitly backed by the U.S. Government through its agencies which are highly rated by major ratings agencies and also have a 
long history of no credit losses.  Our corporate bonds and other investment securities consist of primarily investment grade 
bonds and private placement bonds.
We assess the likelihood of default and the potential amount of default when assessing our HTM securities for credit losses.  
We utilize term structures and, due to no prior loss exposure on our state and political subdivision securities or our corporate 
securities, we currently apply a third-party average loss given default rate to model these securities.  We elected to use the 
specific identification method to model our HTM securities which aligns with our third-party fair value measurement process.  
As of December 31, 2024, two bonds were rated below investment grade.  The model determined any expected credit loss over 
the life of these securities to be insignificant.  Management further evaluated the remote expectation of loss on the remainder of 
the HTM portfolio, along with the qualitative factors associated with these securities and concluded that, due to the securities 
being highly rated municipals and primarily investment grade corporates, private placement bonds with a long history of no 
credit losses, no credit loss should be recognized for these securities for the year ended December 31, 2024 or 2023.  
The accrued interest receivable on our debt securities is excluded from the credit loss estimate and is included in interest 
receivable on our consolidated balance sheets.  As of December 31, 2024, accrued interest receivable on AFS and HTM debt 
securities totaled $13.6 million and $12.9 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2023, accrued interest receivable on AFS 
and HTM debt securities totaled $15.4 million and $13.7 million, respectively.   No HTM debt securities were past-due or on 
nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2024 or 2023.
The following table reflects interest income recognized on securities for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
U.S. Treasury   .................................................................................................................... $ 
8,538 
$ 
11,331 
$ 
271 
State and political subdivisions.........................................................................................  
53,186 
 
67,355 
 
57,663 
Corporate bonds and other   ................................................................................................  
6,820 
 
7,129 
 
6,007 
MBS     ..................................................................................................................................  
45,222 
 
19,450 
 
16,639 
Total interest income on securities   ...................................................................................... $ 
113,766 
$ 
105,265 
$ 
80,580 
There was a $2.5 million net realized loss as a result of sales from the AFS securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 
2024, which consisted of $6.1 million in realized losses and $88,000 in realized gains, offset by a net gain of $3.5 million on the 
unwind of fair value municipal security hedges in the AFS securities portfolio. There was a $16.0 million net realized loss as a 
result of sales from the AFS securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2023, which consisted of $24.5 million in 
realized losses and $2.0 million in realized gains, offset by a net gain of $6.5 million on the unwind of fair value municipal 
security hedges in the AFS securities portfolio.  There were no sales from the HTM portfolio during the year ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022.  We calculate realized gains and losses on sales of securities under the specific identification 
method. 
90 

Expected maturities on our securities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations.  MBS are presented in total by category since MBS are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are 
backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with varying maturities.  The characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, 
such as fixed-rate or adjustable-rate, as well as prepayment risk, are passed on to the security holder.  The term of a mortgage-
backed pass-through security thus approximates the term of the underlying mortgages and can vary significantly due to 
prepayments.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of AFS and HTM securities at December 31, 2024, are presented below by 
contractual maturity (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
 
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Investment securities:
 
 
Due in one year or less  .................................................................................................................... $ 
176,153 
$ 
176,226 
Due after one year through five years
   .............................................................................................  
2,299 
 
2,296 
Due after five years through ten years     ............................................................................................  
25,117 
 
24,718 
Due after ten years      ..........................................................................................................................  
442,970 
 
399,556 
 
 
646,539 
 
602,796 
MBS:    ..................................................................................................................................................  
940,877 
 
931,098 
Total     ................................................................................................................................................ $ 
1,587,416 
$ 
1,533,894 
 
December 31, 2024
 
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
HELD TO MATURITY
Investment securities:
 
 
Due in one year or less  .................................................................................................................... $ 
4,125 
$ 
4,111 
Due after one year through five years
   .............................................................................................  
16,387 
 
16,157 
Due after five years through ten years     ............................................................................................  
128,894 
 
121,652 
Due after ten years      ..........................................................................................................................  
1,015,601 
 
867,858 
 
 
1,165,007 
 
1,009,778 
MBS:    ..................................................................................................................................................  
114,227 
 
103,704 
Total     ................................................................................................................................................ $ 
1,279,234 
$ 
1,113,482 
Equity Investments
Equity investments on our consolidated balance sheets include CRA funds with a readily determinable fair value as well as 
equity investments without readily determinable fair values.  At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had equity investments 
recorded in our consolidated balance sheets of $9.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
Any realized and unrealized gains and losses on equity investments are reported in income.  Equity investments without readily 
determinable fair values are recorded at cost less impairment, if any.  For the year ended December 31, 2024, there was no gain 
or loss on the sale of equity securities.
The following is a summary of unrealized and realized gains and losses on equity investments recognized in other noninterest 
income in the consolidated statements of income during the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Net gains (losses) recognized during the period on equity investments   ............
$ 
(51) $ 
5,131 $ 
(685) 
Less: Net gains recognized during the period on equity investments sold 
during the period ................................................................................................
 
—  
5,058  
— 
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized during the reporting period on equity 
investments still held at the reporting date  ........................................................
$ 
(51) $ 
73 $ 
(685) 
91 

Equity investments are assessed quarterly for other-than-temporary impairment.  Based upon that evaluation, management does 
not consider any of our equity investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2024.
FHLB Stock
Our FHLB stock, which has limited marketability, is carried at cost and is assessed quarterly for other-than-temporary 
impairment. Based upon evaluation by management at December 31, 2024, our FHLB stock was not impaired and thus was not 
considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
5.  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Real estate loans:
Construction   ................................................................................................................
$ 
537,827 
$ 
789,744 
1-4 family residential     ..................................................................................................
 
740,396 
 
696,738 
Commercial     ................................................................................................................
 
2,579,735 
 
2,168,451 
Commercial loans      ..........................................................................................................
 
363,167 
 
366,893 
Municipal loans    .............................................................................................................
 
390,968 
 
441,168 
Loans to individuals   .......................................................................................................
 
49,504 
 
61,516 
Total loans     .....................................................................................................................
 
4,661,597 
 
4,524,510 
Less: Allowance for loan losses     .................................................................................
 
44,884 
 
42,674 
Net loans     ........................................................................................................................
$ 
4,616,713 
$ 
4,481,836 
Loans to Affiliated Parties
In the normal course of business, we make loans to certain of our executive officers and directors and their related interests.  As 
of December 31, 2024 and 2023, these loans totaled $12.1 million and $13.7 million, respectively.  These loans represented 
1.5% and 1.8% of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Construction Real Estate Loans
Our construction loans are collateralized by property located primarily in or near the market areas we serve.  Some of our 
construction loans will be owner occupied upon completion.  Construction loans for non-owner occupied projects are financed, 
but these typically have cash flows from leases with tenants, secondary sources of repayment, and in some cases, additional 
collateral.  Our construction loans have both adjustable and fixed interest rates during the construction period.  Construction 
loans to individuals are typically priced and made with the intention of granting the permanent loan on the completed property.  
Commercial construction loans typically have adjustable interest rates and are subject to underwriting standards similar to that 
of the commercial real estate loan portfolio.  Owner occupied 1-4 family residential construction loans are subject to the 
underwriting standards of the permanent loan. 
1-4 Family Residential Real Estate Loans
Residential loan originations are generated by our mortgage loan officers, in-house origination staff, marketing efforts, present 
customers, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate agents and builders.  We focus our lending efforts primarily on the 
origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner occupied 1-4 family residences.  Substantially all of our 1-4 family 
residential originations are secured by properties located in or near our market areas.  
Our 1-4 family residential loans generally have maturities ranging from 15 to 30 years.  These loans are typically fully 
amortizing with monthly payments sufficient to repay the total amount of the loan.  Our 1-4 family residential loans are made at 
both fixed and adjustable interest rates.
Underwriting for 1-4 family residential loans includes debt-to-income analysis, credit history analysis, appraised value and 
down payment considerations.  Changes in the market value of real estate can affect the potential losses in the residential 
portfolio.
Commercial Real Estate Loans
Commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2024 consisted of $1.85 billion of owner and non-owner occupied real estate, 
$697.3 million of loans secured by multi-family properties and $31.4 million of loans secured by farmland.  Commercial real 
estate loans primarily include loans collateralized by retail, commercial office buildings, multi-family residential buildings, 
medical facilities and offices, senior living, assisted living and skilled nursing facilities, warehouse facilities, hotels and 
92 

churches.  In determining whether to originate commercial real estate loans, we generally consider such factors as the financial 
condition of the borrower and the debt service coverage of the property.  Commercial real estate loans are made at both fixed 
and adjustable interest rates for terms generally up to 20 years.
Commercial Loans
Our commercial loans are diversified loan types including short-term working capital loans for inventory and accounts 
receivable and short- and medium-term loans for equipment or other business capital expansion.  In our commercial loan 
underwriting, we assess the creditworthiness, ability to repay and the value and liquidity of the collateral being offered.  Terms 
of commercial loans are generally commensurate with the useful life of the collateral offered.
Municipal Loans
We have made loans to municipalities and school districts primarily throughout the state of Texas, with a small percentage 
originating outside of the state.  The majority of the loans to municipalities and school districts have tax or revenue pledges and 
in some cases are additionally supported by collateral.  Municipal loans made without a direct pledge of taxes or revenues are 
usually made based on some type of collateral that represents an essential service.  These loans allow us to earn a higher yield 
than we could if we purchased municipal securities for similar durations.
Loans to Individuals
Substantially all originations of our loans to individuals are made to consumers in our market areas.  The majority of loans to 
individuals are collateralized by titled equipment, which are primarily automobiles.  Loan terms vary according to the type and 
value of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower.  The underwriting standards we employ for 
consumer loans include an application, a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts, with the greatest 
weight being given to payment history with us and an assessment of the borrower’s ability to meet existing obligations and 
payments on the proposed loan.  Although creditworthiness of the applicant is a primary consideration, the underwriting 
process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.  Most of our 
loans to individuals are collateralized, which management believes assists in limiting our exposure.
Credit Quality Indicators
We categorize loans into risk categories on an ongoing basis based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to 
service their debt such as:  current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public 
information and current economic trends, among other factors.  We use the following definitions for risk ratings:
•
Pass (Rating 1 – 4) – This rating is assigned to all satisfactory loans.  This category, by definition, consists of 
acceptable credit.  Credit and collateral exceptions should not be present, although their presence would not 
necessarily prohibit a loan from being rated Pass, if deficiencies are in the process of correction.  These loans are not 
included in the Watch List.
•
Pass Watch (Rating 5) – These loans require some degree of special treatment, but not due to credit quality.  This 
category does not include loans specially mentioned or adversely classified; however, particular attention is 
warranted to characteristics such as:
▪
A lack of, or abnormally extended payment program;
▪
A heavy degree of concentration of collateral without sufficient margin;
▪
A vulnerability to competition through lesser or extensive financial leverage; and
▪
A dependence on a single or few customers or sources of supply and materials without suitable substitutes 
or alternatives.
•
Special Mention (Rating 6) – A Special Mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close 
attention.  If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for 
the loan or in our credit position at some future date.  Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not 
expose us to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
•
Substandard (Rating 7) – Substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying 
capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or 
weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the 
Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
•
Doubtful (Rating 8) – Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard 
with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation, in full, on the basis of currently 
known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.
93 

The following tables set forth the amortized cost basis by class of financing receivable and credit quality indicator for the 
periods presented (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
Revolving 
Loans 
Amortized 
Cost Basis
Total
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
Prior
Construction real estate:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 130,555 
$ 122,724 
$ 
46,499 
$ 
17,710 
$ 
3,564 
$ 
5,923 
$ 
132,096 
$ 
459,071 
Pass watch     .............................................  
209 
 
— 
 
59,700 
 
— 
 
574 
 
591 
 
16,999 
 
78,073 
Special mention     .....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
429 
 
— 
 
72 
 
— 
 
501 
Substandard  ...........................................  
— 
 
112 
 
— 
 
59 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
171 
Doubtful  .................................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
11 
 
— 
 
11 
Total construction real estate     ...................... $ 130,764 
$ 122,836 
$ 106,199 
$ 
18,198 
$ 
4,138 
$ 
6,597 
$ 
149,095 
$ 
537,827 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
24 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
24 
1-4 family residential real estate:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 
43,040 
$ 
65,458 
$ 153,335 
$ 139,048 
$ 106,116 
$ 226,550 
$ 
1,524 
$ 
735,071 
Pass watch     .............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Special mention     .....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
505 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
505 
Substandard  ...........................................  
50 
 
225 
 
— 
 
225 
 
1,326 
 
2,833 
 
— 
 
4,659 
Doubtful  .................................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
161 
 
— 
 
161 
Total 1-4 family residential real estate ........ $ 
43,090 
$ 
65,683 
$ 153,335 
$ 139,778 
$ 107,442 
$ 229,544 
$ 
1,524 
$ 
740,396 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
31 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
10 
$ 
220 
$ 
— 
$ 
261 
Commercial real estate:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 363,370 
$ 410,213 
$ 632,216 
$ 509,927 
$ 132,562 
$ 223,551 
$ 
41,568 
$ 
2,313,407 
Pass watch     .............................................  
— 
 
11,953 
 
65,206 
 
22,440 
 
4,090 
 
24,599 
 
983 
 
129,271 
Special mention     .....................................  
3,983 
 
— 
 
79,280 
 
175 
 
— 
 
13,232 
 
— 
 
96,670 
Substandard  ...........................................  
— 
 
— 
 
27,994 
 
6,409 
 
250 
 
5,649 
 
— 
 
40,302 
Doubtful  .................................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
85 
 
— 
 
85 
Total commercial real estate   ....................... $ 367,353 
$ 422,166 
$ 804,696 
$ 538,951 
$ 136,902 
$ 267,116 
$ 
42,551 
$ 
2,579,735 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
78 
$ 
— 
$ 
78 
Commercial loans:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 
83,118 
$ 
51,895 
$ 
39,449 
$ 
13,887 
$ 
5,875 
$ 
3,091 
$ 
155,671 
$ 
352,986 
Pass watch     .............................................  
— 
 
30 
 
603 
 
787 
 
29 
 
513 
 
4,972 
 
6,934 
Special mention     .....................................  
— 
 
327 
 
29 
 
83 
 
— 
 
101 
 
180 
 
720 
Substandard  ...........................................  
365 
 
99 
 
281 
 
137 
 
22 
 
1 
 
1,100 
 
2,005 
Doubtful  .................................................  
31 
 
244 
 
134 
 
61 
 
— 
 
52 
 
— 
 
522 
Total commercial loans   ............................... $ 
83,514 
$ 
52,595 
$ 
40,496 
$ 
14,955 
$ 
5,926 
$ 
3,758 
$ 
161,923 
$ 
363,167 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
24 
$ 
462 
$ 
590 
$ 
85 
$ 
— 
$ 
12 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,173 
Municipal loans:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 
1,949 
$ 
34,398 
$ 
57,862 
$ 
64,041 
$ 
41,115 
$ 188,309 
$ 
— 
$ 
387,674 
Pass watch     .............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
892 
 
2,402 
 
— 
 
3,294 
Special mention     .....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Substandard  ...........................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Doubtful  .................................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Total municipal loans   .................................. $ 
1,949 
$ 
34,398 
$ 
57,862 
$ 
64,041 
$ 
42,007 
$ 190,711 
$ 
— 
$ 
390,968 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
Loans to individuals:
Pass   ........................................................ $ 
18,765 
$ 
10,881 
$ 
7,719 
$ 
5,949 
$ 
2,900 
$ 
949 
$ 
2,215 
$ 
49,378 
Pass watch     .............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Special mention     .....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Substandard  ...........................................  
— 
 
2 
 
28 
 
— 
 
— 
 
4 
 
1 
 
35 
Doubtful  .................................................  
— 
 
8 
 
67 
 
2 
 
8 
 
6 
 
— 
 
91 
Total loans to individuals  ............................ $ 
18,765 
$ 
10,891 
$ 
7,814 
$ 
5,951 
$ 
2,908 
$ 
959 
$ 
2,216 
$ 
49,504 
Current period gross charge-offs (1)
    ....... $ 
1,655 
$ 
34 
$ 
43 
$ 
26 
$ 
33 
$ 
33 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,824 
Total loans   ................................................... $ 645,435 
$ 708,569 
$ 1,170,402 
$ 781,874 
$ 299,323 
$ 698,685 
$ 
357,309 
$ 
4,661,597 
Total current period gross charge-offs (1)
     .... $ 
1,679 
$ 
551 
$ 
633 
$ 
111 
$ 
43 
$ 
343 
$ 
— 
$ 
3,360 
(1) Includes $1.2 million in charged off demand deposit overdrafts reported as 2024 originations.
94 

December 31, 2023
Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
Revolving 
Loans 
Amortized 
Cost Basis
Total
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
Prior
Construction real estate:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 132,838 
$ 236,573 
$ 196,311 
$ 
37,997 
$ 
3,938 
$ 
6,457 
$ 
144,358 
$ 
758,472 
Pass watch   ............................................  
— 
 
7,798 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
7,798 
Special mention....................................  
13,166 
 
9,456 
 
698 
 
— 
 
7 
 
— 
 
— 
 
23,327 
Substandard   ..........................................  
36 
 
— 
 
68 
 
— 
 
— 
 
43 
 
— 
 
147 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Total construction real estate   ..................... $ 146,040 
$ 253,827 
$ 197,077 
$ 
37,997 
$ 
3,945 
$ 
6,500 
$ 
144,358 
$ 
789,744 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
92 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
92 
1-4 family residential real estate:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 
41,520 
$ 126,981 
$ 145,671 
$ 114,631 
$ 
63,710 
$ 196,651 
$ 
1,803 
$ 
690,967 
Pass watch   ............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
32 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
32 
Special mention....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
75 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
75 
Substandard   ..........................................  
325 
 
— 
 
73 
 
1,379 
 
— 
 
3,259 
 
74 
 
5,110 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
163 
 
— 
 
391 
 
— 
 
554 
Total 1-4 family residential real estate      ...... $ 
41,845 
$ 126,981 
$ 145,744 
$ 116,280 
$ 
63,710 
$ 200,301 
$ 
1,877 
$ 
696,738 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
1 
$ 
118 
$ 
— 
$ 
119 
Commercial real estate:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 469,844 
$ 641,577 
$ 495,363 
$ 143,150 
$ 
91,085 
$ 189,021 
$ 
16,493 
$ 
2,046,533 
Pass watch   ............................................  
24,300 
 
34,424 
 
255 
 
1,037 
 
333 
 
146 
 
— 
 
60,495 
Special mention....................................  
17,403 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
9,746 
 
25,072 
 
— 
 
52,221 
Substandard   ..........................................  
— 
 
862 
 
95 
 
269 
 
1,565 
 
6,346 
 
— 
 
9,137 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
65 
 
— 
 
— 
 
65 
Total commercial real estate  ...................... $ 511,547 
$ 676,863 
$ 495,713 
$ 144,456 
$ 102,794 
$ 220,585 
$ 
16,493 
$ 
2,168,451 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
788 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
788 
Commercial loans:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 
78,090 
$ 
62,192 
$ 
42,114 
$ 
10,708 
$ 
4,356 
$ 
3,310 
$ 
161,153 
$ 
361,923 
Pass watch   ............................................  
— 
 
128 
 
117 
 
— 
 
— 
 
18 
 
— 
 
263 
Special mention....................................  
191 
 
174 
 
— 
 
16 
 
— 
 
162 
 
— 
 
543 
Substandard   ..........................................  
14 
 
2,357 
 
73 
 
— 
 
65 
 
12 
 
821 
 
3,342 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
238 
 
267 
 
133 
 
— 
 
64 
 
120 
 
— 
 
822 
Total commercial loans    ............................. $ 
78,533 
$ 
65,118 
$ 
42,437 
$ 
10,724 
$ 
4,485 
$ 
3,622 
$ 
161,974 
$ 
366,893 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
745 
$ 
440 
$ 
44 
$ 
26 
$ 
23 
$ 
5 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,283 
Municipal loans:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 
39,028 
$ 
61,429 
$ 
68,979 
$ 
49,746 
$ 
39,949 
$ 182,037 
$ 
— 
$ 
441,168 
Pass watch   ............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Special mention....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Substandard   ..........................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Total municipal loans      ................................ $ 
39,028 
$ 
61,429 
$ 
68,979 
$ 
49,746 
$ 
39,949 
$ 182,037 
$ 
— 
$ 
441,168 
Current period gross charge-offs   ........... $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
Loans to individuals:
Pass    ...................................................... $ 
22,788 
$ 
15,503 
$ 
11,588 
$ 
6,256 
$ 
2,180 
$ 
941 
$ 
2,216 
$ 
61,472 
Pass watch   ............................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Special mention....................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Substandard   ..........................................  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
13 
 
— 
 
— 
 
13 
Doubtful     ...............................................  
4 
 
17 
 
— 
 
10 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
31 
Total loans to individuals   .......................... $ 
22,792 
$ 
15,520 
$ 
11,588 
$ 
6,266 
$ 
2,193 
$ 
941 
$ 
2,216 
$ 
61,516 
Current period gross charge-offs (1)
    ....... $ 
1,682 
$ 
54 
$ 
61 
$ 
20 
$ 
6 
$ 
99 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,922 
Total loans     ................................................. $ 839,785 
$ 1,199,738 
$ 961,538 
$ 365,469 
$ 217,076 
$ 613,986 
$ 
326,918 
$ 
4,524,510 
Total current period gross charge-offs (1)
     .... $ 
2,427 
$ 
586 
$ 
105 
$ 
46 
$ 
818 
$ 
222 
$ 
— 
$ 
4,204 
(1) Includes $1.7 million in charged off demand deposit overdrafts reported as 2023 originations.
95 

Watch List loans reported as 2024 originations as of December 31, 2024 and Watch List loans reported as 2023 originations as 
of December 31, 2023 were, for the majority, first originated in various years prior to 2024 and 2023, respectively, but were 
renewed in the respective year.
The following tables present the aging of the amortized cost basis in past due loans by class of loans (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
 Past Due
Greater than
90 Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due
Current
Total
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction     ......................................
$ 
92 
$ 
5 
$ 
— 
$ 
97 
$ 
537,730 
$ 
537,827 
1-4 family residential    ........................
 
3,217 
 
1,328 
 
262 
 
4,807 
 
735,589 
 
740,396 
Commercial    .......................................
 
2,054 
 
331 
 
— 
 
2,385 
 
2,577,350 
 
2,579,735 
Commercial loans     ................................
 
2,881 
 
649 
 
407 
 
3,937 
 
359,230 
 
363,167 
Municipal loans    ....................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
390,968 
 
390,968 
Loans to individuals    .............................
 
108 
 
48 
 
20 
 
176 
 
49,328 
 
49,504 
Total  .....................................................
$ 
8,352 
$ 
2,361 
$ 
689 
$ 
11,402 
$ 4,650,195 
$ 4,661,597 
 
December 31, 2023
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
 Past Due
Greater than
 90 Days
Past Due
Total Past
 Due
Current
Total
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction     ......................................
$ 
474 
$ 
— 
$ 
29 
$ 
503 
$ 
789,241 
$ 
789,744 
1-4 family residential    ........................
 
4,638 
 
774 
 
1,700 
 
7,112 
 
689,626 
 
696,738 
Commercial    .......................................
 
621 
 
34 
 
40 
 
695 
 
2,167,756 
 
2,168,451 
Commercial loans     ................................
 
1,693 
 
347 
 
127 
 
2,167 
 
364,726 
 
366,893 
Municipal loans    ....................................
 
27 
 
— 
 
— 
 
27 
 
441,141 
 
441,168 
Loans to individuals    .............................
 
107 
 
1 
 
10 
 
118 
 
61,398 
 
61,516 
Total  .....................................................
$ 
7,560 
$ 
1,156 
$ 
1,906 
$ 
10,622 
$ 4,513,888 
$ 4,524,510 
96 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost basis of nonperforming assets for the periods presented (in thousands): 
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Nonaccrual loans:
Real estate loans:
Construction   ............................................................................................................ $ 
122 $ 
29 
1-4 family residential    ..............................................................................................  
1,734  
2,093 
Commercial   .............................................................................................................  
171  
528 
Commercial loans    ......................................................................................................  
1,067  
1,208 
Loans to individuals    ...................................................................................................  
91  
31 
Total nonaccrual loans (1)
      ........................................................................................  
3,185  
3,889 
Accruing loans past due more than 90 days    ...............................................................  
—  
— 
Restructured loans  ......................................................................................................  
2  
13 
OREO    .........................................................................................................................  
388  
99 
Repossessed assets     .....................................................................................................  
14  
— 
Total nonperforming assets  ........................................................................................ $ 
3,589 $ 
4,001 
(1) Includes $63,000 and $506,000 of restructured loans as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
We reversed $72,000 and $89,000 of interest income on nonaccrual loans during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. We had $650,000 and $1.0 million of loans on nonaccrual for which there was no related allowance for credit 
losses as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Collateral-dependent loans are loans that we expect the repayment to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of 
the collateral of the loan and for which we have determined that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.  In such cases, 
expected credit losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the measurement date, adjusted for selling costs.  As of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had $6.9 million and $7.5 million, respectively, of collateral-dependent loans, secured mainly 
by real estate and equipment.  There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures the collateral-dependent 
assets.  Foreclosed assets include OREO and repossessed assets.  For 1-4 family residential real estate properties, a loan is 
recognized as a foreclosed property once legal title to the real estate property has been received upon completion of foreclosure 
or the borrower has conveyed all interest in the residential property through a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  There were $40,000 
and $1.0 million in loans secured by 1-4 family residential property for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process 
as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.  
Restructured Loans
A loan is considered restructured if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the loan has been modified.  
Modifications may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, restructuring amortization schedules and other 
actions intended to minimize potential losses. We may provide a combination of modifications which may include an extension 
of the amortization period, interest rate reduction and/or converting the loan to interest-only for a limited period of time.  In 
most instances, interest will continue to be charged on principal balances outstanding during the extended term.  Therefore, the 
financial effects of the recorded investment of loans restructured during the year ended December 31, 2024 were not significant.
97 

The following table sets forth the recorded balance of restructured loans and type of modification by class of loans during the 
periods presented (dollars in thousands): 
Year Ended December 31, 2024
 
 Period 
Extension
Interest Rate 
Reduction
Combination 
Total 
Modifications
Number of 
Loans
Percent of 
Total Class
Commercial loans    ..... $ 
20 $ 
— $ 
— $ 
20  
1 
 0.01 %
Loans to individuals  ..  
—  
—  
2  
2  
1 
 — 
Total    .......................... $ 
20 $ 
— $ 
2 $ 
22 
2
 
Year Ended December 31, 2023
 
Amortization
 Period 
Extension
Interest Rate 
Reduction
Combination
Total 
Modifications
Number of 
Loans
Percent of 
Total Class
Commercial loans     .... $ 
603 $ 
— $ 
64 $ 
667  
5 
 0.18 %
Total     ......................... $ 
603 $ 
— $ 
64 $ 
667 
5
There were three restructured loans totaling $65,000 and three restructured loans totaling $506,000 included in nonperforming 
assets as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
On an ongoing basis, performance of restructured loans are monitored for subsequent payment default.  Payment default is 
recognized when the borrower is 90 days or more past due.   As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were no 
restructured loans in default.  Payment defaults for restructured loans did not significantly impact the determination of the 
allowance for loan losses in the periods presented.  At December 31, 2024, there were no commitments to lend additional funds 
to borrowers whose loans had been restructured.
98 

Allowance for Loan Losses
The following tables detail activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the periods presented (in 
thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2024
 
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
1-4 Family
Residential
Commercial
Commercial
Loans
Municipal
Loans
Loans to
Individuals
Total
Balance at beginning of 
period  ............................. $ 
5,287 
$ 
2,840 $ 
32,266 $ 
2,086 $ 
19 $ 
176 
$ 42,674 
Loans charged-off     .......  
(24)  
(261)  
(78)  
(1,173)  
—  
(1,824)  
(3,360) 
Recoveries of loans 
charged-off      ..................  
— 
 
99  
6  
386  
—  
942 
 
1,433 
Net loans (charged-
off)     recovered   ..........  
(24)  
(162)  
(72)  
(787)  
—  
(882)  
(1,927) 
Provision for (reversal 
of) loan losses    .............  
(1,305)  
102  
3,332  
1,149  
(3)  
862 
 
4,137 
Balance at end of period    $ 
3,958 
$ 
2,780 $ 
35,526 $ 
2,448 $ 
16 $ 
156 
$ 44,884 
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Real Estate
Construction
1-4 Family
Residential
Commercial
Commercial
Loans 
Municipal
Loans
Loans to
Individuals
Total
Balance at beginning of 
period     ............................. $ 
3,164 
$ 
2,173 $ 
28,701 $ 
2,235 $ 
45 $ 
197 
$ 36,515 
Loans charged-off (1)
      ...  
(92)  
(119)  
(788)  
(1,283)  
—  
(1,922)  
(4,204) 
Recoveries of loans 
charged-off   ..................  
2 
 
110  
1  
298  
—  
1,043 
 
1,454 
Net loans (charged-
off)     recovered   ..........  
(90)  
(9)  
(787)  
(985)  
—  
(879)  
(2,750) 
Provision for (reversal 
of) loan losses   ..............  
2,213 
 
676  
4,352  
836  
(26)  
858 
 
8,909 
Balance at end of period    $ 
5,287 
$ 
2,840 $ 
32,266 $ 
2,086 $ 
19 $ 
176 
$ 42,674 
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Real Estate
Construction
1-4 Family
Residential
Commercial
Commercial
Loans 
Municipal
Loans
Loans to
Individuals
Total
Balance at beginning of 
period     ............................. $ 
3,787 
$ 
1,866 $ 
26,980 $ 
2,397 $ 
47 $ 
196 
$ 35,273 
Loans charged-off   .......  
— 
 
(69)  
—  
(792)  
—  
(1,723)  
(2,584) 
Recoveries of loans 
charged-off   ..................  
2 
 
107  
81  
593  
—  
1,105 
 
1,888 
Net loans (charged-
off)     recovered   ..........  
2 
 
38  
81  
(199)  
—  
(618)  
(696) 
Provision for (reversal 
of) loan losses   ..............  
(625)  
269  
1,640  
37  
(2)  
619 
 
1,938 
Balance at end of period    $ 
3,164 
$ 
2,173 $ 
28,701 $ 
2,235 $ 
45 $ 
197 
$ 36,515 
(1) Included in charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 is a $788,000 write down to fair value an $8.1 million 
commercial real estate loan relationship transferred to held for sale. 
The accrued interest receivable on our loan receivables is excluded from the allowance for credit loss estimate and is included 
in interest receivable on our consolidated balance sheets.  As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the accrued 
interest on our loan portfolio was $20.2 million and $21.3 million, respectively. 
99 

6.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2024
2023
Premises    ..............................................................................................................................................
$ 
199,348 
$ 
189,643 
Furniture and equipment   .....................................................................................................................
 
45,145 
 
44,719 
 
 
244,493 
 
234,362 
Less: Accumulated depreciation    .........................................................................................................
 
102,845 
 
95,412 
Total    .................................................................................................................................................
$ 
141,648 
$ 
138,950 
Assets with accumulated depreciation of $851,000 and $1.5 million were written off for the years ended December 31, 2024 
and 2023, respectively.
Depreciation expense was $8.3 million, $8.4 million and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively.
7.  DEPOSITS
Deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Noninterest bearing demand deposits:
 
 
Private accounts    ..............................................................................................................
$ 
1,301,298 
$ 
1,322,793 
Public accounts     ...............................................................................................................
 
55,854 
 
67,614 
Total noninterest bearing demand deposits    ...............................................................
 
1,357,152 
 
1,390,407 
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
Private accounts:
 
 
Savings accounts      ........................................................................................................
 
593,322 
 
602,050 
Money market demand accounts       ...............................................................................
 
375,651 
 
356,506 
Platinum money market accounts    ..............................................................................
 
431,050 
 
421,505 
Interest bearing checking accounts     ............................................................................
 
1,752,997 
 
1,897,017 
NOW demand accounts    .............................................................................................
 
23,796 
 
14,507 
CDs of $250,000 or more     ..........................................................................................
 
285,426 
 
232,343 
CDs under $250,000   ..................................................................................................
 
658,286 
 
489,584 
Total private accounts .............................................................................................
 
4,120,528 
 
4,013,512 
Public accounts:
 
 
Savings accounts      ........................................................................................................
 
2,236 
 
2,000 
Money market demand accounts       ...............................................................................
 
28,502 
 
31,808 
Platinum money market accounts    ..............................................................................
 
354,965 
 
498,079 
Interest bearing checking accounts     ............................................................................
 
83,575 
 
75,573 
NOW demand accounts    .............................................................................................
 
438,573 
 
370,752 
CDs of $250,000 or more     ..........................................................................................
 
265,697 
 
161,194 
CDs under $250,000   ..................................................................................................
 
3,020 
 
6,356 
Total public accounts    ..............................................................................................
 
1,176,568 
 
1,145,762 
Total interest bearing deposits     ...................................................................................
 
5,297,096 
 
5,159,274 
Total deposits     ....................................................................................................................
$ 
6,654,248 
$ 
6,549,681 
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, interest expense on CDs of $250,000 or more was $21.7 million, $13.0 
million and $2.1 million, respectively.
100 

At December 31, 2024, the scheduled maturities of CDs, including public accounts, were as follows (in thousands):
2025    ............................... $ 
1,152,166 
2026    ...............................  
39,036 
2027    ...............................  
12,020 
2028    ...............................  
5,620 
2029    ...............................  
3,587 
2030 and thereafter      ........  
— 
$ 
1,212,429 
Brokered deposits may consist of CDs and non-maturity deposits.  At December 31, 2024, we had $115.7 million brokered 
CDs.  Brokered non-maturity deposits were $627.1 million at December 31, 2024 with a weighted average cost of 321 basis 
points.  As of December 31, 2023, we had no brokered CDs and $828.0 million in brokered non-maturity deposits with a 
weighted average cost of 323 basis points.  Our current policy allows for maximum brokered deposits of the lesser of $1.05 
billion or 12% of total assets.  
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had approximately $7.9 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in deposits from related 
parties, including directors and named executive officers.
The aggregate amount of demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loans were $1.2 million and $1.3 million at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
8.  BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
Information related to borrowings is provided in the table below (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Other borrowings:
 
 
Balance at end of period   ................................................................................................
$ 
76,443 
$ 
509,820 
Average amount outstanding during the period (1)
    ........................................................
 
205,743 
 
436,676 
Maximum amount outstanding during the period (2)
     .....................................................
 
597,765 
 
1,030,421 
Weighted average interest rate during the period (3)
     ......................................................
 5.7 %
 4.9 %
Interest rate at end of period (4)
   ......................................................................................
 3.6 %
 5.0 %
FHLB borrowings:
 
 
Balance at end of period   ................................................................................................
$ 
731,909 
$ 
212,648 
Average amount outstanding during the period (1)
   ........................................................
 
601,366 
 
276,584 
Maximum amount outstanding during the period (2)
    .....................................................
 
760,046 
 
533,242 
Weighted average interest rate during the period (3)
  ......................................................
 4.1 %
 2.5 %
Interest rate at end of period (5)
   ......................................................................................
 3.7 %
 1.2 %
(1) The average amount outstanding during the period was computed by dividing the total daily outstanding principal balances 
by the number of days in the period.
(2) The maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period.
(3) The weighted average interest rate during the period was computed by dividing the actual interest expense by the average 
amount outstanding during the period.  The weighted average interest rate on other borrowings and FHLB borrowings 
includes the effect of interest rate swaps.
(4) Stated rate.
(5) The interest rate on FHLB borrowings includes the effect of interest rate swaps.
101 

Maturities of the obligations associated with our borrowing arrangements based on scheduled repayments at December 31, 
2024 are as follows (in thousands):
Payments Due by Period
 
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years
2-3 Years
3-4 Years
4-5 Years
Thereafter
Total
Other borrowings    ..........................
$ 
76,443 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
76,443 
FHLB borrowings    .........................
 
730,772 
 
485 
 
406 
 
246 
 
— 
 
— 
 
731,909 
Total obligations      ...........................
$ 807,215 
$ 
485 
$ 
406 
$ 
246 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 808,352 
Other borrowings may include federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the Federal Reserve 
through the FRDW and BTFP.  Southside Bank has three unsecured lines of credit for the purchase of overnight federal funds at 
prevailing rates with Frost Bank, Amegy Bank, TIB – The Independent Bankers Bank for $40.0 million, $25.0 million and 
$15.0 million, respectively.  There were no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2024 or 2023.  To provide more liquidity 
in response to economic conditions in recent years, the Federal Reserve has encouraged broader use of the discount window.  
At December 31, 2024, the amount of additional funding the Bank could obtain from the FRDW, collateralized by securities, 
was approximately $431.7 million.  There were no borrowings from the FRDW at December 31, 2024, and $300.0 million at 
December 31, 2023. To provide more stability and to assure banks have the ability to meet the needs of all of their depositors, 
the Federal Reserve created the BTFP in the first quarter of 2023. On March 11, 2024, the Federal Reserve stopped extending 
new BTFP advances. There were no remaining borrowings from the BTFP at December 31, 2024, compared to $117.7 million 
at December 31, 2023. Southside Bank has a $5.0 million line of credit with Frost Bank to be used to issue letters of credit, and 
at December 31, 2024, the line had one outstanding letter of credit for $155,000.  Southside Bank currently has one outstanding 
letter of credit from FHLB held as collateral for a loan for $6.1 million. 
Southside Bank enters into sales of securities under repurchase agreements.  These repurchase agreements totaled $76.4 million 
at December 31, 2024, and $92.1 million at December 31, 2023, and had maturities of less than one year. Repurchase 
agreements are secured by investment and MBS securities and are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the 
transaction.
FHLB borrowings represent borrowings with fixed interest rates ranging from 0.27% to 4.80% and with remaining maturities of 
2 days to 3.8 years at December 31, 2024.  FHLB borrowings may be collateralized by FHLB stock, nonspecified loans and/or 
securities.  At December 31, 2024, the amount of additional funding Southside Bank could obtain from FHLB, collateralized by 
securities, FHLB stock and nonspecified loans and securities, was approximately $1.72 billion, net of FHLB stock purchases 
required. 
102 

9.  LONG-TERM DEBT
Information related to our long-term debt is summarized as follows for the periods presented (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Subordinated notes: (1)
3.875% Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance costs (2)
    ........................... $ 
92,042 
$ 
93,877 
Total Subordinated notes  ......................................................................................................  
92,042 
 
93,877 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures: (3)
Southside Statutory Trust III, net of unamortized debt issuance costs (4)
    .........................  
20,582 
 
20,578 
Southside Statutory Trust IV     .............................................................................................  
23,196 
 
23,196 
Southside Statutory Trust V     ..............................................................................................  
12,887 
 
12,887 
Magnolia Trust Company I   ...............................................................................................  
3,609 
 
3,609 
Total Trust preferred subordinated debentures      ....................................................................  
60,274 
 
60,270 
Total Long-term debt      ........................................................................................................... $ 
152,316 
$ 
154,147 
(1) This debt consists of subordinated notes with a remaining maturity greater than one year that qualify under the risk-based 
capital guidelines as Tier 2 capital, subject to certain limitations.
(2) The unamortized discount and debt issuance costs reflected in the carrying amount of the subordinated notes totaled 
approximately $958,000 at December 31, 2024 and $1.1 million at December 31, 2023.
(3) This debt consists of trust preferred securities that qualify under the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 1 capital, subject to 
certain limitations.
(4) The unamortized debt issuance costs reflected in the carrying amount of the Southside Statutory Trust III junior subordinated 
debentures totaled $37,000 at December 31, 2024 and $41,000 at December 31, 2023. 
As of December 31, 2024, the details of the subordinated notes and the trust preferred subordinated debentures are summarized 
below (dollars in thousands):
Date Issued
Amount Issued
Fixed or 
Floating Rate
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
3.875% Subordinated Notes (1)
   ...........
November 6, 
2020
$ 
100,000 
Fixed-to-
Floating
3.875%
November 15, 
2030
Southside Statutory Trust III      ..............
September 4, 
2003
$ 
20,619 
Floating
3 month SOFR 
+ 3.20%
September 4, 
2033
Southside Statutory Trust IV     ..............
August 8, 
2007
$ 
23,196 
Floating
3 month SOFR 
+ 1.56%
October 30, 
2037
Southside Statutory Trust V   ...............
August 10, 
2007
$ 
12,887 
Floating
3 month SOFR 
+ 2.51%
September 15, 
2037
Magnolia Trust Company I (2)
  ............ May 20, 2005
$ 
3,609 
Floating
3 month SOFR 
+ 2.06%
November 23, 
2035
(1) On April 4, 2024 and June 14, 2023, the Company repurchased $2.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of the $100.0 
million fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes that mature on November 15, 2030.
(2) On October 10, 2007, as part of an acquisition we assumed $3.6 million of floating rate junior subordinated debentures 
issued in 2005 to Magnolia Trust Company I. 
On November 6, 2020, the Company issued $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated 
notes that mature on November 15, 2030. This debt initially bears interest at a fixed rate of 3.875% per year through November 
14, 2025 and thereafter, adjusts quarterly at a floating rate equal to the then current three-month term SOFR, as published by the 
FRBNY, plus 366 basis points. The proceeds from the sale of the subordinated notes were used for general corporate purposes. 
103 

10.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Deferred Compensation Agreements
Southside Bank has deferred compensation agreements with 29 of its executive officers, which generally provide for payment 
of an aggregate amount of $9.9 million over a maximum period of 15 years after retirement or death.  Of the 29 executives 
included in the agreements, payments have commenced to nine former executives and/or their beneficiaries.  Deferred 
compensation expense was $330,000, $86,000 and $310,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively.  At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the deferred compensation plan liability totaled $3.2 million. 
Health Insurance
We provide accident and health insurance for substantially all employees through a self-funded insurance program.  The cost of 
health care benefits was $8.9 million, $8.1 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively.  Our healthcare plan provides health insurance coverage for any retiree having 50 years of service with the 
Company.  In addition, the eligible retiree must have Medicare coverage, including part A, part B and part D.  There was one 
retiree participating in the health insurance plan as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.  
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
We have an ESOP which covers substantially all employees.  Contributions to the ESOP are at the sole discretion of the board 
of directors.  We contributed $1.0 million to the ESOP for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.  At 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the ESOP owned 352,473 and 366,791 shares of common stock, respectively.  These shares are 
treated as externally held shares for dividend and earnings per share calculations.
Long-term Disability
We have an officer’s long-term disability income policy which provides coverage in the event they become disabled as defined 
under its terms.  Individuals are automatically covered under the policy if they (a) have been elected as an officer, (b) have been 
an employee of Southside Bank for three years and (c) receive earnings of $50,000 or more on an annual basis.  The policy 
provides, among other things, that should a covered individual become totally disabled he would receive two-thirds of his 
current salary, not to exceed $15,000 per month.  The benefits paid out of the policy are limited by the benefits paid to the 
individual under the terms of our other Company-sponsored benefit plans.
Split Dollar Agreements
We entered into split dollar agreements with nine of our executive officers.  The agreements provide we will be the beneficiary 
of BOLI insuring the executives’ lives.  The agreements provide the executives the right to designate the beneficiaries of the 
death benefits guaranteed in each agreement.  The agreements originally provided for death benefits of an initial aggregate 
amount of $5.7 million.  Prior to an executive’s retirement, their individual amount is increased annually on the anniversary 
date of the agreement by inflation adjustment factors of either 3% or 5%.  As of December 31, 2024, three of the executives 
remained actively employed with us.  Death benefits under this agreement were paid during the years ended December 31, 2024 
and 2018, for two retired covered officers and during the year ended December 31, 2013 for one active covered officer.  As of 
December 31, 2024, the estimated death benefits for the six executives totaled $6.0 million.  The agreements also state that after 
the executive’s retirement, we shall also pay an annual gross-up bonus to the executive in an amount sufficient to enable the 
executive to pay federal income tax on both the economic benefit and on the gross-up bonus. A credit to expense of $28,000 
and $95,000 was required to record the post retirement liability associated with the split dollar post retirement bonus for the 
year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the expense was $27,000.  For 
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the split dollar liability totaled $1.6 million.
104 

401(k) Plan
We have a 401(k) Plan covering substantially all employees that permits each participant to make before- or after-tax 
contributions subject to certain limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code.  Beginning January 1, 2017, eligible employees 
may participate in the 401(k) Plan after they have worked at least 30 days with the Company.  For the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, expense attributable to the 401(k) Plan totaled $2.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 
2022, expense attributable to the 401(k) Plan totaled $2.0 million.  
Retirement Plans
We have a defined benefit pension plan pursuant to which participants are entitled to benefits based on final average monthly 
compensation and years of credited service determined in accordance with plan provisions.
We have a nonfunded supplemental retirement plan for our employees whose benefits under the principal retirement plan are 
reduced because of compensation deferral elections or limitations under federal tax laws.
Entrance into the Retirement Plan by new employees was frozen effective December 31, 2005.  Employees hired after 
December 31, 2005 are not eligible to participate in the Retirement Plan.  All remaining participants in the Retirement Plan are 
fully vested.  Benefits are payable monthly commencing on the later of age 65 or the participant’s date of retirement.  Eligible 
participants may retire at reduced benefit levels after reaching age 55.  We contribute amounts to the pension fund sufficient to 
satisfy funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.  Effective December 31, 2020, all future benefit 
accruals and accrual of benefit service, including consideration of compensation increases, were frozen.  No further benefits 
have been or will be earned by employees since that date.
Retirement Plan assets included no shares of our stock at December 31, 2024, compared to 240,666 shares at December 31, 
2023.  Our stock included in the Retirement Plan assets was purchased at fair value.  During 2024, our funded status improved, 
and at December 31, 2024, we had a funded status of $9.2 million compared to a funded status of $8.4 million at December 31, 
2023.  The improvement in the funded status was a result of an increase in the discount rate to better reflect the current market 
conditions at December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023.
In connection with the acquisition of Omni, we acquired the OmniAmerican Bank Defined Benefit Plan which was remeasured 
at fair value.  The Acquired Retirement Plan originally called for benefits to be paid to eligible employees at retirement based 
primarily upon years of service and the compensation levels at retirement.  As of December 31, 2006, the benefits under the 
Acquired Retirement Plan were frozen by Omni.  No further benefits have been or will be earned by employees since that date.  
In addition, no new participants may be added to the Acquired Retirement Plan after December 31, 2006. During 2024, our 
funded status improved and at December 31, 2024, we had a funded status of $1.1 million compared to a funded status of 
$839,000 at December 31, 2023. The improvement in the funded status was a result of an increase in the discount rate to better 
reflect the current market conditions at December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023.
We use a measurement date of December 31 for our plans.
105 

Activity in our defined benefit pension plans and restoration plan were as follows (in thousands): 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
 
(in thousands)
Change in 
Projected Benefit 
Obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation 
at end of prior 
year       ......................
$ 73,165 
$ 
2,246 
$ 16,176 
$ 69,869 
$ 
2,379 
$ 15,463 
$ 94,170 
$ 
3,483 
$ 
19,321 
Interest cost    .........
 
3,620 
 
105 
 
859 
 
3,771 
 
126 
 
831 
 
2,741 
 
102 
 
578 
Actuarial (gain) 
loss     .......................
 
(4,182)  
(220)  
666 
 
3,856 
 
201 
 
555 
 (22,997)  
(1,076)  
(3,763) 
Benefits paid    ........
 
(4,296)  
(74)  
(853)  
(4,218)  
(61)  
(673)  
(3,950)  
(60)  
(673) 
Expenses paid  ......
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(113)  
(88)  
— 
 
(95)  
(70)  
— 
Settlements     ..........
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(311)  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Benefit obligation 
at end of year      .......
 
68,307 
 
2,057 
 
16,848 
 
73,165 
 
2,246 
 
16,176 
 
69,869 
 
2,379 
 
15,463 
Change in Plan 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan 
assets at end of 
prior year    .............
 
81,551 
 
3,085 
 
— 
 
76,735 
 
3,128 
 
— 
 
97,439 
 
3,871 
 
— 
Actual return    ........
 
233 
 
141 
 
— 
 
9,147 
 
417 
 
— 
 (16,659)  
(613)  
— 
Employer 
contributions   ........
 
— 
 
— 
 
853 
 
— 
 
— 
 
673 
 
— 
 
— 
 
673 
Benefits paid    ........
 
(4,296)  
(74)  
(853)  
(4,218)  
(61)  
(673)  
(3,950)  
(60)  
(673) 
Expenses paid  ......
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(113)  
(88)  
— 
 
(95)  
(70)  
— 
Settlements     ..........
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(311)  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Fair value of plan 
assets at end of 
year       ......................
 
77,488 
 
3,152 
 
— 
 
81,551 
 
3,085 
 
— 
 
76,735 
 
3,128 
 
— 
(Un)Funded 
status at end of 
year       ......................
 
9,181 
 
1,095 
 (16,848)  
8,386 
 
839 
 (16,176)  
6,866 
 
749 
 
(15,463) 
Accrued benefit 
(liability) asset 
recognized    ...........
$ 
9,181 
$ 
1,095 
$ (16,848) $ 
8,386 
$ 
839 
$ (16,176) $ 
6,866 
$ 
749 
$ (15,463) 
Accumulated 
benefit obligation 
at end of year      .......
$ 68,307 
$ 
2,057 
$ 16,848 
$ 73,165 
$ 
2,246 
$ 16,176 
$ 69,869 
$ 
2,379 
$ 
15,463 
106 

Amounts related to our defined benefit pension plans and restoration plan recognized as a component of other comprehensive 
income (loss) were as follows (in thousands): 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Recognition of 
net loss   .............
$ 
578 
$ 
— 
$ 
51 
$ 
726 
$ 
— 
$ 
30 
$ 
640 
$ 
— 
$ 
255 
Recognition of 
gain due to 
settlement      .........
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
(16)  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Net gain (loss) 
occurring 
during the year     .
 
(442)  
180 
 
(666)  
718 
 
29 
 
(555)  
493 
 
231 
 
3,763 
 
 
136 
 
180 
 
(615)  
1,444 
 
13 
 
(525)  
1,133 
 
231 
 
4,018 
Deferred tax 
(expense) 
benefit    ..............
 
(29)  
(37)  
129 
 
(303)  
(3)  
110 
 
(238)  
(48)  
(844) 
Other 
comprehensive 
income (loss), 
net of tax   ..........
$ 
107 
$ 
143 
$ 
(486) $ 
1,141 
$ 
10 
$ 
(415) $ 
895 
$ 
183 
$ 
3,174 
The noncash adjustment to the employee benefit plan assets and/or liabilities, consisting of changes in net loss, was $299,000 
and $(948,000) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Net amounts recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Net loss      .......................................................
$ 
578 
$ 
— 
$ 
51 
$ 
726 
$ 
— 
$ 
30 
Deferred tax expense     ..................................
 
(121)  
— 
 
(11)  
(153)  
— 
 
(6) 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss), net of tax     ..........................................
$ 
457 
$ 
— 
$ 
40 
$ 
573 
$ 
— 
$ 
24 
107 

Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Net gain (loss)     ............................................
$ 
(21,220) $ 
293 
$ 
(3,126) $ 
(21,356) $ 
113 
$ 
(2,511) 
Deferred tax (expense) benefit   ...................
 
4,456 
 
(61)  
656 
 
4,485 
 
(24)  
527 
Accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss), net of tax   .............................
$ 
(16,764) $ 
232 
$ 
(2,470) $ 
(16,871) $ 
89 
$ 
(1,984) 
Net periodic pension cost and postretirement benefit cost included the following components (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Retirement Plan:
 
Interest cost     ......................................................................................................................
$ 
3,620 
$ 
3,771 
$ 
2,741 
Expected return on assets     .................................................................................................
 
(4,857)  
(4,573)  
(5,845) 
Net loss amortization  ........................................................................................................
 
578 
 
726 
 
640 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)    ...................................................................................
$ 
(659) $ 
(76) $ 
(2,464) 
Acquired Retirement Plan:
 
Interest cost     ......................................................................................................................
$ 
105 
$ 
126 
$ 
102 
Expected return on assets     .................................................................................................
 
(180)  
(187)  
(232) 
Gain recognized due to settlement    ...................................................................................
 
— 
 
(16)  
— 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)    ...................................................................................
$ 
(75) $ 
(77) $ 
(130) 
Restoration Plan:
 
 
 
Interest cost     ......................................................................................................................
$ 
859 
$ 
831 
$ 
578 
Net loss amortization  ........................................................................................................
 
51 
 
30 
 
255 
Net periodic benefit cost   ..................................................................................................
$ 
910 
$ 
861 
$ 
833 
The Retirement Plan and Acquired Retirement Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity and debt instruments, 
are valued using market quotations in active markets for identical assets, or market quotations for similar assets in active or 
non-active markets.  The Retirement Plans’ obligations and the annual pension expense are determined by independent 
actuaries and through the use of a number of assumptions.  Key assumptions in measuring the Retirement Plans’ obligations 
include the discount rate and the estimated future return on plan assets.
The discount rate is determined by matching the future benefit payments of the Retirement Plans to a portfolio of high quality 
corporate bonds as of the measurement date, December 31, 2024.  The expected long-term rate of return assumption reflects the 
average return expected based on the investment strategies and asset allocation of the assets invested to provide for the 
Retirement Plans’ liabilities.  We considered broad equity and bond indices, long-term return projections and actual long-term 
historical Plan performance when evaluating the expected long-term rate of return assumption.  
The assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation were as follows:
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Restoration
Plan
Discount rate     ...........................................
 5.58 %
 5.71 %
 5.47 %
 5.13 %
 5.13 %
 5.13 %
108 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost and postretirement benefit cost were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Retirement Plan:
 
 
 
Discount rate     .....................................................................................................................
 5.13 %
 5.46 %
 2.95 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets    ..............................................................
 6.13 %
 6.13 %
 6.13 %
Acquired Retirement Plan:
Discount rate     .....................................................................................................................
 5.13 %
 5.46 %
 2.95 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets    ..............................................................
 6.13 %
 6.13 %
 6.13 %
Restoration Plan:
 
 
 
Discount rate     .....................................................................................................................
 5.13 %
 5.46 %
 2.95 %
Material changes in pension benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions.  Future annual amounts 
could be impacted by changes in the number of Plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in the 
discount rates, changes in the expected long-term rate of return, changes in the level of contributions to the Retirement Plan and 
other factors.  
109 

The major categories of assets in the Plan and the Acquired Retirement Plan are presented in the following table (in 
thousands).  Assets are segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 
820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” utilized to measure fair value (see “Note 12 – Fair Value 
Measurement”).  Our Restoration Plan is unfunded.
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Retirement
Plan
Acquired  
Retirement 
Plan
Level 1:
Cash    .................................................................................................................
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
1,428 
$ 
— 
Equity securities:
 
 
U.S. large cap (1)
    ..........................................................................................
 
— 
 
706 
 
28,506 
 
1,055 
U.S. mid cap (2)
   ............................................................................................
 
— 
 
37 
 
4,323 
 
125 
U.S. small cap (3)
   ..........................................................................................
 
— 
 
13 
 
11,907 
 
64 
International developed (4)
     ...........................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
9,317 
 
— 
International emerging (2)
    ............................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
1,964 
 
— 
International (5)
     ............................................................................................
 
— 
 
295 
 
— 
 
540 
Fixed income securities:
Corporate bonds (6)
   ......................................................................................
 
— 
 
2,030 
 
— 
 
1,078 
U.S. government treasuries (6)
   .....................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
148 
 
— 
Real estate (7)
   ...............................................................................................
 
— 
 
71 
 
— 
 
223 
Level 2:
 
 
Cash equivalents   ..............................................................................................
 
1,598 
 
— 
 
5,957 
 
— 
Equity securities:
U.S. large cap (8)
    ..........................................................................................
 
4,010 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
U.S. mid cap (8)
   ............................................................................................
 
977 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
U.S. small cap (8)
   .........................................................................................
 
557 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
International (8)
     ............................................................................................
 
1,532 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Fixed income securities:
 
Corporate bonds (6)
   ......................................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
1,893 
 
— 
Collective investment funds (9)
    ....................................................................
 
68,814 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
U.S. government agencies (6)
   .......................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
4,871 
 
— 
Municipal bonds (6)
    ......................................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
11,119 
 
— 
U.S. agency MBS (10)
    ..................................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
118 
 
— 
Total fair value of plan assets    .............................................................................
$ 
77,488 
$ 
3,152 
$ 
81,551 
$ 
3,085 
(1) For the Retirement Plan, this category was comprised of broadly diversified “passive” and “active” mutual funds.  The 
Acquired Retirement Plan assets in this category consist of pooled separate accounts invested mainly in domestic 
stocks.
(2) For the Retirement Plan, this category was comprised of broadly diversified “active” mutual funds. The Acquired 
Retirement Plan assets in this category consist of pooled separate accounts invested mainly in mutual funds and 
domestic stocks.
(3) For the Retirement Plan, this category was comprised of broadly diversified “passive” and “active” mutual funds and 
shares of Southside Bancshares stock. The Acquired Retirement Plan assets in this category consist of pooled separate 
accounts invested in mutual funds and domestic stocks.
(4) This category was comprised of a broadly diversified “passive” and “active” mutual funds.
(5) This category is comprised of pooled separate accounts invested in mutual funds and international stocks.
(6) For the Retirement Plan, this category was comprised of individual investment grade securities that are generally 
HTM, as well as broadly diversified “active” mutual funds bonds and fixed income securities.   The Acquired 
Retirement Plan assets in this category consist of pooled separate accounts invested in mutual funds, bonds and fixed 
income securities.
(7) This category is comprised of a pooled separate account invested in commercial real estate and includes mortgage 
loans which are backed by the associated properties.
(8) This category is comprised of collective investment funds invested in mutual funds.
110 

(9) Funds invest principally in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds 
and mortgage and asset backed securities.
(10)This category was comprised of individual securities that are generally not HTM.
We did not have any plan assets with Level 3 input fair value measurements at December 31, 2024 or 2023.  
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we liquidated and reinvested the assets in the Retirement Plan using a liability-
driven investment strategy. Our overall investment strategy is to realize long-term growth of the Retirement Plan within 
acceptable risk parameters, while funding benefit payments from dividend and interest income, to the extent possible.  The 
target allocations for plan assets are 89.5% fixed income, 8.5% equities and 2.0% cash equivalents.  Equity securities are 
diversified among U.S. and international (both developed and emerging), large, mid and small caps, value and growth securities 
and REITs.  The investment objective of equity funds is long-term capital appreciation with current income.  Fixed income 
securities include government agencies, CDs, corporate bonds, municipal bonds and MBS.  The investment objective of fixed 
income funds is to maximize investment return while preserving investment principal.  Mutual funds are primarily used for 
equity and REITs because of the superior diversification they provide. 
As of December 31, 2024, expected future benefit payments related to the Retirement Plan, the Acquired Retirement Plan and 
the Restoration Plan were as follows (in thousands):
 
Retirement Plan
Acquired 
Retirement Plan
Restoration
Plan
2025     ........................................................... $ 
4,620 
$ 
180 
$ 
980 
2026     ...........................................................  
4,990 
 
120 
 
1,510 
2027     ...........................................................  
5,040 
 
110 
 
1,480 
2028     ...........................................................  
5,110 
 
350 
 
1,510 
2029     ...........................................................  
5,140 
 
70 
 
1,490 
2030 through 2034     ....................................  
25,350 
 
650 
 
7,190 
 
$ 
50,250 
$ 
1,480 
$ 
14,160 
We expect to contribute $852,000 to our Restoration Plan in 2025. We do not expect to make additional contributions to the 
Retirement Plan or the Acquired Retirement Plan in 2025.
Share-based Incentive Plans
2017 Incentive Plan 
On May 10, 2017, our shareholders approved the 2017 Incentive Plan, which is a stock-based incentive compensation plan.  A 
total of 2,460,000 shares of our common stock were reserved and available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 
2017 Incentive Plan.  This amount includes a number of additional shares (not to exceed 410,000) underlying awards 
outstanding as of May 10, 2017 under the Company’s 2009 Incentive Plan that thereafter terminate or expire unexercised, or are 
cancelled, forfeited or lapse for any reason.  Under the 2017 Incentive Plan, we are authorized to grant stock options, stock 
appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards and qualified performance-based awards or any 
combination thereof to selected employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates.  As of 
December 31, 2024, there were 883,849 shares remaining available for grant for future awards.  
All share data has been adjusted to give retroactive recognition to stock dividends, where applicable.  Reference to incentive 
plans refers to the 2017 Incentive Plan and predecessor incentive plans.
As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, there were 267,260, 201,315 and 277,600 unvested awards outstanding, 
respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, there was $2.9 million, $3.2 million and $2.9 million of 
share-based compensation expense for employees related to the incentive plans, respectively, and $618,000, $671,000 and 
$605,000 of income tax benefit related to the stock compensation expense, respectively.  Director stock compensation expense 
was $580,000, $359,000, and $342,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 respectively, and $122,000, 
$75,000 and $72,000 of income tax benefit related to the director stock compensation expense, respectively. 
As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, there was $6.0 million, $5.7 million and $7.4 million of unrecognized compensation 
cost related to the incentive plans, respectively.  The remaining cost at December 31, 2024 is expected to be recognized over a 
weighted-average period of 2.2 years. 
The fair value of each NQSO is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  There were no  
NQSO grants during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022.  The NQSOs have contractual terms of 10 years and 
vest in equal annual installments over either a three- or four-year period. 
111 

The fair value of each RSU is the ending stock price on the date of grant. RSUs granted to employees vest in equal annual 
installments over a period of between three and four years. Director RSUs vest after a period of one year.  Directors may elect 
to defer the receipt of shares and instead receive them on a specified anniversary of grant date or upon the termination of their 
service on the Board.
The fair value of each PSU is the ending stock price on the date of grant. PSUs granted to executive officers will cliff vest on 
the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to the grantee’s continued service on such date, and will be earned based on the 
Company’s ROATCE related to ROATCE of the KBW Nasdaq Regional Bank Index (NASDAQ: KRX), over a 3 year 
performance period. The PSUs may be earned between a minimum payout of 50%, based on a ROATCE performance threshold 
of 25th percentile of the Peer Group, a target payout of 100%, based on a ROATCE performance threshold of 50th percentile, 
and a maximum payout of 150%, based on a performance threshold of 75th percentile or greater. Share payout for performance 
between the minimum threshold, target and maximum is calculated on a straight line basis, and performance below the 
minimum threshold results in no share payout.
Each award is evidenced by an award agreement that specifies the option price, if applicable, the duration of the award, the 
number of shares to which the award pertains and such other provisions as the board of directors determines. Historically, 
shares issued in connection with stock compensation awards have been issued from available authorized shares.  Beginning in 
the second quarter of 2017, shares were issued from available treasury shares.  
Shares issued in connection with stock compensation awards along with other related information are presented in the following 
table (in thousands, except share amounts):
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
New shares issued from available treasury shares      ......................................................  
149,060 
 
99,109 
 
86,500 
Proceeds from stock option exercises    ......................................................................... $ 
2,624 
$ 
1,082 
$ 
790 
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised      ................................................................... $ 
480 
$ 
229 
$ 
421 
A combined summary of activity in our share-based plans as of December 31, 2024 is presented below. Performance stock units 
outstanding are presented assuming attainment of the maximum payout rate as set forth by the performance criteria:   
 
Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding
Stock Options
 Outstanding
Service Based
Performance Based
 
Number
of Shares
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair
Value
Number
of Shares
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair
Value
Number
of Shares
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
 Price
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair
Value
Balance, January 1, 2024   ............
 
197,943 
$ 
34.76 
 
28,654 $ 
40.18  
620,506 
$ 
33.76 
$ 
6.47 
Granted     ....................................
 
147,076 
 
27.26 
 
27,800  
30.75  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Stock options exercised    ...........
 
— 
 
— 
 
—  
—  
(91,067)  
28.83 
 
5.92 
Stock awards vested     ................
 
(69,340)  
35.50 
 
—  
—  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Forfeited ...................................
 
(23,651)  
34.59 
 
(5,085)  
34.29  
— 
 
— 
 
— 
Canceled/expired     .....................
 
— 
 
— 
 
—  
—  
(8,826)  
34.83 
 
6.33 
Balance, December 31, 2024   ......
 
252,028 
$ 
30.18 
 
51,369 $ 
35.69  
520,613 
$ 
34.61 
$ 
6.57 
112 

Other information regarding options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2024 is as follows:
 
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Number
of Shares
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
Number
of Shares
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$ 
26.49 
- $ 
30.00 
 
28,921 
$ 
26.68 
0.54
 
28,921 
$ 
26.68 
 
30.01 
-  
35.00 
 
416,351 
 
34.67 
3.79
 
416,351 
 
34.67 
 
35.01 
-  
37.28 
 
75,341 
 
37.28 
1.75
 
75,341 
 
37.28 
Total
 
520,613 
$ 
34.61 
3.31
 
520,613 
$ 
34.61 
The total intrinsic value of outstanding in-the-money stock options and outstanding in-the-money exercisable stock options was 
$147,000 for both at December 31, 2024.  The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options exercisable at 
December 31, 2024 was 3.3 years.
11.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 
Our hedging policy allows the use of interest rate derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate risk or hedge 
specified assets and liabilities.  These instruments may include interest rate swaps and interest rate caps and floors.  All 
derivative instruments are carried on the balance sheet at their estimated fair value and are recorded in other assets or other 
liabilities, as appropriate. Derivative instruments may be designated as cash flow hedges of variable rate assets or liabilities, 
cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions, fair value hedges of a recognized asset or liability or as non-hedging instruments. 
Cash Flow Hedges
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in AOCI to the extent they are 
effective.  If the hedge is effective, the amount recorded in other comprehensive income is reclassified to interest expense in the 
same periods that the hedged cash flows impact earnings.  We have entered into certain interest rate swap contracts on specific 
variable rate agreements and fixed rate short-term pay agreements with third-parties.  These interest rate swap contracts were 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges under ASC Topic 815.  The objective of the interest rate swap contracts 
is to manage the expected future cash flows on $790.0 million of Bank liabilities.  The cash flows from the swap contracts are 
expected to be highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to fluctuations in the underlying 
SOFR rate. At December 31, 2024, the net gains recognized in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified into earnings within 
the next 12 months were $7.5 million. 
In accordance with ASC Topic 815, if a hedging item is terminated prior to maturity for a cash settlement, the existing gain or 
loss within AOCI will continue to be reclassified into earnings during the period or periods in which the hedged forecasted 
transaction affects earnings unless it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally 
specified time period. These transactions are reevaluated on a monthly basis to determine if the hedged forecasted transactions 
are still probable of occurring.  If at a subsequent evaluation, it is determined that the transactions are probable of not occurring, 
any related gains or losses recorded in AOCI are immediately recognized in earnings. During the third quarter of 2024, we 
terminated three interest rate swap contracts designated as a cash flow hedge, and during the second quarter of 2023, we 
terminated one interest rate swap contract designated as a cash flow hedge. At the time of termination, we determined the 
hedged forecasted transactions were still probable of occurring. The existing loss in AOCI will be reclassified into earnings in 
the same periods the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. 
Fair Value Hedges
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the hedged 
item, are recorded in interest income in the consolidated statements of income.  Gains and losses due to changes in fair value of 
the interest rate swap agreements offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the hedged item.  During 2022, we 
entered into partial term fair value hedges for certain of our fixed rate callable AFS municipal securities.  During 2024, we 
entered into partial term fair value hedges of fixed rate AFS MBS and fixed rate loans using the portfolio layer method. This 
approach allows us to designate as the hedged item a stated amount of the assets that are not expected to be affected by 
prepayments, defaults and other factors affecting the timing and amount of cash flows. The fair value portfolio level hedging 
adjustment on our hedged MBS portfolio and hedged loan portfolio has not been attributed to the individual AFS securities or 
individual loans in our balance sheet.  The instruments are designated as fair value hedges as the changes in the fair value of the 
interest rate swap are expected to partially offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the 
113 

SOFR swap rate, the designated benchmark interest rate. These derivative contracts involve the receipt of floating rate interest 
from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreement, without the exchange of the 
underlying notional value. During 2024 and 2023, we terminated some of our securities fair value hedging relationships and 
sold the majority of the hedged items. As a result of the sale, the cumulative adjustments to the carrying amount was a fair value 
net gain of $3.5 million and $6.5 million recognized in earnings and recorded in noninterest income during the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.   
The following table presents the amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets related to the cumulative adjustments for 
fair value hedges (in thousands):  
Amortized Cost of Hedged Assets (2)
Cumulative Amount of Fair Value 
Hedging Adjustments Included in the 
Carrying Amount of the Hedged Items
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2024
December 31, 
2023
Securities AFS (1) (3)
   ....................................
$ 
903,168 
$ 
487,486 $ 
16,617 
$ 
13,642 
Loans (1) (3)
  ...................................................
 
265,845 
 
—  
1,545 
 
— 
1)   Amounts include the amortized cost basis of closed portfolios used to designate hedging relationships under the portfolio 
layer method.  The hedged item is a layer of the closed portfolio which is expected to be remaining at the end of the hedging 
relationship.  As of December 31, 2024, the amortized cost basis of the closed MBS portfolio used in these hedging 
relationships was $558.5 million, the amount of the designated hedged items were $134.0 million and the cumulative amount 
of fair value hedging adjustments associated with these MBS hedging relationships was a gain of $1.1 million.  As of 
December 31, 2024, the amortized cost basis of the closed loan portfolio used in these hedging relationships was $265.8 
million, the amount of the designated hedged items were $155.0 million and the cumulative amount of fair value hedging 
adjustments associated with these loan hedging relationships was a gain of $1.5 million. 
2)    Excludes fair value hedging adjustments.
3)    Excluded from the table above are the cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments for securities AFS and loans for 
which hedge accounting has been discontinued in the amounts of a loss of $4.8 million and a loss of $3.7 million, 
respectively, at December 31, 2024.  There were no discontinued hedges as of December 31, 2023.
Derivatives Designated as Non-Hedging Instruments
From time to time, we may enter into certain interest rate swaps, cap and floor contracts that are not designated as hedging 
instruments.  These interest rate derivative contracts relate to transactions in which we enter into an interest rate swap, cap or 
floor with a customer while concurrently entering into an offsetting interest rate swap, cap or floor with a third-party financial 
institution.  We agree to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable rate and receive interest from the 
customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate.  At the same time, we agree to pay a third-party financial 
institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same 
notional amount.  These interest rate derivative contracts allow our customers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a 
fixed rate loan.  The changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts primarily offset each other and do not 
significantly impact our results of operations. We recognized swap fee income associated with these derivative contracts 
immediately based upon the difference in the bid/ask spread of the underlying transactions with the customer and the third-party 
financial institution.  The swap fee income is included in other noninterest income in our consolidated statements of income.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023,  net derivative assets included $49.9 million and $46.8 million, respectively, of cash collateral 
received from counterparties under master netting agreements. 
The notional amounts of the derivative instruments represent the contractual cash flows pertaining to the underlying 
agreements.  These amounts are not exchanged and are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets.  The fair value of the 
interest rate swaps are presented at net in other assets and other liabilities and in the net change in each of these financial 
statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows when a right of offset exists, based on 
transactions with a single counterparty that are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement. 
114 

The following tables present the notional and estimated fair value amount of derivative positions outstanding (in thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Estimated Fair Value
Estimated Fair Value
Notional 
Amount (1)
Asset 
Derivative
Liability 
Derivative
Notional
Amount (1)
Asset 
Derivative
Liability 
Derivative
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate contracts:
Swaps-Cash Flow Hedge-Financial institution 
counterparties    .....................................................
$ 
790,000 
$ 12,625 
$ 
1,078 
$ 1,010,000 
$ 24,223 
$ 
6,910 
Swaps-Fair Value Hedge-Financial institution 
counterparties    .....................................................
 
602,950 
 
18,331 
 
217 
 
453,440 
 
13,658 
 
16 
Derivatives designated as non-hedging instruments
Interest rate contracts:
Swaps-Financial institution counterparties     ........
 
408,749 
 
21,534 
 
1,321 
 
248,073 
 
18,249 
 
509 
Swaps-Customer counterparties
 .........................
 
408,749 
 
1,321 
 
21,534 
 
248,073 
 
509 
 
18,249 
Gross derivatives     ....................................................
 
53,811 
 
24,150 
 
56,639 
 
25,684 
Offsetting derivative assets/liabilities    .....................
 
(2,616)  
(2,616) 
 
(7,435)  
(7,435) 
Cash collateral received/posted     ..............................
 
(49,874)  
— 
 
(46,760)  
— 
Net derivatives included in the consolidated 
balance sheets (2)
     .....................................................
$ 
1,321 
$ 21,534 
$ 
2,444 
$ 18,249 
(1) Notional amounts, which represent the extent of involvement in the derivatives market, are used to determine the contractual 
cash flows required in accordance with the terms of the agreement.  These amounts are typically not exchanged, significantly 
exceed amounts subject to credit or market risk and are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Net derivative assets are included in other assets and net derivative liabilities are included in other liabilities on the 
consolidated balance sheets. Included in the fair value of net derivative assets and net derivative liabilities are credit 
valuation adjustments reflecting counterparty credit risk and our credit risk.  At December 31, 2024, we had no credit 
exposure related to interest rate swaps with financial institutions and $1.3 million related to interest rate swaps with 
customers. At December 31, 2023, we had $1.9 million credit exposure related to interest rate swaps with financial 
institutions and $509,000 related to interest rate swaps with customers.  The credit risk associated with customer transactions 
is partially mitigated as these are generally secured by the non-cash collateral securing the underlying transaction being 
hedged.
The summarized expected weighted average remaining maturity of the notional amount of interest rate swaps and the weighted 
average interest rates associated with the amounts expected to be received or paid on interest rate swap agreements are 
presented below (dollars in thousands).  Variable rates received on fixed pay swaps are based on overnight SOFR rates in effect 
at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Weighted Average
Weighted Average
Notional 
Amount
Remaining 
Maturity
 (in years)
Receive  
Rate
Pay
Rate 
Notional 
Amount
Remaining 
Maturity
 (in years)
Receive  
Rate
Pay
Rate 
Swaps-Cash Flow hedge
Financial institution counterparties     
$ 790,000 
1.6
 4.60 %
 2.62 % $ 1,010,000 
2.3
 5.44 %
 2.65 %
Swaps-Fair Value hedge
Financial institution counterparties     
 602,950 
3.0
 4.76 %
 3.33 %  453,440 
5.4
 5.37 %
 3.13 %
Swaps-Non-hedging
Financial institution counterparties     
 408,749 
5.4
 4.65 %
 3.39 %  248,073 
7.4
 5.84 %
 2.88 %
Customer counterparties     .................
 408,749 
5.4
 3.39 %
 4.65 %  248,073 
7.4
 2.88 %
 5.84 %
115 

The following table presents amounts included in the consolidated statements of income related to interest rate swap agreements 
(in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Swaps-Cash Flow hedge
Gain (loss) included in interest expense on deposits...................................................... $ 
13,833 
$ 
15,225 
$ 
3,575 
Gain (loss) included in interest expense on FHLB borrowings    .....................................  
8,209 
 
8,432 
 
63 
Gain (loss) included in interest expense on other borrowings    .......................................  
— 
 
887 
 
— 
 
22,042 
 
24,544 
 
3,638 
Swaps-Fair Value hedge
Gain (loss) included in interest income on tax-exempt investment securities   ...............  
8,646 
 
12,834 
 
422 
Gain (loss) included in interest income on MBS    ...........................................................  
1,167 
 
— 
 
— 
Gain (loss) included in interest income on loans     ...........................................................  
999 
 
— 
 
— 
Derivatives designated as non-hedging instruments
Swaps-Non-hedging
Other noninterest income    ...............................................................................................  
1,458 
 
352 
 
472 
12.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in an orderly 
transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the 
liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous 
market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the 
asset or liability is not adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the 
market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions 
involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal 
market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.
Valuation techniques including the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach are utilized to determine 
fair value.  Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or 
liability.  Valuation policies and procedures are determined by our investment department and reported to our ALCO for 
review.  An entity must consider all aspects of nonperforming risk, including the entity’s own credit standing, when measuring 
fair value of a liability.  Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in 
pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning 
those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the 
asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.  A fair value hierarchy for valuation 
inputs gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to 
unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has 
the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly or indirectly.  These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted 
prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are 
observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs 
that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 Inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own 
assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
Certain financial assets are measured at fair value in accordance with GAAP.  Adjustments to the fair value of these assets 
usually result from the application of fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.  A description of the valuation 
methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments 
pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
116 

Securities AFS and Equity Investments with readily determinable fair values – U.S. Treasury securities and equity investments 
with readily determinable fair values are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs.  Other securities classified as AFS are 
reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs.  For most of these securities, we obtain fair value measurements from 
independent pricing services and obtain an understanding of the pricing methodologies used by these independent pricing 
services.  The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the 
U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information 
and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things, as stated in the pricing methodologies of the independent pricing 
services. 
We review and validate the prices supplied by the independent pricing services for reasonableness by comparison to prices 
obtained from, in some cases, two additional third-party sources.  For securities where prices are outside a reasonable range, we 
further review those securities, based on internal ALCO approved procedures, to determine what a reasonable fair value 
measurement is for those securities, given available data.
Derivatives – Derivatives are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs.  We obtain fair value measurements from two 
sources including an independent pricing service and the counterparty to the derivatives designated as hedges.  The fair value 
measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live 
trading levels, trade execution data, credit information and the derivatives’ terms and conditions, among other things.  We 
review the prices supplied by the sources for reasonableness.  In addition, we obtain a basic understanding of their underlying 
pricing methodology.  We validate prices supplied by the sources by comparison to one another.
Certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include reporting units 
measured at fair value and tested for goodwill impairment.  
Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, which means that the 
instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances 
(for example, when there is evidence of impairment).  Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis included foreclosed assets and collateral-dependent loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Foreclosed Assets – Foreclosed assets are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell.  The fair value measurements of 
foreclosed assets can include Level 2 measurement inputs such as real estate appraisals and comparable real estate sales 
information, in conjunction with Level 3 measurement inputs such as cash flow projections, qualitative adjustments and sales 
cost estimates.  As a result, the categorization of foreclosed assets is Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  In connection with the 
measurement and initial recognition of certain foreclosed assets, we may recognize charge-offs through the allowance for credit 
losses.
Collateral-Dependent Loans – Certain loans may be reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is 
expected substantially from the operation or sale of the collateral.  Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on 
customized discounting criteria or appraisals.  At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the impact of the fair value of collateral-
dependent loans was reflected in our allowance for loan losses.
The fair value estimate of financial instruments for which quoted market prices are unavailable is dependent upon the 
assumptions used.  Consequently, those estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many 
cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented in the fair value tables do not necessarily represent their underlying value.
117 

December 31, 2024
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at the End of the 
Reporting Period Using
 
Carrying
Amount
Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
(Level 3)
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury     ................................................................................. $ 
173,956 
$ 
173,956 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
State and political subdivisions    ......................................................  
414,332 
 
— 
 
414,332 
 
— 
Corporate bonds and other     .............................................................  
14,508 
 
— 
 
14,508 
 
— 
MBS: (1)
 
 
Residential   ......................................................................................  
926,386 
 
— 
 
926,386 
 
— 
Commercial    ....................................................................................  
4,712 
 
— 
 
4,712 
 
— 
Equity investments:
Equity investments   .........................................................................  
5,257 
 
5,257 
 
— 
 
— 
Derivative assets:
Interest rate swaps    ..........................................................................  
53,811 
 
— 
 
53,811 
 
— 
Total asset recurring fair value measurements      ................................. $ 1,592,962 
$ 
179,213 
$ 1,413,749 
$ 
— 
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swaps    .......................................................................... $ 
24,150 
$ 
— 
$ 
24,150 
$ 
— 
Total liability recurring fair value measurements ............................. $ 
24,150 
$ 
— 
$ 
24,150 
$ 
— 
Nonrecurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
Foreclosed assets   ............................................................................... $ 
402 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
402 
Collateral-dependent loans (2)
      ...........................................................  
6,726 
 
— 
 
— 
 
6,726 
Total asset nonrecurring fair value measurements      ........................... $ 
7,128 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
7,128 
118 
The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis segregated by the level of 
the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

December 31, 2023
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at the End of the 
Reporting Period Using
 
Carrying
Amount
Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
(Level 3)
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury     ........................................................................................... $ 139,725 
$ 
139,725 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
State and political subdivisions   ...............................................................  
568,745 
 
— 
 
568,745 
 
— 
Corporate bonds and other
 .......................................................................  
14,093 
 
— 
 
14,093 
 
— 
MBS: (1)
 
 
 
 
Residential    ...............................................................................................  
568,983 
 
— 
 
568,983 
 
— 
Commercial   .............................................................................................  
4,748 
 
— 
 
4,748 
 
— 
Equity investments:
Equity investments      ..................................................................................  
5,308  
5,308 
 
— 
 
— 
Derivative assets:
Interest rate swaps   ...................................................................................  
56,639 
 
— 
 
56,639 
 
— 
Total asset recurring fair value measurements    ........................................... $ 1,358,241 
$ 
145,033 
$ 1,213,208 
$ 
— 
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swaps   ................................................................................... $ 
25,684 
$ 
— 
$ 
25,684 
$ 
— 
Total liability recurring fair value measurements     ...................................... $ 
25,684 
$ 
— 
$ 
25,684 
$ 
— 
Nonrecurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
Foreclosed assets  ........................................................................................ $ 
99 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
99 
Collateral-dependent loans (2)
      .....................................................................  
7,000 
 
— 
 
— 
 
7,000 
Total asset nonrecurring fair value measurements    ..................................... $ 
7,099 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
7,099 
(1) All MBS are issued and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or U.S. GSEs.
(2) Consists of individually evaluated loans.  Loans for which the fair value of the collateral and commercial real estate fair 
value of the properties is less than cost basis are presented net of allowance. Losses on these loans represent charge-offs 
which are netted against the allowance for loan losses. 
119 

Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, is required 
when it is practicable to estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other estimation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions 
used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to 
individual categories of our financial instruments, are as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount for cash and cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of those 
assets’ fair value.
Investment and MBS HTM – Fair values for these securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices for similar securities or estimates 
from independent pricing services.
FHLB stock – The carrying amount of FHLB stock is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of those assets.
Equity investments – The carrying value of equity investments without readily determinable fair values are measured at 
cost less impairment, if any, adjusted for observable price changes for an identical or similar investment of the same 
issuer.  This carrying value is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of those assets. 
Loans receivable – We estimate the fair value of our loan portfolio to an exit price notion with adjustments for liquidity, 
credit and prepayment factors.  Nonperforming loans continue to be estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or 
the underlying value of the collateral where applicable.
Loans held for sale – The fair value of loans held for sale is determined based on expected proceeds, which are based 
on sales contracts and commitments. 
Deposit liabilities – The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the 
amount on demand at the reporting date, which is the carrying value.  Fair values for fixed rate CDs are estimated 
using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered for deposits of similar 
remaining maturities.
Other borrowings – Federal funds purchased generally have original terms to maturity of one day and repurchase 
agreements generally have terms of less than one year, and therefore both are considered short-term borrowings.  
Consequently, their carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Borrowings from the Federal Reserve through 
the FRDW and BTFP have original maturities of one year or less, and the fair value is estimated by discounting the 
future cash flows using rates at which borrowings would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the 
same remaining maturities.
FHLB borrowings – The fair value of these borrowings is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at 
which borrowings would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
Subordinated notes – The fair value of the subordinated notes is estimated by discounting future cash flows using 
estimated rates at which long-term debt would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the remaining 
maturities.
Trust preferred subordinated debentures – The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated by discounting future cash 
flows using estimated rates at which long-term debt would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the 
remaining maturities.
120 

The following tables present our financial assets and financial liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis at both their 
respective carrying amounts and estimated fair value (in thousands):
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
December 31, 2024
Carrying
Amount
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents     .................................................. $ 
426,161 
$ 
426,161 
$ 
426,161 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
Investment securities:
HTM, at carrying value    ....................................................  1,165,007 
 1,009,778 
 
— 
 1,009,778 
 
— 
MBS:
HTM, at carrying value    ....................................................  
114,227 
 
103,704 
 
— 
 
103,704 
 
— 
FHLB stock, at cost     ...........................................................  
33,818 
 
33,818 
 
— 
 
33,818 
 
— 
Equity investments    .............................................................  
4,210 
 
4,210 
 
— 
 
4,210 
 
— 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
   ..............................  4,616,713 
 4,499,646 
 
— 
 
— 
 4,499,646 
Loans held for sale   .............................................................  
1,946 
 
1,946 
 
— 
 
1,946 
 
— 
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits    .............................................................................. $ 6,654,248 
$ 6,646,510 
$ 
— 
$ 6,646,510 
$ 
— 
Other borrowings ................................................................  
76,443 
 
76,399 
 
— 
 
76,399 
 
— 
FHLB borrowings    ..............................................................  
731,909 
 
727,177 
 
— 
 
727,177 
 
— 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance 
costs     ....................................................................................  
92,042 
 
88,999 
 
— 
 
88,999 
 
— 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, net of 
unamortized debt issuance costs     ........................................  
60,274 
 
56,172 
 
— 
 
56,172 
 
— 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
December 31, 2023
Carrying
Amount
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents     .................................................. $ 
560,510 
$ 
560,510 
$ 
560,510 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
HTM, at carrying value    ....................................................  1,186,152 
 1,054,739 
 
— 
 1,054,739 
 
— 
MBS:
 
 
 
 
 
HTM, at carrying value    ....................................................  
120,901 
 
111,423 
 
— 
 
111,423 
 
— 
FHLB stock, at cost     ...........................................................  
11,936 
 
11,936 
 
— 
 
11,936 
 
— 
Equity investments    .............................................................  
4,383 
 
4,383 
 
— 
 
4,383 
 
— 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
   ..............................  4,481,836 
 4,198,879 
 
— 
 
— 
 4,198,879 
Loans held for sale   .............................................................  
10,894 
 
10,894 
 
— 
 
10,894 
 
— 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Deposits    .............................................................................. $ 6,549,681 
$ 6,534,929 
$ 
— 
$ 6,534,929 
$ 
— 
Other borrowings ................................................................  
509,820 
 
510,242 
 
— 
 
510,242 
 
— 
FHLB borrowings    ..............................................................  
212,648 
 
202,750 
 
— 
 
202,750 
 
— 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance 
costs     ....................................................................................  
93,877 
 
86,285 
 
— 
 
86,285 
 
— 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, net of 
unamortized debt issuance costs     ........................................  
60,270 
 
57,480 
 
— 
 
57,480 
 
— 
  
121 

13.  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Cash dividends declared and paid were $1.44, $1.42 and $1.40 per share for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 
2022, respectively.  Future dividends will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other factors which the board of 
directors considers to be relevant.  Our dividend policy requires that any cash dividend payments made may not exceed 
consolidated earnings for that year.
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet 
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if 
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the 
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures 
of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Our capital 
amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators regarding components, risk weightings 
and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and ratios 
(set forth in the table below) of Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted 
assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 Capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  At December 31, 2024, we exceeded all 
regulatory minimum capital requirements.
122 

As of December 31, 2024, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized us as well capitalized under the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized we must maintain minimum Common Equity 
Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Total risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table (dollars in 
thousands).  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed our category.
 
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
December 31, 2024
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted 
Assets)
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
739,351 
 13.04 % $ 
255,228 
 4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
870,541 
 15.35 % $ 
255,183 
 4.50 % $ 
368,598 
 6.50 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
797,814 
 14.07 % $ 
340,304 
 6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
870,541 
 15.35 % $ 
340,244 
 6.00 % $ 
453,659 
 8.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
935,308 
 16.49 % $ 
453,739 
 8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
915,993 
 16.15 % $ 
453,659 
 8.00 % $ 
567,074 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets) (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
797,814 
 9.67 % $ 
330,155 
 4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
870,541 
 10.55 % $ 
330,042 
 4.00 % $ 
412,553 
 5.00 %
December 31, 2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted 
Assets)
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
690,296 
 12.28 % $ 
252,954 
 4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
836,228 
 14.88 % $ 
252,865 
 4.50 % $ 
365,249 
 6.50 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
748,755 
 13.32 % $ 
337,273 
 6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
836,228 
 14.88 % $ 
337,153 
 6.00 % $ 
449,537 
 8.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
884,095 
 15.73 % $ 
449,697 
 8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
877,691 
 15.62 % $ 
449,537 
 8.00 % $ 
561,922 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets) (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated       ...............................................
$ 
748,755 
 9.39 % $ 
318,906 
 4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Bank Only     ...................................................
$ 
836,228 
 10.49 % $ 
318,814 
 4.00 % $ 
398,517 
 5.00 %
(1) Refers to quarterly average assets as calculated in accordance with policies established by bank regulatory agencies.
Our payment of dividends is limited under regulation.  The amount that can be paid in any calendar year without prior approval 
of our regulatory agencies cannot exceed the lesser of net profits (as defined) for that year plus the net profits for the preceding 
two calendar years or retained earnings.
123 

14.  DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PLAN
We have in effect a DRIP which allows enrolled shareholders to reinvest dividends paid to them by the Company into new 
shares of our stock.  The DRIP is funded by stock authorized but not yet issued.  For the year ended December 31, 2024, 38,286 
shares were issued under this plan at an average price per share of $30.29, reflective of other trades at the time of each sale.  For 
the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 38,884 and 31,853 shares, respectively, were issued under this 
plan at an average price per share of $31.48 and $38.70, respectively, reflective of other trades at the time of each sale.
We repurchased 57,966 shares of our common stock at a cost of $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, 
1,435,193 shares of common stock at a cost of $45.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, and 923,775 shares of 
common stock at a cost of $33.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.  Repurchased shares are designated as 
treasury shares and are available for general corporate purposes, which may include possible use in connection with our share-
based incentive plans and other distributions.  Our board of directors continually evaluates the Company's capital needs and 
those of the Bank and may, at its discretion, initiate, modify or discontinue an authorized repurchase plan without notice.
15.  INCOME TAXES
The income tax expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income consists of the following (in 
thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Current income tax expense   ...........................................................................................................
$ 19,909 
$ 16,547 
$ 14,700 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)   ..........................................................................................
 
(1,026)  
(2,110)  
(89) 
Income tax expense    ........................................................................................................................
$ 18,883 
$ 14,437 
$ 14,611 
124 

The components of the net deferred tax asset/liability as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are summarized below (in thousands):
 
Assets
Liabilities
Allowance for loan losses     ..........................................................................................................................
$ 
9,426 
$
Retirement and other benefit plans    ............................................................................................................
  
2,674 
Premises and equipment     ............................................................................................................................
 
8,196 
Operating lease liabilities    ..........................................................................................................................
 
3,313 
Operating lease ROU assets      ......................................................................................................................
 
2,911 
Core deposit intangible    ..............................................................................................................................
 
132 
Unrealized losses on securities AFS
  ..........................................................................................................
 
33,466 
Effective hedging derivatives      ....................................................................................................................
 
4,926 
Fair value adjustment on loans     ..................................................................................................................
 
385 
Unfunded status of defined benefit plan   ....................................................................................................
 
5,051 
 
State business tax credit .............................................................................................................................
 
121 
 
Stock-based compensation      ........................................................................................................................
 
1,404 
 
Other     ..........................................................................................................................................................
 
165 
Gross deferred tax assets/liabilities     ........................................................................................................
 
53,331 
 
18,839 
Net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2024    ....................................................................................
$ 
34,492 
Allowance for loan losses     ..........................................................................................................................
$ 
8,962 
$
Retirement and other benefit plans    ............................................................................................................
 
 
2,529 
Premises and equipment     ............................................................................................................................
 
 
8,852 
Operating lease liabilities    ..........................................................................................................................
 
3,508 
Operating lease ROU assets      ......................................................................................................................
 
3,116 
Core deposit intangible    ..............................................................................................................................
 
292 
Unrealized losses on securities AFS
  ..........................................................................................................
 
31,820 
Effective hedging derivatives      ....................................................................................................................
 
6,268 
Fair value adjustment on loans     ..................................................................................................................
 
436 
Unfunded status of defined benefit plan   ....................................................................................................
 
4,988 
 
State business tax credit .............................................................................................................................
 
181 
 
Stock-based compensation      ........................................................................................................................
 
1,294 
 
Other     ..........................................................................................................................................................
 
294 
Gross deferred tax assets/liabilities     ........................................................................................................
 
51,483 
 
21,057 
Net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2023    ....................................................................................
$ 
30,426 
A reconciliation of tax at statutory rates and total tax expense is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Amount
Percent of 
Pre-Tax 
Income
Amount
Percent of 
Pre-Tax 
Income
Amount
Percent of 
Pre-Tax 
Income
Statutory tax expense    ...........................................
$ 
22,549 
 21.0 % $ 
21,237 
 21.0 % $ 
25,123 
 21.0 %
Increase (decrease) in taxes from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax exempt interest   ..............................................
 
(3,797) 
 (3.5) %  
(6,107) 
 (6.0) %  
(10,345) 
 (8.6) %
BOLI     ....................................................................
 
(893) 
 (0.8) %  
(1,222) 
 (1.2) %  
(555) 
 (0.5) %
Share-based compensation ...................................
 
24 
 — 
 
89 
 0.1 %  
(93) 
 (0.1) %
State business tax     .................................................
 
883 
 0.8 %  
353 
 0.3 %  
312 
 0.3 %
Other, net    .............................................................
 
117 
 0.1 %  
87 
 0.1 %  
169 
 0.1 %
Income tax expense   ..............................................
$ 
18,883 
 17.6 % $ 
14,437 
 14.3 % $ 
14,611 
 12.2 %
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in certain states.  We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income 
tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2021 or Texas state tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 
2020.  No valuation allowance was recorded at December 31, 2024 or 2023 as management believes it is more likely than not 
that all of the deferred tax asset items will be realized in future years.  Unrecognized tax benefits were not material at 
December 31, 2024 or 2023.  
125 

16. LEASES
We lease certain retail- and full-service branch locations, ATM locations and certain equipment.  Short-term leases, leases with 
an initial term of 12 months or less and do not contain a purchase option that is likely to be exercised, are not recorded on the 
balance sheet.  Operating lease cost, which is comprised of the amortization of the ROU asset and the implicit interest accreted 
on the operating lease liability, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in net occupancy 
expense on our consolidated statements of income.  We evaluate the lease term by assuming the exercise of options to extend 
that are reasonably assured and those option periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if deemed not reasonably 
certain to be exercised.  The lease term is used to determine the straight-line expense and limits the depreciable life of any 
related leasehold improvements.  Certain leases require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating 
expenses associated with the leased premises.  These expenses are classified in net occupancy expense on our consolidated 
statements of income, consistent with similar costs for owned locations, but is not included in operating lease cost below. 
Our leases have remaining lease terms ranging from 1.2 years to 15.7 years, some of which include options to extend for up to 
10 years, and some of which include options to terminate within 90 days.  We calculate the lease liability using a discount rate 
that represents our incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date.  
Balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Operating leases:
 
Operating lease ROU assets  .............................................................................................
$ 
13,860 
$ 
14,837 
Operating lease liabilities   .................................................................................................
$ 
15,779 
$ 
16,704 
The components of lease cost were as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Operating lease cost     .................................................................................................
$ 
1,858 
$ 
1,802 
$ 
1,773 
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of the lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases     .....................................................................
$ 
1,799 
$ 
1,716 
$ 
1,644 
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities   ..............................
$ 
556 
$ 
809 
$ 
1,531 
 
Additional information related to leases was as follows:
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)     ..........................................................
12.1
13.0
Weighted average discount rate   .......................................................................................
 3.31 %
 3.27 %
126 

Future minimum rental commitments due under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2024 were as follows (in 
thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2025    ............................................................................................................................................... $ 
1,675 
2026    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,824 
2027    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,707 
2028    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,675 
2029    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,505 
2030 and thereafter     ........................................................................................................................  
10,785 
Total lease payments     ...........................................................................................  
19,171 
Less: Interest    ........................................................................................................  
(3,392) 
Present value of lease liabilities     .......................................................................... $ 
15,779 
 
We also lease certain of our owned facilities or portions thereof to third parties.  Our primary leased facility is a 202,000 
square-foot office building in Fort Worth, Texas that is used for a branch location and certain bank operations.  We occupy 
approximately 35,000 square feet of the building and lease the remaining space to various tenants.  Some of these leases contain 
options to extend and options to terminate at the discretion of the tenant.  
Operating lease income received from tenants who rent our properties is reported as a reduction to occupancy expense on our 
consolidated statements of income.  The underlying assets associated with these operating leases are included in premises and 
equipment on our consolidated balance sheets. 
Gross rental income from these leases were as follows (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Gross rental income      .....................................................................................................
$ 
3,151 
$ 
3,584 
$ 
3,173 
At December 31, 2024, non-cancelable operating leases with future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2025    ............................................................................................................................................... $ 
3,099 
2026    ...............................................................................................................................................  
3,646 
2027    ...............................................................................................................................................  
2,801 
2028    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,933 
2029    ...............................................................................................................................................  
1,595 
2030 and thereafter     ........................................................................................................................  
6,293 
Total lease payments     ........................................................................................... $ 
19,367 
127 

17.  OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk.  In the normal course of business, we are a party to certain financial 
instruments with off-balance-sheet risk to meet the financing needs of our customers.  These off-balance-sheet instruments 
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of 
credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount reflected in the financial statements.  The contract or notional amounts of 
these instruments reflect the extent of involvement and exposure to credit loss that we have in these particular classes of 
financial instruments.  The allowance for credit losses on these off-balance-sheet credit exposures is calculated using the same 
methodology as loans including a conversion or usage factor to anticipate ultimate exposure and expected losses and is included 
in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
Allowance for off-balance-sheet credit exposures were as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Balance at beginning of period      ............................................................................. $ 
3,932 $ 
3,687 $ 
2,384 
Provision for (reversal of) off-balance-sheet credit exposures     .............................  
(791)  
245  
1,303 
Balance at end of period   ........................................................................................ $ 
3,141 $ 
3,932 $ 
3,687 
Contractual commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided the terms established in the contract 
are met.  Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates and may require the payment of fees.  Since some 
commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent 
future cash requirements.  Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a 
customer to a third party.  These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements.  The 
credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in commitments to extend credit and 
similarly do not necessarily represent future cash obligations.
Financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk were as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
 
Commitments to extend credit    ................................................................................... $ 
865,178 
$ 
1,082,327 
Standby letters of credit  .............................................................................................  
16,532 
 
10,823 
Total     ...................................................................................................................... $ 
881,710 
$ 
1,093,150 
We apply the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit as we do for on-
balance-sheet instruments.  We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral 
obtained, if deemed necessary, upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.  Collateral 
held varies but may include cash or cash equivalents, negotiable instruments, real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, oil, gas 
and mineral interests, property, plant and equipment.
Securities. In the normal course of business we buy and sell securities.  At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there 
were no unsettled trades to purchase securities and no unsettled trades to sell securities.  
Deposits. There were no unsettled issuances of brokered CDs at December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023.
Litigation. We are involved with various litigation in the normal course of business.  Management, after consulting with our 
legal counsel, believes that any liability resulting from litigation will not have a material effect on our financial position, results 
of operations or liquidity.
128 

18.  SIGNIFICANT GROUP CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Although we have a diversified loan portfolio, a significant portion of our loans are collateralized by real estate.  Repayment of 
these loans is in part dependent upon the economic conditions in the market area.  Our market areas primarily include East and 
Southeast Texas, as well as the greater Dallas-Fort Worth, Austin and Houston, Texas areas.  Part of the risk associated with 
real estate loans has been mitigated since 19.2% of this group represents loans collateralized by residential dwellings that are 
primarily owner occupied.  Losses on this type of loan have historically been less than those on speculative properties.  Many of 
the remaining real estate loans are collateralized primarily with non-owner occupied commercial real estate. 
The MBS we hold consist exclusively of U.S. agency securities which are either directly or indirectly backed by the full faith 
and credit of the U.S. Government or guaranteed by GSEs.  The GNMA MBS are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  
Government.  The Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac U.S. agency GSE guaranteed MBS are not backed by the full faith and credit 
of the U.S. government.
19.  SEGMENT REPORTING
Operating segments are components of a public entity about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated 
regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  The Bank 
is the only significant subsidiary upon which management makes decisions regarding how to allocate resources and assess 
performance. Individual bank branches across our market areas offer a full range of financial services to individuals, businesses, 
municipal entities and nonprofit organizations in the communities that we serve. These services include consumer and 
commercial loans, deposit accounts, wealth management, trust and brokerage services.  
Our consumer loan services include 1-4 family residential loans, home equity loans, home improvement loans, automobile 
loans and other consumer related loans.  Commercial loan services include short-term working capital loans for inventory and 
accounts receivable, short- and medium-term loans for equipment or other business capital expansion, commercial real estate 
loans and municipal loans.  We also offer construction loans for 1-4 family residential and commercial real estate.
We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a wide range of interest rates and terms, including savings, money market, interest 
and noninterest bearing checking accounts and CDs.  
Our trust and wealth management services include investment management, administration of irrevocable, revocable and 
testamentary trusts, estate administration, and custodian services, primarily for individuals and, to a lesser extent, partnerships 
and corporations.  Additionally, we offer retirement and employee benefit accounts, including but not limited to, IRAs, 401(k) 
plans and profit-sharing plans.
While the chief operating decision maker monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are 
managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. The Company has determined that all of its market 
areas consisting of East Texas, Southeast Texas, as well as the greater Dallas-Fort Worth, Austin and Houston, Texas areas, 
meet the aggregation criteria in accordance with GAAP since each of its banking market areas offer similar products and 
services, operate in a similar manner, have similar customers, report to the same regulatory authority and are located in a single 
geographic area (Texas). Accordingly, all of the community banking services and branch locations are considered by 
management to be aggregated into one reportable operating segment, community banking.  The Company’s chief operating 
decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, uses consolidated net income results to make operating and strategic decisions.  
See the consolidated statements of income for significant expenses and net income.  The measure of segment assets is reported 
on the consolidated balance sheets as total assets.
The accounting policies are described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  Refer to “Note 1 – Summary of 
Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a detailed 
description of our accounting policies.
129 

20.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed financial information for Southside Bancshares, Inc. (parent company only) was as follows (in thousands, except 
share amounts):
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
 
2024
2023
ASSETS
 
 
Cash and due from banks    ..........................................................................................................................
$ 
17,360 
$ 
5,097 
Investment in bank subsidiaries at equity in underlying net assets    ...........................................................
 
940,948 
 
917,035 
Investment in nonbank subsidiaries at equity in underlying net assets   .....................................................
 
1,826 
 
1,826 
Other assets  ................................................................................................................................................
 
5,342 
 
4,765 
Total assets    .........................................................................................................................................
$ 
965,476 
$ 
928,723 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
Subordinated notes, net of unamortized debt issuance costs   .....................................................................
$ 
92,042 
$ 
93,877 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures, net of unamortized debt issuance costs    ...................................
 
60,274 
 
60,270 
Other liabilities     ..........................................................................................................................................
 
1,218 
 
1,288 
Total liabilities   ...................................................................................................................................
 
153,534 
 
155,435 
Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
Common stock: ($1.25 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 38,077,992 shares issued at 
December 31, 2024 and 38,039,706 shares issued at December 31, 2023)    ...........................................
 
47,598 
 
47,550 
Paid-in capital      .........................................................................................................................................
 
793,586 
 
788,840 
Retained earnings    ...................................................................................................................................
 
326,793 
 
282,355 
Treasury stock: (shares at cost, 7,699,182 at December 31, 2024 and 7,790,276 at December 31, 
2023)  .......................................................................................................................................................
 
(231,137)  
(231,995) 
AOCI    ......................................................................................................................................................
 
(124,898)  
(113,462) 
Total shareholders’ equity     .................................................................................................................
 
811,942 
 
773,288 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity    ...........................................................................................
$ 
965,476 
$ 
928,723 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
Income
Dividends from subsidiary   ...............................................................................................
$ 
65,000 
$ 
85,000 
$ 
85,000 
Interest income      .................................................................................................................
 
138 
 
135 
 
72 
Other  .................................................................................................................................
 
178 
 
587 
 
— 
Total income   ..................................................................................................................
 
65,316 
 
85,722 
 
85,072 
Expense
 
 
 
Interest expense    ................................................................................................................
 
8,395 
 
8,424 
 
6,412 
Other  .................................................................................................................................
 
3,201 
 
3,319 
 
3,148 
Total expense   .................................................................................................................
 
11,596 
 
11,743 
 
9,560 
Income before income tax expense    ..................................................................................
 
53,720 
 
73,979 
 
75,512 
Income tax benefit  ............................................................................................................
 
2,368 
 
2,314 
 
1,992 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     ......................................
 
56,088 
 
76,293 
 
77,504 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries   ..............................................................
 
32,406 
 
10,399 
 
27,516 
Net income      ....................................................................................................................
$ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
130 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net income      ....................................................................................................................
$ 
88,494 
$ 
86,692 
$ 
105,020 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
 
 
 
Amortization   .............................................................................................................
 
152 
 
159 
 
145 
Stock compensation expense    ....................................................................................
 
580  
360 
 
342 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     ......................................................
 
(32,406)  
(10,399)  
(27,516) 
(Gain on purchase) loss on redemption of subordinated notes  .................................
 
(178)  
(587)  
— 
Net change in other assets    ........................................................................................
 
(577)  
(354)  
(27) 
Net change in other liabilities   ...................................................................................
 
(70)  
303 
 
204 
Net cash provided by operating activities  ..............................................................
 
55,995 
 
76,174 
 
78,168 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities    ......................................................................
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Purchase/redemption of subordinated notes   ..................................................................
 
(1,805)  
(4,365)  
— 
Purchase of common stock   ............................................................................................
 
(1,505)  
(45,074)  
(33,708) 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock    ....................................................................
 
3,208 
 
1,709 
 
1,522 
Cash dividends paid    ......................................................................................................
 
(43,630)  
(43,582)  
(44,936) 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 ...............................................
 
(43,732)  
(91,312)  
(77,122) 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    ...................................................
 
12,263 
 
(15,138)  
1,046 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period    ........................................................
 
5,097 
 
20,235 
 
19,189 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   ...................................................................
$ 
17,360 
$ 
5,097 
$ 
20,235 
131 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), undertook an 
evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024.  The term "disclosure controls and procedures," 
as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls 
and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time 
periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well 
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and 
procedures are met.  Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily applies its 
judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Disclosure controls and procedures 
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company 
in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company's management, 
including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The design of any 
disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and 
there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
The Company’s CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
December 31, 2024.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
No changes were made to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange 
Act) during the last fiscal quarter of the period covered by this report that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal 
control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our CEO and CFO and effected by our board of directors, 
management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and 
includes those policies and procedures that:
•
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets;
•
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
•
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 
of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2024.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (“2013 framework”).
 
Based on this assessment, management concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2024.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 has been audited by Ernst & 
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Item under the 
heading “Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
February 27, 2025 
132 

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Southside Bancshares, Inc. 
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Southside Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Southside Bancshares, Inc. 
and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and our report dated February 27, 2025 expressed an unqualified 
opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
February 27, 2025
133 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
Pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, none of our directors or executive officers adopted, terminated or modified a 
Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement during the three months ended December 31, 2024.
PART III
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for our 
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year-end.
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for our 
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year-end.
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for our 
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year-end. 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for our 
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year-end.
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) for our 
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year-end.
PART IV
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
1.  Financial Statements
The information required by this item is set forth in Part II.  See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data. 
 
2.  Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is 
included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
3.  Exhibits
The following exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index (following ITEM 16 in this report) are filed with, or incorporated by 
reference in, this report.
ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
134 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
Filed 
Herewith
Exhibit
Form
Filing Date
File No.
(3)
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
3.1
Restated Certificate of Formation of Southside 
Bancshares, Inc. 
3.1
8-K
05/14/2018
0-12247
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Southside 
Bancshares, Inc. 
3.1
8-K
02/22/2018
0-12247
3.3
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of 
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
3.1
8-K
11/08/2024
0-12247
(4)
Instruments defining the rights of security 
holders, including indentures
4.1
Description of Securities of the Registrant 
Registered Under Section 12.
4.1
10-K
02/28/2020
0-12247
4.2
Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2020, by and 
between the Company and UMB Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee, including the form of the 
Notes attached as Exhibit A-2 thereto.
4.1
8-K
11/9/2020
0-12247
4.3
Management agrees to furnish to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of any 
other agreements or instruments of Southside 
Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries defining the 
rights of holders of any long-term debt whose 
authorization does not exceed 10% of total assets.
 
 
(10)
Material Contracts
10.1
Officers Long-term Disability Income Plan effective 
June 25, 1990 (as filed with the Registrant’s Form 
10-K for the year ended June 30, 1990).
**10 (b)
10-K
1991
 
 
10.2
Retirement Restoration Plan for the subsidiaries of 
SoBank, Inc. (now named Southside Bancshares, 
Inc.).
**10 (c)
10-K
1993
 
 
10.3
Deferred Compensation Agreement dated June 30, 
1994 by and between Southside Bank and Lee 
Gibson, as amended October 15, 1997. 
**10 (f)
10-K
03/30/1998
0-12247
 
 
10.4
Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 
15, 2009, by and between Southside Bank and Julie 
Shamburger.
**10.4
10-K
02/26/2021
0-12247
10.5
First 
Amendment 
to 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Agreement dated February 25, 2021, by and between 
Southside Bank and Julie Shamburger.
**10.5
10-K
02/26/2021
0-12247
10.6
Deferred Compensation Agreement dated December 
12, 2008, by and between Southside Bank and Tim 
Alexander.
**10.2
10-Q
04/28/2017
0-12247
10.7
Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 
12, 2009, by and between Southside Bank and Brian 
McCabe.
**10.7
10-K
02/28/2018
0-12247
10.8
Deferred Compensation Agreement dated August 
21, 2023, by and between Southside Bank and 
Keith Donahoe.
X
135 

10.9
First Amendment to Deferred Compensation 
Agreement dated December 19, 2024, by and 
between Southside Bank and Keith Donahoe.
X
10.10
Split Dollar Agreement dated September 7, 2004 
with Lee R. Gibson, III.
**10 (i)
8-K
10/19/2004
3-17203
10.11
Split Dollar Agreement dated February 25, 2021 
with Julie Shamburger.
**10.9
10-K
02/26/2021
0-12247
10.12
Employment Agreement dated October 22, 2007, by 
and between Southside Bank and Lee R. Gibson.
**10 (l)
8-K
10/26/2007
3-17203
10.13
Employment Agreement dated June 4, 2008, by and 
between Southside Bank and Julie Shamburger.
**10.1
10-Q
04/28/2017
0-12247
10.14
Employment Agreement dated November 17, 2008, 
by and between Southside Bank and Brian McCabe.
**10.14
10-K
02/28/2018
0-12247
10.15
Employment Agreement dated April 28, 2014, by 
and between Southside Bank, Southside Bancshares, 
Inc., and T.L. Arnold.
**10.5
S-4
07/18/2014
3-196817
10.16
First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated 
as of October 25, 2018, by and between Southside 
Bank and Julie Shamburger.
**10.1
10-Q
10/26/2018
0-12247
10.17
Employment Agreement dated January 23, 2025, by 
and between Southside Bank and Keith Donahoe.
X
10.18
Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan. 
**99.1
8-K
04/20/2009
3-17203
10.19
Form of Southside Bancshares, Inc. Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Award Certificate for grant of Options 
pursuant to the Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2009 
Incentive Plan.
**10.1
10-Q
08/08/2011
3-17203
 
10.20
Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Incentive Plan.
**10.1
8-K
05/12/2017
0-12247
10.21
Form of Southside Bancshares, Inc. Restricted Stock 
Unit Award Certificate for employee grant of Units 
pursuant to the Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2017 
Incentive Plan.
**10.2
10-Q
10/27/2017
0-12247
10.22
Form of Southside Bancshares, Inc. Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Award Certificate for grant of Options 
pursuant to the Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2017 
Incentive Plan.
**10.3
10-Q
10/27/2017
0-12247
10.23
Form of Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of 
November 6, 2020, by and among the Company and 
the Purchasers.
10.1
8-K
11/9/2020
0-12247
10.24
Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of 
November 6, 2020, by and among the Company and 
the Purchasers.
10.2
8-K
11/9/2020
0-12247
10.25
Southside Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive 
Program.
**10.1
8-K
06/21/2021
0-12247
10.26
Form of Southside Bancshares, Inc. Performance-
Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement 
for grant of Units pursuant to the Southside 
Bancshares, Inc. 2017 Incentive Plan.
**10.1
10-Q
04/28/2022
0-12247
136 

10.27
Form of Southside Bancshares, Inc. Restricted Stock 
Unit Award Certificate for director grant of Units 
pursuant to the Southside Bancshares, Inc. 2017 
Incentive Plan.
X
(19)
Insider trading policies and procedures
19
Insider Trading Policy
X
(21)
Subsidiaries of the registrant
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
X
(23)
Consents of experts and counsel
23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm.
X
(31)
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
X
 
 
31.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
X
(32)
Section 1350 Certification
32
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
X
 
 
(97)
Policy Relating to Recovery of Erroneously 
Awarded Compensation
97
Compensation Recoupment Policy
X
(101)
Interactive Date File
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document - the instance document 
does not appear in the interactive data file because 
its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL 
document.
X
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
X
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
Document.
X
 
 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document.
X
 
 
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 
Document.
X
 
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
Document.
X
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within 
the Inline XBRL document).
X
 
 
**Compensation plan, benefit plan or employment contract or 
arrangement.
137 

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
SOUTHSIDE BANCSHARES, INC.
 
 
 
 
DATE: February 27, 2025
BY:
/s/  Lee R. Gibson
 
 
Lee R. Gibson, CPA
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATE: February 27, 2025
BY:
/s/  Julie N. Shamburger
 
 
Julie N. Shamburger, CPA
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
DATE: February 27, 2025
BY:
/s/  April M. Pinkley
April M. Pinkley, CPA
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
138 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/
H. J. Shands, III
 
Chairman of the Board
 
February 27, 2025
 
H. J. Shands, III
and Director
 
/s/
John R. (Bob) Garrett
 
Vice Chairman of the Board
 
February 27, 2025
 
John R. (Bob) Garrett
and Director
/s/
Lee R. Gibson
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
February 27, 2025
 
Lee R. Gibson
 
and Director
 
 
/s/
Lawrence Anderson
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
Lawrence Anderson
 
 
 
 
/s/
S. Elaine Anderson
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
S. Elaine Anderson
/s/
Michael J. Bosworth
Director
February 27, 2025
Michael J. Bosworth
/s/
Kirk A. Calhoun
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
Kirk A. Calhoun
 
/s/
Patricia A. Callan
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
Patricia A. Callan
 
/s/
Shannon Dacus
Director
February 27, 2025
Shannon Dacus
/s/
Alton L. Frailey
Director
February 27, 2025
Alton L. Frailey
/s/
George H. (Trey) Henderson, III
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
George H. (Trey) Henderson, III
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Tony K. Morgan
Director
February 27, 2025
Tony K. Morgan
 
/s/
John F. Sammons, Jr.
Director
February 27, 2025
John F. Sammons, Jr.
 
/s/
Preston L. Smith
 
Director
 
February 27, 2025
 
Preston L. Smith
/s/
Donald W. Thedford
Director
February 27, 2025
Donald W. Thedford
139 

(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 


CONTACT INFORMATION
Southside Bancshares, Inc.
Post Office Box 1079
Tyler, TX 75710-1079
903.531.7111
© 2025 Southside Bancshares, Inc. All Rights Reserved. C0325B
MEDIA INQUIRIES
pr@southside.com
INVESTOR INQUIRIES
ir@southside.com